PUBLICATIONS OF THE NATIONAL BOTANICAL INSTITUTE, PRETORIA

PUBLIKASIES VAN DIE NASIONALE BOTANIESE INSTITUUT, PRETORIA

Obtainable from the National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101,

Pretoria 0001, Republic of South Africa. A catalogue of all available

publications will be issued on request.

BOTHALIA

Bothalia is named in honour of General Louis Botha, first Premier

and Minister of Agriculture of the Union of South Africa. This

house journal of the National Botanical Institute, Pretoria, is devoted to

the furtherance of botanical science. The main fields covered are

taxonomy, ecology, anatomy and cytology. Two parts of the journal

and an index to contents, authors and subjects are published

annually.

Verkrygbaar van die Nasionale Botaniese Instituut, Privaatsak X101,

Pretoria 0001, Republiek van Suid-Afrika. ’n Katalogus van alle beskik-

bare publikasies kan aangevra word.

Bothalia is vernoem ter ere van Generaal Louis Botha, eerste Eerste

Minister en Minister van Landbou van die Unie van Suid-Afrika. Hierdie

lyfblad van die Nasionale Botaniese Instituut, Pretoria, is gewy aan die

bevordering van die wetenskap van plantkunde. Die hoofgebiede wat gedek

word, is taksonomie, ekologie, anatomie en sitologie. Twee dele van die

tydskrif en ’n indeks van die inhoud, outeurs en onderwerpe verskyn

jaarliks.

MEMOIRS OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA

MEMOIRS VAN DIE BOTANIESE OPNAME VAN SUID-AFRIKA

The memoirs are individual treatises usually of an ecological nature, ’n Reeks van losstaande omvattende verhandelings oor vernaamlik

but sometimes dealing with taxonomy or economic botany. ekologiese, maar soms ook taksonomiese of plantekonomiese onderwerpe.

THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA / DIE BLOMPLANTE VAN AFRIKA

This serial presents colour plates of African plants with accompanying

text. The plates are prepared mainly by the artists at the National Botanical

Institute. Many well known botanical artists have contributed to the series,

such as Cythna Letty (over 700 plates), Kathleen Lansdell, Stella Gower,

Betty Connell, Peter Bally and Fay Anderson. The Editor is pleased to

receive living plants of general interest or of economic value for

illustration.

From Vol. 50, one part of twenty plates is published annually. A volume

consists of two parts. The publication is available in English and Afrikaans.

Hierdie reeks bied kleurplate van Afrikaanse plante met bygaande teks.

Die skilderye word meestal deur die kunstenaars van die Nasionale

Botaniese Instituut voorberei. Talle bekende botaniese kunstenaars het

tot die reeks bygedra, soos Cythna Letty (meer as 700 plate), Kathleen

Lansdell, Stella Gower, Betty Connell, Peter Bally en Fay Anderson.

Die Redakteur verwelkom lewende plante van algemene belang of

ekonomiese waarde vir afbeelding.

Vanaf Vol. 50 word een deel, bestaande uit twintig plate, jaarliks

gepubliseer. ’n Volume bestaan uit twee dele. Die publikasie is beskikbaar

in Afrikaans en Engels.

FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA / FLORA VAN SUIDELIKE AFRIKA

A taxonomic treatise on the flora of the Republic of South Africa,

Ciskei, Transkei, Lesotho, Swaziland, Bophuthatswana, Namibia,

Botswana and Venda. The FSA contains descriptions of families, genera,

species, infraspecific taxa, keys to genera and species, synonymy, literature

and limited specimen citations, as well as taxonomic and ecological

notes.

’n Taksonomiese verhandeling oor die flora van die Republiek van Suid-

Afrika, Ciskei, Transkei, Lesotho, Swaziland, Bophuthatswana, Namibie,

Botswana en Venda. Die FSA bevat beskrywings van families, genusse,

spesies, infraspesifieke taksons, sleutels tot genusse enspesies, sinonimie,

literatuur, verwysings na enkele eksemplare, asook beknopte taksonomiese

en ekologiese aantekeninge.

PALAEOFLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA / PALAEOFLORA VAN SUIDELIKE AFRIKA

A palaeoflora on a pattern comparable to that of the Flora of

southern Africa. Much of the information is presented in the form

of tables and photographic plates depicting fossil populations. Now

available:

’n Palaeoflora met ’n uitleg vergelykbaar met die van die Flora van suide-

like Afrika. Baie van die inligting word aangebied in die vorm van tabelle

en fotografiese plate waarop fossiele populasies afgebeeld word. Reeds

beskikbaar:

Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 1. Introduction. Dicroidium , by /deur J.M. & H.M. Anderson.

Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 2. Gymnosperms (excluding Dicroidium), by/deur J.M. & H.M. Anderson.

Prodromus of South African Megafloras. Devonian to Lower Cretaceous, by/deur J.M. & H.M. Anderson.

Obtainable from/Beskikbaar van: A. A. Balkema Marketing, Box/Posbus 317, Claremont 7735, RSA.

n

/ 1(0 /9 1

BOTHALIA

’N TYDSKRIF VIR PLANTKUNDIGE NAVORSING

A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH

Volume 21,2

Editor/Redakteur: O.A. Leistner

Assisted by B.A. Momberg

Editorial Board/Redaksieraad

D.F. Cutler

B.J. Huntley

P.H. Raven

J.R Rourke

M.J. Werger

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK

National Botanical Institute, Cape Town, RSA

Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis, USA

Compton Herbarium, NBI, Cape Town, RSA

University of Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands

Editorial Committee

Redaksiekomitee

O.A. Leistner

B.A. Momberg

M.C. Rutherford

ISSN 0006 8241

Issued by the National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001, South Africa

Uitgegee deur die Nasionale Botaniese Instituut, Privaatsak X101, Pretoria 0001, Suid-Afrika

1991

CONTENTS — INHOUD

Volume 21,2

1. Kamiesbergia , a new monotypic genus of the Amaryllideae-Strumariinae (Amaryllidaceae) from the

north-western Cape. D.A. SNIJMAN 125

2. Studies in the genus Riccia (Marchantiales) from southern Africa. 23. R. bullosa : typification and a

full description. S.M. PEROLD 129

3. Studies in the Ericoideae (Ericaceae). VIII. New species in Erica , section Pseuderemia from southern

Africa. E.G.H. OLIVER and INGE M. OLIVER 137

4. Cyanophyceae associated with mangrove trees at Inhaca Island, Mozambique. S.M.F. SILVA 143

5. Notes on African plants:

Asteraceae. New species in the genus Disparago. M. KOEKEMOER 158

Fabaceae. Caesalpinia bracteata, a new species from the Onseepkans area of the northern Cape

Province. G. GERMISHUIZEN 152

Geraniaceae. The correct auther citation for Pelargonium section Cortusina. L.L. DREYER and

J.J.A. VAN DER WALT 157

Lichenes. Two new species in the Agyriaceae (lichenized Ascomycotina, Lecanorales) from

southern Africa. F. BRUSSE 154

Liliaceae (Asphodelaceae). The type specimen of Aloe soutpansbergensis. H.F. GLEN and

D.S. HARDY 151

Liliaceae. Notes on some Monocotyledoneae described by N.L. Burman, Asparagaceae,

Asphodelaceae, Colchicaceae. D.O. WIJNANDS 157

Poaceae. On the origin of Eleusine africana. S.C. HIREMATH and S.S. SALIMATH 161

6. Basic chromosome numbers and polyploid levels in some South African and Australian grasses

(Poaceae). J.J. SPIES, E. VAN DER MERWE, H. DU PLESSIS and E.J.L. SAAYMAN .... 163

7. The chromosomes of Chortolirion and Poellnitzia (Asphodelaceae: Alooideae). G.F. SMITH 171

8. Invasive alien woody plants of the northern Cape. L. HENDERSON 177

9. New taxa, new records and name changes for southern African plants. B.C. DE WET, R. ARCHER,

L. FISH, G. GERMISHUIZEN, P.P. HERMAN, M. JORDAAN, S.M. PEROLD, C. REID,

J. VAN ROOY, W.G. WELMAN and H.F. GLEN 191

10. National Botanical Institute, South Africa: list of staff and publications 215

11. Book reviews 227

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2016

https://archive.org/details/bothaliavolume2121unse_0

Bothalia 21,2: 125-128 (1991)

Kamiesbergia , a new monotypic genus of the Amaryllideae-Strumariinae

(Amaryllidaceae) from the north-western Cape

D.A. SNIJMAN*

Keywords: Amaryllidaceae, Amaryllideae, new genus, north-western Cape, South Africa

ABSTRACT

Kamiesbergia Snijman is a new monotypic genus from raised granite outcrops in the north-western Cape. A member

of the subtribe Strumariinae of the Amaryllideae, it is most closely related to Hessea Herb, and Namaquanula D. & U.

Muller-Doblies. The dissimilar inner and outer stamens, the uniquely club-shaped inner filaments and the novel insertion

of the filament in the proximal quarter of the anther connective are the main apomorphies of the genus. The number of

rare and monotypic genera of Amaryllidaceae in this region is comparable to that of Andean South America.

UITTREKSEL

Kamiesbergia Snijman is ’n nuwe monotipiese genus van die hoerliggende granietriwwe in die Noordwes Kaap. Dit is

'n lid van die subtribus Strumariinae van die Amaryllideae en is die naaste verwant aan Hessea Herb, en Namaquanula

D. & U. Muller-Doblies. Die verskille tussen die binneste en buitenste meeldrade, die unieke knuppelvormige binneste helmdrade

en die ongewone aanhegting van die helmdraad aan die proksimale kwart van die helmbindsel is die hoofapomorfe van die

genus. Die aantal skaars en monotipiese genusse van die Amaryllidaceae in hierdie streek kan vergelyk word met ’n soortge-

lyke verskynsel in die Andes-gebergtes van Suid-Amerika.

INTRODUCTION

The tribe Amaryllideae sensu Traub (1965, 1970) and

Dahlgren et al. (1985) is uniquely defined by bisulculate

pollen grains (Dahlgren & Clifford 1982; Dahlgren et al.

1985; Erdtman 1966; Schulze 1984). As presently circum-

scribed (Muller-Doblies 1985), the subtribe Strumariinae

of the Amaryllideae currently includes four small and three

monotypic genera ( Namaquanula D. & U. Muller-Doblies,

Hessea Herb., Carpolyza Salisb., Strumaria Jacq., Bokke-

veldia D. & U. Muller-Doblies, Gemmaria Salisb. and

Tedingea D. & U. Muller-Doblies). Character states

common to these genera are the actinomorphic flowers

and the reduced size of the plants. Exclusively southern

African, the subtribe comprises approximately 35 species,

which are concentrated in the semi-arid winter rainfall

regions of the Cape Province and southern Namibia.

Phylogenetic studies in the Strumariinae (Snijman

unpubl.), revealed an undescribed Hessea- like species

from the north-western Cape. A character analysis

confirmed the presence of bisulculate pollen grains but

indicated that the taxon did not fit into any known genus

of the Strumariinae. The new species lacks the synapo-

morphy of x = 10 and the adnation of the filaments to

the style, which characterises Carpolyza, Strumaria and

its close allies Bokkeveldia, Gemmaria and Tedingea; it

lacks the centrifixed anther insertion which is synapo-

morphic for Hessea ; and is without the adaxially-hooked

filaments which characterise Namaquanula. Character

states unique to the new taxon are the dissimilar inner and

outer stamens, the club-shaped distal half of the inner

filaments, and the filament attachment near to the base

of the anther connective.

* Compton Herbarium, National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X7,

Claremont 7735.

MS. received: 1991-03-08.

Since this new species lacks all the derived character

states of the genera already described within the Stru-

mariinae, and since it possesses a set of unique characters

that justifies its separation at the generic level, the taxon

is described here as the new monotypic genus Kamies-

bergia.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

This study was based on herbarium material from BM,

BOL, K, NBG, PRE, SAM and WIND. Ecological

information was derived from field studies during the

flowering, fruiting and leafing stages of the species. Fresh

non-acetolyzed pollen grains for scanning electron micro-

scopy (SEM) were dehydrated in ethanol, critical point

dried and coated with Au/Pd. Photographs were taken with

a Cambridge 200 SEM at 10 kv. Chromosome data were

gathered from actively growing root tips, pretreated with

saturated alphabromonapthalene at 4°C for 24 hours, then

fixed in 1:3 acetic acid/ethanol. The root tips were hydro-

lysed in normal hydrochloric acid at 60°C for six minutes,

stained with Feulgen for 30 minutes, counterstained with

2% aceto-orcein and then squashed. Photographs were

taken with a Zeiss Axioskop.

Kamiesbergia stenosiphon Snijman , gen. nov. et sp.

nov. , ex affinitate generum Namaquanula D. & U. Muller-

Doblies, Hessea Herb., Strumaria Jacq. sensu lato et

Carpolyza Salisb. sed cum nullo genere satis congruit: ab

Carpolyza Strumariaque absentia ullius commisurae inter

stylum et filamenta recedit; ab Namaquanula absentia

hamuli adaxialis filamentorum differt; ab Hessea absentia

antherae centrifixae differt. Ab omnibus his generibus

filamentis dissimillimis, filamentis interioribus clavifor-

mibus supra medium, antheris sub-basifixis differt.

TYPE. — Cape, 3018 (Kamiesberg): Kamiesberg, near

Karas on E slopes of Rooiberg, (-AC), 28-4-1988, Snij-

man 1175 (NBG, holo.; K, PRE).

i nin 111 1 1

126

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 1. — Kamiesbergia stenosiphon. 1, inflorescence; 2, bulb and leaves; 2a, 'ransverse section of leaf; 3, whole flower; 4, section of flower;

5, stigma; 6, anther attachment of inner stamens, ventral view; 6a, lateral view; 6b, dorsal view; 6c, section showing sub-basifixed inser-

tion, connective hatched; 7, anther attachment of outer stamens, ventral view; 7a, lateral view; 7b, dorsal view; 7c, section showing sub-

basifixed insertion, connective hatched; 8, capsule and seeds (drawn from Snijman 1175).

Bothalia 21.2 (1991)

127

Bulbous perennial herb, up to 210 mm tall. Bulb soli-

tary, deep-seated, subglobose, 12—30 mm across, with thin

light-brown parchment-like outer tunics, fleshy and whitish

within, extended into a long slender neck up to 110 mm.

Leaves absent at anthesis or rarely persisting to anthesis,

2( — 3), spreading, narrowly lorate, 60-300 x 1-3 mm,

glabrous, with the adaxial surface shallowly canaliculate,

subtended by a subterranean non-amplexicaul prophyll.

Inflorescence slightly spreading, 40—80 mm across; scape

stiffly erect, 50—140 mm long, 1—2 mm diam., greyish

pink to leaden-grey, breaking off at the base in fruit; spathe

valves linear-lanceolate, 15-30 X 1—2 mm; bracteoles

filiform, ap to 5 mm long. Flowers 5—9, ascending,

hypocrateriform, pale lemon-yellow, usually with a

greenish to reddish brown tube, flushed dorsally with

reddish brown on the outer tepals, ageing to light brown,

scentless; pedicels straight to upwardly curved, 35-60 mm

long, green. Tepals recurving from a narrow 8—12 mm

long tube, narrowly lanceolate, 6—8 x 2—3 mm, slight-

ly channelled. Stamens in 2 unequal whorls, epi-

tepalous, filaments basally connate into a greenish yellow

tube extending to 0,5— 1,0 mm above the perigone throat,

free above, reduced to a 0,25 mm long filiform free tip

in the outer whorl, prominent and spreading in the inner

whorl; the inner filaments free for 3—4 mm, clavate in

the distal half with a subulate tip; anthers dorsifixed

near the base, ±2,5 mm long and maroon before opening;

the outer anthers occluding the perigone throat after

dehiscence; pollen cream-coloured. Ovary subglobose,

2—3 mm across, with up to 4—6 ovules per locule. Style

erect, slender throughout, up to 5—11 mm long, remaining

included in the perigone tube; stigma shortly trifid, shortly

penicillate on the inner surface. Fruit a subglobose, papery,

loculicidal capsule, 7,5 mm across. Seeds fleshy, ovoid,

up to 2,5 mm across, reddish brown when ripe. Chromo-

some number. 2n = 22. Figure 1.

Flowering time extends from the end of April to May.

In most bulbs the foliage leaves commence growth shortly

after flowering and subsequently die back at the onset of

the summer drought. Occasionally some bulbs which

occupy wetter, cooler sites have been noted with green

leaves throughout the summer.

Diagnostic features of K. stenosiphon are the form of

the stamens and anther insertion. The inner filaments are

at least twelve times as long as the outer filaments and

are uniquely club-shaped in the distal half with a subulate

tip. The stamens of the short outer whorl occlude the

perigone throat after dehiscence. Unlike the medifixed

anthers common to all other Strumariinae, the filaments

of Kamiesbergia are attached in the proximal quarter of

the connective (Figure 1.6c & 1.7c).

The presence of a perigone tube is considered to be

plesiomorphic in the subtribe (Miiller-Doblies 1985). In

most species of Hessea the perigone tube is reduced and

the tubular component is formed by the extension of

the perigone/stamen confluence into a winged tube, a

feature which is considered to be derived (Miiller-Doblies

1985). Only H. longituba D. & U. Miiller-Doblies has a

pronounced smooth perigone tube comparable to that of

K. stenosiphon , which may suggest a close relationship

between the two taxa. A critical evaluation of the key

androecial states in Hessea and K. stenosiphon however,

does not support such a relationship.

The main synapomorphy for Hessea is the insertion of

the filament into a connective sheath, in which the length

of the dorsal wall almost equals that of the ventral wall:

a condition known as centrifixed anther insertion (Miiller-

Doblies 1985). This character state is interpreted as the

extreme in a morphological series ranging from dorsifixed

to subcentrifixed and centrifixed anther insertion, with

each state being found in the Strumariinae. In contrast,

a transformation series between the centrifixed anther

insertion of Hessea and the almost basifixed anther

insertion (without a connective sheath ) of K. stenosiphon

could not be established from current data. Thus a sister

group relationship between the two genera cannot be

inferred.

The bisulculate pollen grains are globose, isopolar and

have scattered large spinulae on the surface (Figure 2).

The karyotype of K. stenosiphon (Figure 3) comprises a

pair of large submetacentric chromosomes; six pairs of

medium-sized metacentric to submetacentric chromo-

somes, of which one pair is a satellite chromosome; and

four pairs of shorter metacentric to submetacentric

chromosomes. The chromosome phenotypes are similar

to those of most Amaryllideae with x = 11 (Goldblatt 1972,

1976; Jones & Smith 1967). A karyotype of x = 11 is con-

sidered basic in the family (Inariyama 1937; Meerow 1984;

Sato 1938).

Distribution and habitat records indicate that K. stenosi-

phon is rare. Known populations are restricted to the north-

western Cape and are widely disjunct in the eastern

Kamiesberg and near Pofadder (Figure 4). In the

Kamiesberg, the deep-seated bulbs grow in loamy soils

which accumulate in seasonally moist crevices and

water-worn gullies on massive exposed granite domes, at

FIGURE 2. — Bisulculate pollen grains

of Kamiesbergia stenosiphon,

Snijman 1175. A, equatorial

view, longitudinal position; B,

equatorial view, transverse

position. Scale bars = 20 pm.

128

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 3. — Mitotic metaphase in Kamiesbergia stenosiphon, Snijman

1175 , 2n = 22, x 665; the arrow indicates the satellite chro-

mosome.

The discovery of Kamiesbergia, a further monotypic genus

in the Amaryllideae, brings into focus the parallels which

exist in this respect between the Amaryllideae of South

Africa and the Andean Amaryllidaceae of South Ameri-

ca. Goldblatt’s suggestion (Meerow 1985) that similar

evolutionary patterns exist between the Amaryllidaceae of

these two geographical centres is yet to be examined.

CAPE.— 2919 (Pofadder): Numis [Namies], near Pofadder, (—AC),

Lavranos 20311 (PRE). 3018 (Kamiesberg): Kamiesberg, near Karas on

E slopes of Rooiberg, (—AC), Snijman 1175 (K, NBG, PRE); near Karas

on E slopes of Rooiberg, (—AC), Snijman 1179 (NBG).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Dr J.C. Manning for preparing the pollen

micrographs, Mrs J.E. Ward-Hilhorst for the botanical

illustrations. Dr H.P. Linder for helpful comments on the

manuscript and Dr J.C. Paterson-Jones for assistance in

the field.

REFERENCES

FIGURE 4. — The known geographical distribution of Kamiesbergia

stenosiphon.

elevations of approximately 610 m. Dwarf succulent shrubs

and the fern species Cheilanthes multifida (Swartz) Swartz

constitute the associated plant community. Kamiesbergia

stenosiphon occupies similar habitats at Namies near

Pofadder, on large granite outcrops amid the sandy plains

of Bushmanland (J.J. Lavranos pers. comm.).

Meerow (1987) has drawn attention to the number of

small or rare monotypic genera amongst the pancratioid

Amaryllidaceae in the northern Andean of South America.

DAHLGREN, R.M. & CLIFFORD, H.T. 1982. The monocotyledons',

a comparative study. Academic Press, London.

DAHLGREN, R.N., CLIFFORD, H.T. & YEO, P.F. 1985. The families

of the monocotyledons. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

ERDTMANN, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy. Hafner,

New York.

GOLDBLATT, P. 1972. Chromosome cytology in relation to classifica-

tion in Nerine and Brunsvigia (Amaryllidaceae). Journal of South

African Botany 38 : 261-275.

GOLDBLATT, P. 1976. Chromosome cytology of Hessea, Strumaria and

Carpolyza (Amaryllidaceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical

Garden 63: 314-320.

INARIYAMA, S. 1937. Karyotype studies in Amaryllidaceae 1. Science

Report Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku section B 3, 52: 95—113.

JONES, K. & SMITH, J.B. 1967. Chromosome evolution in the genus

Crinum. Caryologia 20: 163—179.

MEEROW, A.W. 1984. Karyotype evolution in the Amaryllidaceae.

Herbertia 40: 139—154.

MEEROW, A.W. 1985. A new species of Eucrosia and a new name in

Stenomesson (Amaryllidaceae). Brittonia 37: 305-309.

MEEROW, A.W. 1987. The identities and systematic relationships of

Mathieua Klotzsch and Plagiolirion Baker (Amaryllidaceae).

Taxon 36: 566-572.

MiiLLER-DOBLIES, D. & U. 1985. De Liliifloris notulae 2. De

taxonomia subtribus Strumariinae (Amaryllidaceae). Botanische

Jahrbiicher fur Systematik 107: 17—47.

SATO, D. 1938. Karyotype evolution and phylogeny IV. Karyotypes in

Amaryllidaceae with special reference to the SAT-chromosome.

Cytologia 9: 203 —242.

SCHULZE, W. 1984. Beitrage zur Taxonomie der Liliifloren XTV. Der

Umfang der Amaryllidaceae. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift,

Friedrich-Schiller Universitat, Jena, Math.-Naturwiss. 32:

985-1003.

TRAUB, H.P. 1965. Addenda to Traub’s ‘The genera of the Amaryl-

lidaceae’ (1963). Plant Life 21: 88, 89.

TRAUB, H.P. 1970. An introduction to Herbert’s ‘Amaryllidaceae, etc.’

1837 and related works. In W. Herbert, Amaryllidaceae. Reprint

J. Cramer, Lehre.

Bothalia 21,2: 129—135 (1991)

Studies in the genus Riccia (Marchantiales) from southern Africa. 23.

R. bullosa : typification and a full description

S. M. PEROLD*

Keywords: Exormotheca bullosa, E. welwitschii, Marchantiales, Portugal, Riccia bullosa, southern Africa, subgenus Ricciella, taxonomy

ABSTRACT

In the protologue of Riccia bullosa, Lindenberg (1829) based his vague and incomplete description of the taxon on two

heterogeneous elements: a specimen from Portugal and one from the Cape. Stephani (1898) retained the name Riccia bullosa

for the Cape element and referred the Portuguese plant to Exormotheca welwitschii (Stephani 1899). Although generally

accepted until 1940, K. Muller (1940) rejected Stephani’s segregation and referred the Portuguese element to his new combination,

Exormotheca bullosa (Link) K. Muller, based on the false assumptions that Stephani had failed to recognize that the Portuguese

plant was an Exormotheca, and that the Cape plant was insufficiently known and had not been found again. Counter arguments

are set out here, urging a return to Stephani’s earlier segregation. A lectotype for Riccia bullosa is selected, which results

in the repudiation of Muller’s (and Grolle’s) lectotypification of Exormotheca bullosa ( =Riccia bullosa ).

UITTREKSEL

In die protoloog het Lindenberg (1829) sy vae en onvolledige beskrywing van Riccia bullosa op twee heterogene elemente

gebaseer: 'n eksemplaar uit Portugal en een uit die Kaap. Stephani (1898) het die naam Riccia bullosa vir die Kaapse element

behou en die Portugese plant na Exormotheca welwitschii (Stephani 1899) verwys. Alhoewel algemeen aanvaar tot 1940,

het K. Muller (1940) Stephani se segregasie verwerp en die Portugese element verwys na sy nuwe kombinasie. Exormotheca

bullosa (Link) K. Muller, op grand van die verkeerde aannames dat Stephani nie besef het nie dat die Portugese plant ’n

Exormotheca is en dat daar te min oor die Kaapse plant bekend was en dit nie weer gevind is nie. Teenargumente ten gunste

van die terugkeer na Stephani se vroeere segregasie, word hier aangevoer. ’n Lektotipe vir Riccia bullosa word aangewys,

met die gevolg dat Muller (en Grolle) se lektotipifisering van Exormotheca bullosa (=Riccia bullosa) verwerp word.

HISTORY AND TYPIFICATION OF RICCIA BULLOSA

Recently Dr R. Grolle (in litt.) drew my attention to

nomenclatural problems concerning Riccia bullosa Link

ex Lindenb. , that have apparently not yet been satis-

factorily resolved. This is due to Lindenberg (1829) having

based his original species description on two hetero-

geneous elements: a specimen from Portugal, now referred

to Exormotheca and a Riccia specimen from the Cape.

Lindenberg stated that he had received the Portuguese

specimen under the manuscript name, Riccia bullosa Link,

and the Cape specimen from Nees under the name R.

crassa. The protologue (Lindenberg 1829) was incomplete

and rather vague, and for the most part, it could apply

to either plant.

In his Monographic der Riccien, Lindenberg (1836) gave

an expanded description and drawings (Figure 1) of the

entity which he referred to as Riccia bullosa Link. He still

considered the Portuguese and the Cape specimens as both

belonging to the same entity, even though he observed clear

differences between them. He described the Portuguese

plant as being less yellow and more lax and the layer of

‘horizontal’ cell tissue as being much thinner. He also

mentioned that the Cape specimen had been collected by

Ecklon. The illustrations of R. bullosa in Lindenberg

(1836) depicts the Cape plant, as will be shown below.

Stephani (1898) took up the name Riccia bullosa for the

Cape element and excluded the element from Portugal

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001.

Ms. received 1991-01.

which in his opinion was clearly not a Riccia. At the time

he was uncertain to which genus it belonged. He stated,

however, that it matched a specimen collected in 1847 by

Welwitsch ( Welwitsch 33, see Mitten 1853) at Vendas on

the banks of the Tejo River. In the following year Stepha-

ni (1899) referred the Portuguese plant to the genus Exor-

motheca and described it as E. welwitschii Steph., placing

Riccia bullosa Link in Lindenb. ex parte in synonymy un-

der it.

Stephani’s interpretation of R. bullosa was generally

accepted by South African authors, namely Sim (1926),

Duthie & Garside (1937), as well as by the Swedish hepati-

cologist, Arnell (1963), who even cited Stephani as the

author of this species, and also by myself (Perold 1989).

Furthermore, Goebel (1905) in a footnote, had accepted

Exormotheca welwitschii Steph. ( Riccia bullosa Link) and

so had K. Muller (1906—1911), although the latter admitted

that he had not seen the original material at that time.

Subsequently, however, K. Muller (1940) rejected

Stephani’s segregation on the basis that he, Stephani, had

given the Portuguese plant a new name, because he had

not recognized that Riccia bullosa was an Exormotheca,

a statement which elicited from Schiffner (1942) the

comment that Muller had done Stephani an injustice (ein

Unrecht). Further evidence that Stephani had indeed

known what he was about, is a postcard (xerox copy kindly

sent to me by Dr C. Sergio, LISU) which Stephani had

written to Henriques on 13-2-1905, asking him, at Levier’s

suggestion, to please look for more material of the plant,

Exormotheca welwitschii, which Welwitsch had collected

more than 50 years before at Tejo. Stephani (1898) had

clearly stated that Levier had assured him that this plant

(i.e. Welwitsch’s) was the authentic Portuguese Riccia

130

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

bullosa. Incidentally, Levier’s notes and drawings (no.

52907) of Riccia bullosa are housed at LISU and Sergio

(in litt.) has confirmed that they refer to Exormotheca

bullosa. The three drawings (two of them are natural size)

appear to be an almost exact copy of part of Lindenberg’s

(1836) illustration of Riccia bullosa, which actually is of

the Cape Riccia, as will be shown below.

In 1940 Muller also published the new combination

Exormotheca bullosa (Link) K. Mull., wrongly citing Link

as author of the basionym. He placed Riccia bullosa Link

and Exormotheca welwitschii Steph. (as well as ?E. holstii

Steph. and Corbierella algeriensis Douin & Trabut) in

synonymy under it, thereby leaving the South African

element without a correct name and thus failed to preserve

current usage up to that time (see Recommendation 7B.5

of the I.C.B.N.). According to Muller’s (1941) reasoning,

Lindenberg (1829) had clearly indicated that the Portuguese

element represented the only authentic and original

material, because Lindenberg had cited Link (who had

brought this specimen from Portugal) as the author and

had also adopted Link’s epithet, namely Riccia bullosa.

In addition, Muller argued that Link had not even known

about the Cape plant. In Muller’s view, he was acting in

accordance with the author’s (i.e. Lindenberg’s) intent.

Furthermore, in his opinion Lindenberg’s description of

the Link species was wrongly expanded by his inclusion

of the Cape species and, of even greater importance to

Muller, he thought that the drawing of the thallus in cross

section, on Table 23, Figure 1.6 (Lindenberg 1836)

reproduced here as Figure 1, left no doubt at all that Riccia

bullosa was identical with Exormotheca welwitschii . By

his use of the words ‘authentic’ and ‘original’ for Link’s

Portuguese element, Muller (1940) effectively lectotypified

Riccia bullosa (see Recommendation 7B.4 of the

I.C.B.N.). This was accepted and followed by Grolle

(1976), who specifically cited the Lindenberg Herbarium

No. 9037 as the lectotype.

In considering the various arguments put forward by

Muller (1940, 1941, 1947, 1951—1958) in support of his

conclusions, Lindenberg’s (1829) protologue must be

examined first. The fact that Lindenberg cited Link as the

author and adopted Link’s name for the species are not

significant nomenclatural issues, since Link had not validly

published the name or a description of the plant; it was

merely a manuscript name, as was Nees’s name of R.

crassa for the Cape plant that Lindenberg also referred

to in the same description. The two references in this

protologue (at the beginning and again at the end) to a

groove, in my opinion clearly point to the Cape Riccia

which, especially in dried material, is distinctly grooved

medianly. Stephani (1898) described it as ‘profunde

sulcata’, whereas Exormotheca is less obviously so, and

except for E. tuberifera Kash. (Schiffner 1942), members

of this genus are not reported elsewhere in the literature

as being grooved.

For the following reasons I also do not agree with Muller

that Lindenberg’s (1836) drawings are those of an Exormo-

theca-. a narrow, deep dorsal groove is clearly shown from

above as well as in the transverse section of the thallus;

there are no assimilation filaments arising from the base

of the air chambers; no stomata are drawn in Lindenberg’s

figures (Figure 1.5, 1.7 & 1.8) and in fact, in his more

detailed description, Lindenberg (1836) stated that open-

ings or pores are absent. Schiffner (1942) also remarked

that stomata are absent, which is not strictly correct, but

such an observation could never apply to Exormotheca,

a genus in which stomata are very obvious. Ventral scales,

another striking character of Exormotheca, are also not

illustrated by Lindenberg (1836) and finally, about twice

as many air chambers are shown across the width of the

thallus in the cross section, as the six (or so) that Muller

described for Exormotheca. Muller (1947), however, was

so confident that Lindenberg’s cross section illustrated an

Exormotheca that he accused Schiffner of remaining silent

about it, when Schiffner (1942) had clearly stated that the

description and illustration referred to the Cape Riccia

only. Schiffner’s (1942) own drawings of Link’s specimen

from Portugal (Herb. Lindenberg No. 9037) (Figure 5a,

b, c) are obviously those of an Exormotheca with triangular

scales and with tall air chambers which contain assimila-

tion filaments at the base. Muller (1947) admitted to not

having seen the Cape plant, because he could not locate

the specimens in Lindenberg’s herbarium in Vienna, or

at the herbarium of the Botanical Museum in Berlin. He

concluded that they must have been with Schiffner

in Vienna. In Muller’s (1947) opinion, the ‘ziemlich

ungeklarte Riccia vom Kap’ was not found again, and

because he regarded it as a dubious species, it should get

another name! None of these arguments, forwarded by

Muller to justify his actions, are correct.

Schiffner had by 1942 decided that Exormotheca bullosa

(Link) K. Mull. nov. comb, should be withdrawn as a

species, ‘als Art einzuziehen’, and he referred to the

Portuguese plant as Exormotheca welwitschii. Muller,

however, (1947, 1951—1958) continued to defend his point

of view. In passing, it could perhaps be mentioned that

both Schiffner (1862—1944) and Muller (1881-1955) were

engaged in studying and describing Exormotheca species

at about the same time and there may have been a measure

of competition between them.

To summarise: judging from Lindenberg’s (1829) refer-

ence to a ‘grooved’ plant, as well as his drawings and

expanded description (Lindenberg 1836), he was referring

to the Cape plant, even though he had credited Link as

the author and had adopted Link’s unpublished name for

the species. These are, however, without nomenclatural

significance, as remarked upon before.

Article 8.1 of the I.C.B.N. states that: the author who

first designates a lectotype must be followed (in this case

Muller), but his choice is superseded if various conditions

are not met:

(b) if it can be shown that it is in serious conflict with

the protologue and another element is available which is

not in conflict with the protologue (the Cape element is

‘grooved’, whereas Link’s is not, but otherwise the descrip-

tion is vague, and one may hesitate to invoke the term ‘in

serious conflict with....’);

(c) if it was based on a largely mechanical method of selec-

tion (Muller could not locate the Cape element and only

the Link element was available to him, which can be

interpreted as a ‘largely mechanical method of selection’);

(d) if it is contrary to Article 9.2, which states ‘if it is

proved that such a type herbarium sheet or preparation

contains parts belonging to more than one taxon, the name

must remain attached to the part (lectotype) which

corresponds most nearly with the original description’ (in

this case ‘grooved’).

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

131

FIGURE 1. — Reproduction of TAB. XXIII. Fig. 1. Vol. XVIII PI Monographie der Riccien by J.B.G. Lindenberg, p. 443. Captions translated

into English: 1.1, Riccia bullosa , natural size; 1.2, enlarged. The walls of the air chambers appear as veins on the surface; 1.3, a piece

of the thallus, enlarged, from below; 1.4, a piece of the thallus, much enlarged, so that the texture together with the transparent air bladders

are visible; 1.5, a piece of the thallus, even more enlarged; 1.6, transverse section: a. a. the air canals; b.b. the same with side walls; 1.7,

a piece of the epidermis, much enlarged; 1.8, some air canals, of which some are divided by a cross wall.

Muller’s manner of selecting the lectotype was largely

mechanical, which would be the most decisive reason for

not following him.

Muller’s (1940) comb. nov. and his and Grolle’s (1976)

lectotypification are therefore superseded here and it is

proposed that the nomenclature should revert to that of

Stephani.

Riccia bullosa Link MS ex Lindenb. in Nova Acta

Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino Germanicae Naturae

Curiosorum 14 (Supplement): 119 (1829); Lehm.: 371

(1829); Lindenb.: 441 (1836); Nees: 391, 433 (1838); Gott.

et al.\ 609 (1844-1847); Steph.: 377 (189 8); Sim: 13

(1926); S. Arnell: 42 (1963).

TYPE. — Promontorio Cap, terrestris, ad montem

tabularem versus montem Leonio sine coll, et no. (STR!,

selected here as lecto.)

R. crassa Nees ex Lindenb. in Nova Acta Academiae Caesareae

Leopoldino Carolinae Germanicae Naturae Curiosorum 14 (Supplement):

119 (1829) nom. inval.

R. montaguensis S. Arnell in Botaniska Notiser 105: 308 (1952); S.

Arnell: 44 (1963). Types: Cape Province, Montagu, Bath Kloof, near

the caves, 5. Arnell 714 (BOL!, PRE!), 741 (BOL!).

Thallus dioicous (Figure 2A,B),?perennial, in crowded,

gregarious patches or scattered (Figure 3A); apically light

green, soon turning straw-coloured, deeply grooved,

laterally swollen to bloated, with small, polygonal, domed

areas, becoming proximally pitted and spongy; when dry,

rather deflated and with folds across, sides not inflexed,

margins scalloped; branches once, occasionally twice

dichotomously furcate, sometimes simple, shortly to

deeply divided, moderately to widely divergent; broadly

ovate to oblong, 5,0—15,0 x 3,5— 5,5 mm, 1,5— 2,5 mm

thick, in section 2,0— 2,5 times wider than thick; apex

obtuse to truncate, emarginate. Groove deep and narrow,

sometimes split into two by raised wedge of tissue (Figure

3B), disappearing toward base or at sporangia. Thallus

margins obtuse, rounded, often overhanging. Flanks

sloping obliquely, ventral face rounded to keeled, green.

Scales hyaline, vestigial (Figure 3C), in pairs, ventral,

toward apex only.

132

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 2. — Riccia bullosa. A, male thallus; B, female thallus; C, cross

section of epidermis and assimilation tissue; D, epidermal cells

and air pores (hatched) overlying air chambers, the latter exposed

(and stippled) below; E, air pore (hatched) and surrounding cells

as seen from above; F, cross section of branch. A, B, S.M. Perold

467 ; C— F, Van Rooy 3541. Scale bars on A, B, F = 1 mm; C,

D - 100 jxm; E = 50 /xm.

Anatomy of thallus: dorsal epidermis forming a domed

roof over each air chamber (Figure 2C), cells 4—6-sided,

62—75 x 35-40 gm, air pores ringed by 6 or 7 wedge-

shaped cells, smaller (Figures 2D, E; 3B) and often

thinner-walled, 37 x 17 ^m, breaking down with age and

exposing air chambers; assimilation tissue 1000-1500 pirn

thick, occupying 3/s of thickness of thallus, air chambers

tall, mostly in one layer, vertical medianly and sloping

obliquely toward margins (Figure 2F), 175-250 pirn wide,

narrower toward centre and apex, separated by chlorophyl-

lose plates, one cell thick; storage tissue 2/s the thickness

of thallus, cells angular, closely packed, 65 —75 jam wide,

containing starch granules. Antheridia in one or two crowd-

ed rows along slightly raised central ridge in groove, hya-

line necks protruding from small pits, up to 500 pm long.

Archegonia in a row along groove, purple necks + 300

pun long. Sporangia ± 1100 pirn wide (Figure 2B), crowded

together, bulging dorsally, overlying tissue thinning and

disintegrating, containing ± 700 spores each. Spores

(100-)130— 150(-160) pun in diameter, triangular-globular,

polar, yellow-brown, becoming darker with age, semitran-

sparent; wing thin, undulating, up to 10 pirn wide, often

perforated at marginal angles, margin finely crenulate, oc-

casionally partly erose; ornamentation reticulate, rather

similar on two spore faces: distal face (Figure 3E) with

10—12 rounded areolae across diameter, 10—15 /im wide,

sometimes larger and incompletely separated by low, frag-

mentary ridges radiating from central pillar, areolar walls

finely granular, + 5 pun high, thin, generally becoming

higher and thicker over centre, raised at nodes and often

extending onto wing; proximal face (Figure 3F) with

triradiate mark consisting of thin ridges up to 7,5 jam high,

frequently joined by areolar walls, each of three facets with

(13— )18(— 25) rounded areolae, 10—15 jam wide, often in-

completely separated and adjoining ones confluent. Chro-

mosome number: n=8 (Bornefeld 1989).

Riccia bullosa is endemic to southern Africa and is

found at seepages or on damp sandy soil underneath brush,

or at granitic, basaltic or sandstone outcrops in the western

and southern Cape and in the subalpine belt of the

Drakensberg Mountain range of Natal and Lesotho in

grasslands or bogs (Figure 4). It is placed in the subgenus

Ricciella and can be distinguished from related species,

R. garsidei and R. volkii , by its straw-coloured or yellowish

green, rather swollen thalli. R. garsidei Sim is often larg-

er, almost white when dry, with many exposed air cham-

bers; its spores have fewer and larger areolae. R. volkii

is less robust and not so bloated, with narrowly winged,

smaller spores and its distribution is restricted to the sum-

mer rainfall areas.

Arnell (1963) regarded R. bullosa as intermediate

between ( Eu -) Riccia and Ricciella with its narrow air

spaces in the median part of the thallus and wide air

chambers in the lateral parts. This is rather similar to

Stephani’s (1898) interpretation of R. vesiculosa Carr. &

P. from Australia, which prevented him from dividing the

genus Riccia into two subgenera, but as Na-Thalang (1980)

and Volk (1983) have shown, it is not correct to separate

these two subgenera on the size of the air chambers; the

anatomy of the air chambers, the pores and the arrange-

ment of the epidermal cells should be considered to be

of greater importance.

Arnell (1952) described a new species, R. montaguen-

sis , admitting that it was very similar to R. bullosa in habit

and colour, although somewhat smaller. The supposedly

smaller spores, which he reported to be 80 pun in diameter,

were found to be rather larger at 100—130 pm (refer also

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

133

FIGURE 3. — Riccia bullosa. A, living

thalli; B, dorsal epidermal cells

from above, air pores hardly

visible; C, vestigial ventral

scales; D, cross section through

thallus and sporangium; E,

distal face of spore; F, proximal

face of spore. A, Jean

Thompson 278; B, D, Oliver

8038; C, Van Rooy 3541; E, F,

Riccia crassa Nees (STR).

Scale bars on A, D = 1 mm;

B ± 200 pm; C, E, F = 50

fim.

Garside’s note on the herbarium sheet of specimen S.

Arnell 714 (BOL)). The ornamentation on the distal face

is incomplete, with some large areolae containing a central

papilla and low, radiating ridges (Perold 1989).

Specimens of R. montaguensis were closely examined

and found to be indistinguishable from R. bullosa , which

can vary considerably in size from rather small to large.

Spores from all the sporulating material of this species

at BOL and the many recent collections at PRE have

been measured and photographed and they exhibit a

continual gradation in size and also in the completeness

or incompleteness of the ornamentation, so that a broader

circumscription of R. bullosa , which includes these

variations, is necessary. R. montaguensis S. Arnell is there-

fore included in the synonymy of R. bullosa.

Sim’s (1926) description of R. bullosa is quite clear and

it will be noticed that he refers to the central channel as

very pronounced but narrow, that ventral scales are absent,

that there are about 12 ‘air cavities’ on each side of the

central channel and that the air pores are minute, but with

age the air cavities are left open at the top. The spore

diameter should, however, be 170 /xm and not 17 /xm,

clearly a conversion error.

Sim’s observation that R. capensis (Brunnthaler 1913)

appears to be a young sterile condition of this, is inex-

plicable, as they are completely different species: R.

capensis has been placed in synonymy under R. limbata

(Perold & Volk 1988). The Giffen collection (ex Herb.

Sim) from ‘Ookiep’, Namaqualand, which Sim cites, has

been referred to R. schelpei Volk & Perold (1986), but the

Pole Evans collection from Premier Mine, Transvaal, has

not been traced. It is most probably a specimen of R.

volkii, judging by the distribution of this species.

Close examination of Nees’s material, now held at STR,

shows that the contents of the two packets labelled Riccia

crassa are indeed R. bullosa. One of these two specimens

is a single thallus containing a sporangium with ripe spores

(Figure 3E, F). The other specimen is here selected as

lectotype because it agrees well with the protologue, its

locality is clearly stated and it is reasonably good material;

the specimen is identified on the label and in the proto-

logue as R. crassa, but no collector’s name is given. It

must have been Ecklon, however, (Lehmann 1829), as also

cited by Stephani (1898). The latter’s three herbarium

specimens at G were seen, and these are most probably

duplicates. They had been identified as R. bullosa and no

mention is made of R. crassa. For this reason none of these

specimens were selected as lectotype. The contents of a

third packet, labelled R. bullosa, cannot be identified. The

packet labelled R. ecklonii c. tr. R. bullosa, appears to

contain a male plant of R. purpurascens Lehm. This is

also inferred from Nees’s (1838) description, where it is

added in a footnote that the male plant he described was

from ‘Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung’, meaning the Cape

of Good Hope, but the word, Cape, was left out [as

Lindenberg (1836) also did]. Nees (1838) also described

the antheridia causing bulging of the frond above and be-

low. The bulges below were, according to him, richly sup-

plied with rhizoids and therefore resembled sporangia of

R. natans (= Ricciocarpos natans (see Perold 1990, Figure

6F). Such dorsiventral swellings are quite conceivable in

the thin thallus of R. purpurascens but hardly in a thallus

as thick as that of R. bullosa.

Typification of Exormotheca welwitschii Steph.

TYPE. — Portugal, Vendas am Tejo, Welwitsch s.n. (but

no. 33 fide Mitten 1853) (BM, LISU, G!) fide Stephani

1899, Species hepaticarum, Bulletin de l’Herbier Boissier

7: 220. Riccia bullosa auct. non Link ex Lindenberg 1829;

Muller 1940, Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen Flora von Deutsch-

land und der Schweiz 6 (Erganzungsband): 278-280.

FIGURE 4. — Distribution of Riccia bullosa in southern Africa.

134

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

SPECIMENS EXAMINED

O.F.S. — 2828 (Bethlehem): Witzieshoek, Drakensberg, at base of

Sentinel, (—DA), Schelpe 7690 ( BOL, PRE); Drakensberg, Sentinel Pass,

(— DB), Oliver 7324 (PRE); Wintershoek, Sentinel, footpath, (— DD),

Jean Thompson 277, 278 (PRE); Sentinel, along path from parking area

to chain ladder, (— DD), Van Rooy 1086 (PRE).

NATAL. — 2828 (Bethlehem): Mont-aux-Sources, Drakensberg,

(— DD), Schelpe 23856 (BOL); Mont-aux-Sources, (— DD), Ellis

CH13474 (PRE). 2929 (Underberg): Bergville, Drakensberg, Injasuti area,

(— AB), Esterhuvsen 26141 (BOL).

LESOTHO. —2828 (Bethlehem): Oxbow, 2 km W of Lodge, (-DC),

Magill 4588 (PRE); Mahlasela Hill (West), 10 km from New Oxbow

Lodge to Mokhotlong, (—DC), Van Rooy 2995 (PRE); 4 km from New

Oxbow Lodge to Butha Buthe, (—DC), Van Rooy 3133, 3135, 3136, 3142

(PRE). 2929 (Underberg): Sani River, circa 7 km from Sani Top to

Mokhotlong, (— CA), Van Rooy 3462 (PRE); Sani Pass, marsh flats with

scattered rock outcrops N of mountain lodge, (— CB), Magill 4401A

(PRE); south of Sani Pass on Border Post, (— CB), Magill CH4509 (PRE);

Sani Top, at disused air strip, N of mountain chalet, (— CB), S.M. Perold

2523 (PRE); Sani Top, south side of dam, near border post, in ditch,

(— CB), S.M. Perold 2527, 2528A (PRE); Sani Top, along upper Sani

Valley, N of border post, (— CB), Van Rooy 3535 (PRE); Sani Top, moun-

tain slopes W of border post, (— CB), Van Rooy 3541, 3578, 3579 (PRE);

Sehlabathebe Nat. Park, (-CC), Magill 4317 (PRE).

CAPE. — 3017(Hondeklipbaai): Kamiesberg Pass, circa 5 km from

Kamieskroon, (— BB), S.M. Perold 1600 (PRE). 3018 (Kamiesberg): 5,2

km along Rooifontein turn-off from Kamieskroon-Leliefontein road,

(— AA), S.M. Perold 1471, 2170 (PRE); Farm Welkom, N of Leliefon-

tein, Rooiberg Peak, (—AC), Ellis CH 13467 (PRE); Kamiesberg, plateau

N of Leliefontein towards Draaiklip, (—AC), Oliver 8038 (PRE); Studer’s

Pass, 8 km from foot of pass, on road to Garies, (—AC), S.M. Perold

1615 (PRE); on road between Kamieskroon and Leliefontein, 5 km before

Leliefontein, (—AC), S.M. Perold 2097 (PRE); southern Kamiesberg,

Klippoort SE of Hoedberg, (-CB), Oliver 9555 (PRE). 3028 (Matatiele):

Barkly East, Naude’s Nek, (— CC), Jean Tlwmpson 266, 267 (PRE).

3118 (Van Rhynsdorp): Olifants River Valley, between Klawer and

Citrusdal, (— CA), Wilman 663 (BOL). 3119 (Calvinia): Nieuwoudtville-

Calvinia road, 7 km along Rondekop turnoff, (—AC), S.M. Perold 2320

(PRE); Calvinia, Hantamsberg, main plateau, south end, (— BD), Oliver

8876 (PRE); Hantamsberg, Farm Van Rhynshoek, NE of Calvinia, near

FM tower, (— BD), S.M. Perold 1821, 2335 (PRE); Botterkloof Pass,

Farm Daantjie se Kraal, 37 km along road between Soetwater and Clan-

william, (-CB), S.M. Perold 1872, 1874 (PRE). 3120 (Williston): N

Roggeveld, Knegtsbank, (— CC), Oliver 8926 (PRE). 3218 (Clanwilliam):

16 km E of Clanwilliam, along Pakhuis Pass, (-BB), S.M. Perold 1919,

1924 (PRE); 20—23 km N of Citrusdal, near Olifants River, (— BD),

S.M. Perold 536, 2388, 2396 (PRE); Farm Middelpos, on road from

Goedverwag, NW of Piketberg, (—DC), S.M. Perold 510 (PRE). 3219

(Wuppertal): on road between Soetwater & Clanwilliam, 3 km before

turnoff to Biedouw/Wupperthal, (— AA), S.M. Perold 1881 (PRE);

Biedouw Youth Camp, 19 km along road to Wupperthal, (— AA), S.M.

Perold 1897 (PRE); 30 km E of Clanwilliam beyond Pakhuis Pass, (— AA),

S.M. Perold 1945 (PRE); Biedouw Valley, Farm Mertenhof, Bushman

Cave on slope facing west, (— AB), Oliver 1466 (BOL); Cedarberg Pass,

at end of pass, before entering Perdekloof, (-AC), S.M. Perold 555

(PRE); between Sneeuberg and Cedarberg, (—AC), S.M. Perold 562

(PRE); 46 km from Berg-en-dal to Clanwilliam, via Cedarberg, (—AC),

Stirton 9175 (PRE); Farm Kleinplaas, 17 km from Citrusdal on road to

Ceres, (— CA), S.M. Perold 2400 (PRE); 55 km from Ceres, along road

to Op-die-Berg, (—CD), Koekemoer 319 (PRE). 3318 (Cape Town):

Stellenbosch, (-DD), Duthie CH 1055 (PRE); Stellenbosch, between

Union Park and Marais Park, (— DD), Duthie s.n., 2-12-1936 (BOL);

Stellenbosch, (— DD), Duthie s.n., 20-9-1937 (BOL); Duthie s.n., 10-1937

(BOL); Stellenbosch, Platklip, (— DD), Duthie 5486a (with R. compacta )

(BOL); Stellenbosch flats, (-DD), Garside 2, 3 (PRE); Stellenbosch,

Platklip, near Municipal dumping ground, (— DD), Morley 215 (PRE),

S.M. Perold 467 (PRE). 3319 (Worcester): Tulbagh, just NE of Sarons-

berg, (— AA), Oliver 1475 (BOL; PRE); Op-die-Berg, near Dutch

Reformed Church, (—AD), Morley 272 (PRE), S.M. Perold 566, 2401

(PRE); Ceres end of Baineskloof, (— CA), Oliver 1476 (BOL; PRE);

on road between Franschhoek and Paarl, (— CC), Morley 306 (PRE).

3320 (Montagu): Montagu, (— CC), S. Amell 741 (BOL); (type specimen

of R. montaguensis S. Arnell). 3324 (Steytlerville): on road between

Patensie and Willowmore, (— CA), Koekemoer 284 (PRE). 3418

(Simonstown): Harmony Strand, NW of Gordon’s Bay, (— BB), Oliver

8777 (PRE).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Dr R. Grolle, Jena, most sincerely for

drawing my attention to the nomenclatural problems

concerning Riccia bullosa and Dr C. Sergio, LISU, for

her kindness in sending me xerox copies of several articles,

and of Stephani’s postcard to Henriques and Levier’s notes

as well as drawings of the Portuguese element of R.

bullosa. I am grateful to the curators of BOL, G and STR

for the loan of specimens; Prof, (emer.) Dr O.H. Volk of

Wurzburg University, Dr D.J.B. Killick, Dr H.F. Glen and

Mr J. van Rooy, all of NBI, are thanked for fruitful

discussions and advice. Finally, thank you to Ms J.

Kimpton, artist, Mrs A. Romanowski, photographer and

Mrs J. Mulvenna, typist, for their valued contributions.

REFERENCES

ARNELL, S. 1952. Hepaticae collected in South and West Africa 1951.

New and little known species. Botaniska Notiser 105 : 307— 315.

ARNELL, S. 1963. Hepaticae of South Africa, pp. 441. Swedish Natural

Council, Stockholm.

BORNEFELD, T. 1989. The Riccia species of S and SW Africa. Chro-

mosome numbers and composition of chromosome sets. Nova

Hedwigia 48: 371—382.

BRUNNTHALER, J. 1913. Ergebnisse einer botanischen Forschungs-

reise nach Deutsch-Ostafrika und Sud-Afrika (Kapland, Natal und

Rhodesia)). Teil 1, p. 14. (Hepaticae bearbeitet von F. Stephani)

in Denkschriften der Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen

Klasse der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften 88: 724.

DUTHIE, A.V. & GARSIDE, S. 1937. Studies in South African Riccia-

ceae 1. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa. 24:

93-122.

GOEBEL, K. 1905. Zur Kenntnis der Verbreitung und der Lebensweise

der Marchantiaceen-Gattung Exormotheca. Flora 95: 244—250.

GOTTSCHE, C M., LINDENBERG, J.B.G. & NEES ab ESENBECK,

C.G. 1844—1847. Synopsis hepaticarum. Hamburg. Reprinted

1967.

GROLLE, R. 1976. Verzeichnis der Lebermoose Europas und benach-

barter Gebiete. Feddes Repertorium 87: 171—279.

LEHMANN, J.G.C. 1829. Hepaticarum capensium a C.F. Ecklon.

Linnaea 4: 357— 371.

LINDENBERG, J.B.G. 1829. Synopsis hepaticarum europaearum. Nova

Acta Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicae

Naturae Curiosorum Suppl. 14: 1—33.

LINDENBERG, J.B.G. 1836. Monographic der Riccien. Nova Acta

Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicae Naturae

Curiosorum 18: 361—504.

MITTEN, W. 1853. An Enumeration of the Musci and Hepaticae,

collected in Portugal 1842—1850 by Dr Fried. Welwitsch.

MULLER, K. 1906—1911. Die Lebermoose. In L. Rabenhorst, Kryp-

togamenflora von Deutschland , Oesterreich und der Schweiz 6:

1-871.

MULLER, K. 1940. Exormothecaceae. In Die Lebermoose Europas.

L. Rabenhorst, Kryptogamenflora von Deutschland und der

Schweiz 6 : 275 -280.

MULLER, K. 1941. Beitrage zur Systematik der Lebermoose II.

Hedwigia 80: 90—118.

MULLER, K. 1947. Zur Klarung von Exormotheca bullosa. Mor-

phologische Untersuchungen zur Aufklarung einiger euro-

paischen Lebermoose. Beitrage zur Kryptogamenflora der Schweiz

10: 49-55.

MULLER, K. 1951—1958. Die Lebermoose Europas. In L. Rabenhorst,

Kryptogramen-Flora 6: 1—365.

NA-THALANG, O. 1980. A revision of the genus Riccia (Hepaticae)

in Australia. Brunonia 3: 61—140.

NEES AB ESENBECK, C.G. 1838. Naturgeschichte der europaischen

Lebermoose 4: 1—540.

PEROLD, S.M. 1989. Spore-wall ornamentation as an aid in identifying

the southern African species of Riccia (Hepaticae). Journal of

the Hattori Botanical Laboratory 67: 109—201.

PEROLD, S.M. 1990. Studies in the genus Riccia (Marchantiales) from

southern Africa. 21. R. stricta, R. purpurascens and R. fluitans,

subgenus Ricciella. Bothalia 20: 197—206.

PEROLD, S.M. & VOLK, O.H. 1988. Studies in the genus Riccia (Mar-

chantiales) from southern Africa. 9. R. nigrella and the status

of R. capensis. Bothalia 18: 43—49.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

135

SCHIFFNER, V. 1942. Monographic der Gattung Exormotheca. Hed-

wigia 81: 40—74.

SIM, T.R. 1926. The Bryophyta of South Africa. Transactions of the

Royal Society of South Africa 15: 1—475.

STEPHANI, F. 1898. Species Hepaticarum. Bulletin de I’Herbier Boissier

6: 309-411.

STEPHANI, F. 1899. Species Hepaticarum. Bulletin de I'Herbier Boissier

7: 198-225.

VOLK, O.H. 1983. Vorschlag fur eine Neugliederung der Gattung Riccia

L. Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung, MUnchen 19:

453-465.

VOLK O.H. & PEROLD, S.M. 1986. Studies in the genus Riccia (Mar-

chantiales) from southern Africa. 3. R. schelpei, a new species

in the new subgenus Chartacea. Bothalia 16: 29—33.

Bothalia 21,2: 137-142 (1991)

Studies in the Ericoideae (Ericaceae). VIII. New species in Erica ,

section Pseuderemia , from southern Africa

E.G.H. OLIVER* and INGE M. OLIVER*

Keywords: Erica, new species, southern Africa, taxonomy

ABSTRACT

Three new species are described in the genus Erica L. : E. abbottii E.G.H. Oliver, endemic to the South Coast of Natal

and neighbouring Transkei, E. swaziensis E.G.H. Oliver, a Swaziland endemic, and E. ingeana E.G.H. Oliver which is

confined to the high mountains in the eastern Little Karoo of the Cape Province.

UITTREKSEL

Drie nuwe spesies in die genus Erica L. word beskryf: E. abbottii E.G.H. Oliver, endemies tot die Suidkus van Natal

en aangrensende Transkei, E. swaziensis E.G.H. Oliver, endemies tot Swaziland, en E. ingeana E.G.H. Oliver met 'n beperkte

verspreiding op die hoe berge in die oostelike Klein Karoo van die Kaapprovinsie.

INTRODUCTION

Studies in Section Pseuderemia of the genus Erica L.

prompted by the recent discovery of a new species from

the Natal South Coast, have brought to light several distinct

new species, which had hitherto remained undescribed.

This research also revealed problems in a number of

species complexes as well as in the delimitation of the

section and its position in the genus.

Section Pseuderemia was created by Bentham (1839) and

upheld by Guthrie & Bolus in their treatment of the genus

for Flora capensis (1905). In it were placed those species

with small, coralline flowers aggregated into head-like

inflorescences placed at the ends of main branches and

lateral branchlets, the flowers having the stamens included.

The delimitation of sections within the genus Erica has

up to now provided a reasonably useful framework for the

identification of species, but has also led to many problems

due to the artificiality of the sections. In the case of Section

Pseuderemia there are indications that species placed in

several other sections, such as Sections Ceramia, Ephebus,

Pachysa, Orophanes and even Section Dasyanthes with

its long-tubed flowers, could have a closer relationship to

species in Section Pseuderemia than to species in their own

sections. This problem can only be dealt with satisfactorily

after an assessment of the whole genus at subgeneric lev-

el. The three new species are therefore described below

within the section as currently construed.

The section contains some 18 species including the three

new species described below and is distributed widely

throughout the southern half of the African continent.

Among the earlier described species, E. johnstoniana

Britten is found in Malawi, Mozambique and Zimbabwe,

E. holtii Schweick. in the eastern Transvaal, E. reenensis

Zahlbr. in the Natal Drakensberg, and the complex of

E. cooperi H. Bol./E. baurii H. Bol. in Natal and the

Transkei at lower altitudes. The remaining eight species

* Stellenbosch Herbarium, National Botanical Institute, P.O. Box 471,

Stellenbosch 7600.

MS. received: 1991-04-10.

occur in the south-western Cape Province. E. solandra

Andr. is confined to the Outeniqua Mountains. The

complex of E. sphaerocephala Wendl. ex Benth./E. maderi

Guth. & BoI./Zl oxysepala Guth. & Bol. is common in

the Ceres to Clanwilliam Districts and exhibits much var-

iation over both geographical as well as altitudinal ranges.

E. cemua C.V. Montin and E. pudens H.A. Baker are both

western Cape species found from Ceres northwards as far

as Namaqualand ( E . pudens). The other four species are

very localized: E. clavisepala Guth. & Bol. in the southern

Cape Peninsula; E. acockii Compton, known only from

near Bellville and now extinct; E. orculiflora Dulfer from

the mountains just south of Ceres; and the very distinct

E. greyii Guth. & Bol., recorded only as a single collec-

tion from an unspecified locality in the Cold Bokkeveld

in 1860.

Erica abbottii E.G.H. Oliver, sp. nov., in sectione

Pseuderemia, habitu laxo prostrato, corolla alba, antheris

luteolis, ovario pilis stellatis tecto, ovulis 4 ad 6 in quo-

que loculo dignoscenda.

Fruticulus sparsus debilis effusus ad 600 mm diametro,

pubescens et pilis dispersis longis glandulosis tectus,

glandibus rubentibus. Rami tenues filo metallico similes.

Folia 4-nata patentia, 2,5 mm longa, oblonga, acuta. Flores

4—9 in capitis ad extrema ramorum ramulorumque,

pedicello 1,0— 2,5 mm longo; bractea mediana usque

subapproximata, foliacea, 2,5— 3,5 mm longa lineari-

lanceolata; bracteolis 2 approximatis, subfoliaceis, lineari-

lanceolata. Calyx 4-partitus, 2,5— 3,8 mm longus, anguste

oblongus. Corolla 4-lobata, 3—5 mm longa, obovoideo-

urceolata vel obconica, pubescens, alba, lobis erectis

papillatis. Stamina 8, libera inclusa; filamentis linearibus,

apice sigmoideis, glabris; antheris subbasalibus, 0,8— 1,3

mm longis, glabris, luteolis, aristatis, aristis theca dimidio

brevioribus, poro theca dimidio breviore, polline in

tetradis. Ovarium 4-loculare, ovulis 4—6 in quoque loculo,

0,8— 1,0 mm longum subcylindraceum, hispidum pilis

stellatis; stylo 2, 0-2, 2 mm longo glabra; stigmate

simplici, incluso. Fructus capsularis, septa ad basim libera,

seminibus subsphaeroideis 0,6 mm diametro, reticulatis

cellulis parvis multis. Figura 1.

138

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 1. —Erica abbottii'. A, flowering branch, X 2; B, branch; C, leaf; D, flower; E, bract; F, sepal; G, outline of corolla, X 12; H, anther,

side, front and back views; I, gynoecium, with a stellate hair inset (x 50). B-F, H & I, x 25. All drawn from the type, Abbott 2273 (STE).

TYPE. — 3030 (Port Shepstone): Natal, Port Edward

area, Umtamvuna Nature Reserve, Cascades, 18 Decem-

ber 1984, (— CC), Abbott 2273 (PRE, holo.; NH, PRU,

STE).

Shrublet sparse, weak, sprawling to 600 mm diam.,

pubescent all over and with scattered long gland-tipped

hairs, the glands red. Branches thin and wiry with no

infrafoliar ridges, internodes up to 10 mm long. Leaves

4-nate spreading, 2,5— 3,0 mm long, oblong, acute, with

a long apical hair, subopen-backed below; petiole 0,5 mm

long, pubescent. Flowers 4—9 in heads at ends of main

and lateral branches; pedicel 1,0— 2,5 mm long, half the

length of the corolla or shorter; bract median to sub-

approximate, foliaceous, 2, 5 -3, 5 mm long, linear-

lanceolate; bracteoles 2, approximate, subfoliaceous, only

terminally sulcate, 2,5 -3,5 mm long, linear-lanceolate.

Calyx 4-partite, 2,5 -3,8 mm long, half as long as to just

longer than the corolla, narrowly oblong. Corolla 4-lobed,

3—5 mm long, obovoid-urceolate or obconical, white,

lobes erect, broadly rounded, papillate, not hairy. Stamens

8, free, included, half the length of the corolla; filaments

linear, apically sigmoid, glabrous; anthers sub-basally

attached, 0,8 -1,3 mm long, glabrous, pale yellow, pore

half the length of the theca, aristate, the awns simple,

pointing downwards and half the length of the theca;

pollen in tetrads. Ovary 4-locular with 4-6 ovules per

locule, 0,8— 1,0 mm long, subcylindric and obtuse, hispid

with stellate hairs; style 2,0— 2,2 mm long, glabrous;

stigma simple, included. Fruit a dehiscent capsule with

septa free to the base; seeds relatively large subsphaeroid,

0,6 mm in diam., reticulate with numerous small cells.

Figure 1.

Erica abbottii was recently collected by A. Abbott, a

farmer in the Port Edward area, who is keenly interested

in natural history and conservation. He is involved in a

detailed survey of the species in the nearby Umtamvuna

Nature Reserve and in the process has made some very

interesting records, including several new species. When

trying to identify this material we found that a more

detailed study of the species in Section Pseuderemia was

required in order to establish the taxonomic status of his

collection and also its affinities. In this regard we are most

grateful to him for his fine collections and his notes and

photographs of E. abbottii.

The species is the only truly prostrate one in this section

and as such is unique among those species occurring in

the summer rainfall area of southern Africa. It forms

prostrate, lax plants with long branches straggling among

the low grasses in moist seepage areas or alongside

streams. This character and the white corolla, pale yellow

anthers, stellate hairs on the ovary and 4-6 ovules per

locule serve to characterize E. abbottii.

The lax habit is not so well developed in E. swaziensis

which has bright pink, very differently shaped flowers.

It approaches E. holtii from the Drakensberg and eastern

Transvaal in which the flowers are also white, but that

species forms low compact many-stemmed shrublets in

which the corolla is globose-urceolate with spreading lobes

and 10-18 ovules per locule. The single collection of

the latter species from the high Drakensberg of Natal,

Esterhuysen 20234 , is anomalous. The occurrence of stel-

late hairs on the ovary in E. abbottii is most unusual in

the genus, but is shared with the E. cooperi/baurii complex

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

139

which occurs further inland in the Transkei northwards

to central Natal. However, this complex forms stout,

woody, erect shrubs with stiff, dendroid hairs all over the

plants and there are on average 20 ovules per locule.

E. abbottii is one of six species of Erica known to occur

in the coastal areas of southern Natal and northern Transkei

(Figure 2), the others being E. aspalathifolia H. Bol., E.

caffra L., E. cerinthoides L., E. cubica L. and E. natalitia

H. Bol. The new species is, however, the only one en-

demic to the area and as such is one of several endemic

species in genera with their main distribution

in the Cape Floral Region. Examples of this situation

are clearly shown by Leucospermum innovans Rourke

and Leucadendron pondoense Van Wyk, both in the

Proteaceae, and Raspalia trigyna (Schltr.) Duemmer in

the Bruniaceae. The phytogeography and endemism of this

area is discussed fully by Van Wyk (1990a & b).

NATAL. — 3030 (Port Shepstone): Umtamvuna Nature Reserve,

Cascades, 8-1-1984, (— CC), Abbott 1610 (NH, PRE); ibid., 18-12-84,

Abbott 2273 (NH, PRE, PRU, STE); Mpunzaana River just S of

Umtamvuna/Hlolweni junction, 200 m, 24-1-86, (— AA), Van Wyk 7249

(PRE).

TRANSKEI. — 3129 (Port St Johns): Mkambati Game Reserve, Daza

River, 13-12-86, (— BD), Jordaan 1055 (K, MO, NH, PRE, STE). 3130

(Port Edward): Mzamba, Mzamba/Ntlakwe Rivers, 300 m, 29-10-87,

(— AA), Abbott 4041 (PRU, STE).

Erica swaziensis E.G.H. Oliver, sp. nov., in sectione

Pseuderemia, distincta propter habitum laxum, interno-

dos ramulorum florentium longos, flores roseos, pilos

floribus typorum trium — eos multos breviores, eos

intermediores glandulosos, eos longos simplices vel

furcatos — aristas antherarum decurrentes.

FIGURE 2. — The known distribution of Erica abbottii , ▲ ; E. swaziensis,

♦ ; and E. holtii, 0.

Fruticulus laxus ad 400 mm altus vel effusus. Rami filo

metallico similes, internodis ramulorum florentium ad 60

mm longis, pilosi pilis longis glandulosis glandibus albis.

Folia 4-nata, suberecta, subimbricata, 2,0— 2,5 mm lon-

ga, anguste ovata, in toto pilosa, ciliata pilis longis

glandulosis. Flores 12 in capitis in extremis ramorum

ramulorumque, pedicello 2 mm longo, pubescenti et pilis

longis glandulosis; bractea subapproximata, 2 mm longa,

lanceolata, pubescenti et pilis dispersis longioribus et etiam

longioribus simplicibus furcatis; bracteolis 2 bractea

similibus. Calyx 4-partitus, oblongus ad lanceolatus

acutus, 1,7— 2,0 mm longus, tubo corollae dimidio brevior,

pubescente ut in bractea. Corolla 4-lobata rosea, tubo

anguste ovoideo, 3 mm longo, glabro, lobis erectis ad

subpatentibus, late ellipticis, 0,8 mm longis, papillatis

papillatocrenulatis. Stamina 8, libera, inclusa, longitudine

3/4 tubum corollae aequantia; filamentis linearibus, apice

parum curvatis; antheris 0,6 mm longis, sub-basalibus,

glabris, bubalinis, aristatis, aristis porum aequantibus,

parum decurrentibus, serratis, poro longitudine 2 ^ thecae

partes aequanti, polline in tetradis. Ovarium 4-loculare

ovulis 15 in quoque loculo, 1 mm longum, late obo-

voideum, hispidulum; stylo 1,5 mm longo glabro; stigma

simplici, incluso. Fructus capsularis, septa ad basim libera,

seminibus ovoideis, luteolis, reticulatis cellulis multis par-

vis. Figura 3.

TYPE. — 2631 (Mbabane): Swaziland, Mbuluzi Falls,

9 April 1955, (-AA), Compton 25085 (NBG, holo.; K,

PRE).

Shrublet loose and straggling, 200—400 mm tall or

spreading. Branches thin and wiry with slight infrafoliar

ridges, internodes 10 mm long or less, up to 60 mm on

flowering branches, pilose and with scattered long gland-

tipped hairs, the glands white in young stages. Leaves

4-nate suberect and subimbricate, 2,0— 2,5 mm long,

narrowly ovate, pubescent all over, ciliate with long gland-

tipped hairs; petiole very short, 0,2 mm long, pubescent.

Flowers in heads of 12 at ends of main and lateral branches;

pedicel 2 mm long, dark red, pubescent and with scattered

long gland-tipped hairs; bract subapproximate, 2 mm long,

lanceolate, pubescent and with a few scattered somewhat

longer gland-tipped hairs and longer simple or fork-tipped

hairs, red at base, sulcate and green in upper three-

quarters; bracteoles 2, like the bract. Calyx 4-partite,

oblong or lanceolate, acute, 1, 7-2,0 mm long, half as long

as the corolla, pubescent and with slightly longer scattered

gland-tipped hairs, ciliate with long simple and fork-tipped

hairs, red with apical green sulcate portion. Corolla

4-lobed, bright pink, tube narrowly ovoid, 3 mm long,

glabrous, lobes erect to spreading, broadly elliptic, 0,8 mm

long, papillate outside and inside, papillate-crenulate.

Stamens 8, free, included, about three-quarters the length

of the corolla tube; filaments linear, slightly curved at

apex; anthers 0,6 mm long, sub-basally attached, glabrous,

light brown, aristate, awns as long as the pore, slightly

joined to the filament, with serrated edges, pore two thirds

the length of the theca; pollen in tetrads. Ovary 4-locular

with 15 ovules per locule, 1 mm long, broadly obovoid

8-lobed, covered with short stiff hairs; style 1,5 mm long,

just shorter than corolla tube, glabrous; stigma simple.

Fruit a dehiscent capsule with septa free to the base; seeds

ovoid, pale yellow, with numerous small reticulate cells.

Figure 3.

140

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 3.— Erica swaziensis : A,

flowering branch, X 1; B,

branch; C, leaf; D, flower; E,

bract; F, sepal; G, anther, side,

front and back views; H, gy-

noecium. B— H, X 25. All

drawn from the type, Compton

25085 (PRE).

This species is distinguished by its lax habit, the long

intemodes of the flowering branches, glabrous pink corolla

with large spreading lobes, partly decurrent anthers and

by the lack of glands on the longest hairs, but white glands

on the medium-length hairs.

It is allied to the group of species described here in a

number of characters. It differs from the rather lax, pink-

flowered E. ingeana, which also has spreading corolla

lobes, by the lobes being much wider than long and by

the glabrous corolla, white glands on the medium-length

hairs and the lack of glands on the long hairs.

E. swaziensis was listed by Compton (1976) as E. holtii

which has an anomalous distribution from the type locality

near Lydenburg on the eastern Transvaal escarpment to

the high Drakensberg of Natal, from where it has been

collected only once, Esterhuysen 20234, in 1952. The

distribution of E. holtii has recently been extended further

north to the Wolkberg, Venter 10859a. It is, however, a

species with white, pubescent flowers of ovoid-urceolate

shape with very small broadly rounded corolla lobes on

plants which are multi-stemmed from a very woody base,

the main branches being rather short.

Verdoorn (1954), when discussing the species of Erica

from the Transvaal, mentioned the occurrence of E. holtii

in Swaziland, presumably based on the old Nicholson col-

lection in PRE. She noted, however, that the Swaziland

material possessed longer and more urceolate flowers than

the type.

The name of this species is appropriate because it is the

only species of Erica confined to Swaziland. The other

seven species are more widespread with E. cerinthoides

occurring as far south as the Cape Peninsula and E. woodii

from the southern Drakensberg to eastern Zimbabwe. E.

swaziensis appears to be very localized in its distribution,

being confined to the mountains just north and north-east

of Mbabane. The habitat is not recorded on any of the

collections, but Compton (1976) notes the habitat as

‘sheltered grassy places’.

SWAZILAND.— 2631 (Mbabane): Mbuluzi Falls, 9-4-1955, (-AA),

Compton 25085 (NBG, K, PRE); Miller’s Falls, 1 370 m, 6-4-1956,

(— AA/AC), Compton 25854 (NBG); Black Umbuluzi Valley, 1 300 m,

24-2-1978, (—AA/AC), Kemp 1301 (PRE); near Mbabane, 5-1939,

(- AA/AC), B. Nicholson in PRE 51217 (PRE).

Erica ingeana E.G.H. Oliver, sp. nov., in sectione

Pseuderemia distincta propter lobos corollae roseae

magnos longiores quam latiores, folia ovata, pilos longos

molles omnes glandibus terminatos.

Fruticulus laxus decumbens usque erectus ad 300 mm

altus. Rami filo metallico similes, pilosi et pilis dispersis

longis glandulosis, glandibus atrorubentibus, internodis

ad 20 mm longis. Folia 4-nata suberecta ad parum patentia,

2, 0-2, 5 mm longa petiolo 0,4 mm longo, ovata, sparse

pilosa ciliata pilis longis glandulosis. Flores 12(16) in

capitis in extremis ramorum ramulorumque; pedicello 2

mm longo; bractea remota ad mediana, 2 mm longa, ova-

ta, pubescens et pilis dispersis longioribus glandulosis et

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

141

pilis etiam longioribus simplicibus vel furcatis; bracteolis

2 bractea similibus. Calyx 4-partitus, 1,7 mm longus, tubo

corollae dimidio brevior, anguste oblongus, pilis ut in

bractea bracteolisque. Corolla 4-lobata, rosea, tubo 3 mm

longo, anguste ovoideo, sparse piloso, lobis 1,0— 1,3 mm

longis, ellipticis, erectis ad patentibus, papillatis papillato-

crenulatis. Stamina 8, libera, inclusa; filamentis linearibus

apice sigmoideis; antheris 0,6 mm longis, sub-basalibus,

glabris, poro longitudine 2/3 thecae partes aequanti,

aristatis, bubalinis, polline in tetradis. Ovarium 4-loculare

ovulis 14 in quoque loculo, 9 mm longum, subcylindra-

ceum, obtusum, pubescens apice hispidum; stylo 2,0— 2,5

mm longo glabro; stigma simplici, manifesta. Fructus

capsularis, septa ad basim libera, seminibus ovoideis reti-

culatis cellulis multis parvis. Figura 4.

TYPE. — 3322 (Oudtshoorn): Swartberg, NE of Bles-

berg at head of Oorlogskloof, 1 647 m, 7 January 1975,

(— BC), I. Oliver sub E.G.H. Oliver 5656 (STE, holo. ;

BM, BOL, K, MEL, MO, P, PRE, S, W).

Shrublet straggling, single-stemmed, decumbent to erect

and compact, up to 300 mm tall. Branches 200-400 mm

long, wiry, pilose and with scattered long gland-tipped

hairs, glands dark red, internodes up to 20 mm long on

flowering branches, with no infrafoliar ridges. Leaves

4-nate, suberect to slightly spreading, 2,0— 2,5 mm long

with petiole 0,4 mm long, ovate, sparsely pilose all over

and ciliate with long gland-tipped hairs. Flowers in heads

of 12(16) at the ends of main and lateral branches; pedicel

2 mm long, pubescent and with long gland-tipped hairs,

glands dark red; bract remote to median, 2 mm long, ovate,

pubescent and with somewhat longer gland-tipped hairs

and even longer simple or forked hairs, red at base with

green sulcate upper half; bracteoles like bract, 2 mm long.

Calyx 4-partite, segments about 1,7 mm long, half the

length of the corolla tube, leaflike, narrowly oblong,

pubescent and with somewhat longer gland-tipped hairs

and even longer simple or fork-tipped hairs mostly

confined to margins. Corolla 4-lobed, pink, tube 3 mm

long, narrowly ovoid, sparsely pilose, lobes 1,0-1, 3 mm

long, elliptic, obtuse, erect to spreading, papillate abaxial-

ly, papillate-crenulate. Stamens 8, free, included; filaments

linear apically sigmoid, half the length of the corolla

tube; anthers 0,6 mm long, sub-basally attached, thecae

rectangular, glabrous, pore 2/3 length of theca, aristate,

light brown, awns as long as the pore; pollen in tetrads.

Ovary 4-locular with 14 ovules per locule, 9 mm long,

subcylindric with obtuse to flattened apex and 8 external

lobes, pubescent, apically hispid; style 2,0— 2,5 mm long,

glabrous; stigma simple, manifest. Fruit a dehiscent

capsule with septa free to the base; seeds ovoid, reticu-

late with numerous small cells, yellow. Figure 4.

This species is distinguished among the small-flowered

species of this section by its relatively long spreading

corolla lobes which are longer than broad and are reminis-

cent of those in some species of Section Euryloma. It is

most closely related to E. solandra which forms a stouter,

erect shrub with numerous rigid, coarse hairs which are

eglandular. E. solandra also has much larger leaves and

dendroid teeth to the corolla lobes. E. ingeana resembles

the new species, E. swaziensis above, in its large corolla

lobes, but in that species the lobes are much broader than

long and the corolla is glabrous.

Erica ingeana has been known from a number of

collections since the first was made by Miss E.E.

Esterhuysen in 1941. We were first introduced to this

species through a collection made by one of us (I.M.

Oliver) on a joint expedition to the Blesberg in 1975. The

species occurs in moist seepage areas, which may be only

seasonally wet, on the northern slopes of the eastern end

of the Swartberg and also on the Anthoniesberg and the

Kouga Mountains further east (Figure 5). E. solandra is

confined to the slopes of a small section of the Outeniqua

Mountains north and north-east of George where it grows

in drier places which, however, receive a fairly high

amount of rain.

CAPE.— 3322 (Oudtshoorn): Swartberg, NE of Blesberg, head of

Oorlogskloof, 1 647 m, 7-1-1975, (-BC), Oliver 5656 (BM, BOL, K,

MEL, MO, P, PRE, S, STE, W); Blesberg, top of Tierkloof, 1 830 m.

FIGURE 4 —Erica ingeana : A, flowering branch, x 1; B, branch; C, leaf; D, flower; E, bract; F, sepal; G, anther, front, side and back views;

H, gynoecium. B— H, x 25. All drawn from the type, Oliver 5656 (STE).

142

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 5. — The known distribution of Erica ingeana, #; and E.

solandra , ♦ .

12-1-1981, Vlok 102 (STE); ibid., 1 647 m, 4-2-1984, Vlok 810 (STE);

ibid., 1 660 m, 15-12-1986, (-BC), Schumann 495 (STE); N base of

Bloupunt at N entrance to Meiringspoort, 790 m, 15-7-1990, (— BC), Vlok

2330 (STE). 3323 (Willowmore): Anthoniesberg S slopes, 1 500 m,

19-10-1955, (-AD), Esterhuysen 24952 (BOL); Kouga Mtns, peak E of

Smutsberg, 27-11-1941, (— DB), Esterhuysen 7033 (BOL); foothills near

Smutsberg, 900 m, 12-11-1944, (— DB), Esterhuysen BOL 52462 (BOL).

3324 (Steytlerville): Kouga Mtns, foothills near Kouga Peak, 1 200 m,

14-1H944, (-CA), Esterhuysen 10835 (BOL).

REFERENCES

BENTHAM, G. 1839. Ericaceae. In A.P. De Candolle, Prodromus

systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 7: 580 —733. Paris.

COMPTON, R.H. 1976. Flora of Swaziland. Journal of South African

Botany Suppl. Vol. 11.

GUTHRIE, F. & BOLUS, H. 1905. Erica. In W.T. Thistleton-Dyer, Flora

capensis 4,1: 4—315. Reeve, London.

VAN WYK, A.E. 1990a. A new species of Leucadendron (Proteaceae)

from Pondoland, with a discussion of its biogeography. South

African Journal of Botany 56: 458—466.

VAN WYK, A.E. 1990b. The sandstone regions of Natal and Pondoland:

remarkable centres of endemism. In K. Heine, Palaeoecology

of Africa Vol. 21. Balkema, Rotterdam.

VERDOORN, I.C. 1954. The Transvaal Ericaceae. Journal of South

African Botany 20: 91-115.

Bothalia 21,2: 143-150 (1991)

Cyanophyceae associated with mangrove trees at Inhaca Island,

Mozambique

S.M.F. SILVA*

Keywords: Bostrychietum, Cyanophyceae, epiphytes, Inhaca Island, mangrove, taxonomy

ABSTRACT

A survey of the Cyanophyceae associated with two of the five mangrove trees and their associated Bostrychieta at Inhaca

Island, Mozambique, was undertaken. Sixteen taxa belonging to 12 genera were identified. Of these, six taxa were new

records for Mozambique, three at generic and three at specific level. Thirteen taxa of Cyanophyceae were found growing

on Avicennia marina (Forssk.) Vierh. and four on Ceriops tagal (Perr.) C.B. Robinson. Chamaecalyx leibleiniae (H. Reinsch)

Komarek & Anagnostidis was the only Cyanophyceae to occur on both species of tree.

UITTREKSEL

’n Opname van Cyanophyceae wat geassosieer word met twee van die vyf manglietbome en hul geassosieerde Bostrychieta

op Inhaca Eiland, Mosambiek, is gedoen. Sestien taksons wat aan 12 genera behoort, is geidentifiseer. Ses van hierdie taksons

was nuwe rekords vir Mosambiek, drie op genusvlak en drie op spesievlak. Daar is gevind dat dertien Cyanophyceae-taksons

op Avicennia marina (Forssk.) Vierh. groei en vier op Ceriops tagal (Perr.) C.B. Robinson. Chamaecalyx leibleiniae (H.

Reinsch) Komarek & Anagnostidis was die enigste Cyanophyceae wat op albei boomspesies voorgekom het.

INTRODUCTION

After a long period of neglect, some attention has

recently been given to epiphytic Cyanophyceae associated

with mangroves with respect to their abundance and

importance within this particular habitat (Berjak et al.

1977; Dor 1984; Lambert et al. 1989).

The Cyanophyceae from southern African mangroves

were studied in detail by Lambert etal. (1989). This report

constitutes an important contribution to our knowledge of

the ecology and taxonomy of the Cyanophyceae in that

region. The northern limit of sampling by Lambert et al.

(1989) was in the Kosi Estuary which borders Mozambique

(Figure IB). Inhaca Island is situated ± 180 km to the north,

on the east coast of southern Africa, within the Indo-West-

Pacific biogeographic zone of the degree squares 2532DD

and 2632BB (see Edwards & Leistner 1971) (Figure 1A,

B). It is of interest because of the well-zoned mangrove

swamps, a feature not apparent in the swamps to the south

(Berjak et al. 1977). The island is situated in the south

of Mozambique, forming part of the barrier between the

Indian Ocean and Maputo Bay (Figure 1). The largest

stands of mangroves are located at the head of the northern

and the southern bays (Figure 1C) (Macnae & Kalk 1969).

The mangrove vegetation on Inhaca Island is mainly

composed of the following: Avicennia marina (Forssk.)

Vierh., Bruguiera gymnorrhiza (L.) Lam., Ceriops tagal

(Perr.) C.B. Robinson, Lumnitzera racemosa Willd. and

Rhizophora mucronata Lam. Ceriops tagal occupies the

central areas of all mangrove swamps on the island and

macroscopic growth of algae on its trunks is generally very

scarce. Avicennia marina is a dominant member of the

mangrove community. The pneumatophores very often

* Department of Botany, University of the Witwatersrand, Private Bag

3, WITS 2050, Johannesburg.

MS. received: 1991-05-03.

possess a covering of several species of Rhodophyceae

which are collectively known as ‘Bostrychietum’, which

is defined thus by the predominance of species such as

Bostrychia spp., Catenella spp., Caloglossa sp. and

Murrayella sp. (Post 1936; Macnae & Kalk 1962).

FIGURE 2. — 1, Aphanothece stagnina , detail of part of a colony. 2—4, Chroococcus minor. 5, C. turgidus var. maximus. 6-8, Chamaecalyx

leibleiniae : 6, young plant; 7, exocytes in a colony; 8, liberation. 9—11, Stichosiphon sp. : 9, young plant; 10, 11, formation and liberation

of exocytes. 12, Hydrococcus rivularis, apical view of the filaments radiating from pseudoparenchyma. 13, Xenococcus acervatus, apical

and lateral view. 14, 15, Oscillatoria jenensis, detail of trichomes. 16, Lyngbya nigra. 17, L. confervoides. 18, 19, Arthrospira platensis:

18, general aspect of the filaments; 19, detail of the trichomes.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

145

No research on the Cyanophyceae associated with the

mangroves of Mozambique has yet been undertaken. The

aim of this study was to identify those algae growing on

mangrove trees as well as to contribute to our knowledge

of their taxonomy and ecology in southern Africa.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Two substrata which support the growth of benthic algae

were considered for this study, viz.: the pneumatophores

of Avicennia marina and the base of the trunks of Ceriops

tagal. Sampling was carried out in the northern bay and

at Saco during low tide. Twenty samples of the pneumato-

phores were collected at random, cutting them near the

mud surface. In the case of C. tagal , trunk segments were

removed. Macro-algal hosts within the Bostrychieta were

noted. The number of samples analysed was not sufficient

to indicate any marked changes in algal composition from

the water’s edge to the upper limit of the pneumatophores.

Some material was preserved in 4% formalin, and

some was allowed to dry in subdued lighting. All samples

were deposited at the Herbarium of the Faculty of

Biology (LMU), University Eduardo Mondlane in

Maputo, Mozambique.

The system of classification used was Anagnostidis &

Komarek (1985, 1988) and Komarek & Anagnostidis (1986,

1989).

RESULTS

Key to the species

la Thallus unicellular or colonial:

2a Unicellular Chamaecalyx leibleiniae

2b Colonial:

3a Pseudoparenchymatous Xenococcus acervatus

3b Not pseudoparenchymatous, subspheric or elongate:

4a Many cells per colony Aphanothece stagnina

4b Up to 4 cells per colony:

5a Cells 3,1— 4,3 broad Chroococcus minor

5b Cells 31,8—38,1 pm broad C. turgidus var. maximus

lb Thallus filamentous or pseudofilamentous:

6a Pseudofilamentous:

7a Pseudofilaments irradiating from pseudoparenchyma ....

Hydrococcus rivularis

7b Pseudofilaments single, not forming pseudoparenchyma

Stichosiphon sp.

6b Filamentous:

8a With heterocysts:

9a Heterocysts intercalar only Nodularia sp.

9b Heterocysts terminal:

10a Heterocysts terminal only, cells 9,6-11,8 pm broad ..

Calothrix scopulorum

10b Heterocysts terminal and intercalar, cells 19,8-28,1 jim

broad C. Crustacea

8b Without heterocysts:

11a Sheath absent:

12a Trichomes regularly spirally coiled .... Arthrospira platensis

12b Trichomes bent, not regularly spirally coiled

Oscillatoria jenensis

lib Sheath present:

13a Many trichomes per sheath Microcoleus chthonoplastes

13b Only one trichome per sheath:

14a Sheath thick, lamellated, filaments 50,0—52,1 pm

broad Lyngbya majuscula

14b Sheath thin, unlamellated, filaments 6,2—20,6 pm broad:

15a Filaments 17,1—18,7 pm broad L. nigra

15b Filaments 19,0-20,6 pm broad L. confervoides

CHROOCOCCALES

Microcystaceae

Aphanothece stagnina (C.K. Spreng.) A. Braun , In

Rabenhorst: 66 (1865); Tilden: 32 (1910); Geitler: 164

(1932); Desikachary: 137 (1959); Humm & Wicks: 49

(1980) [=Coccochloris stagnina Drouet & Daily],

Thallus generally subspherical, ± 102,5 pm. Sheath

colourless, lamellated, up to 15,6 ^m thick. Cells oblong

or polygonal by mutual compression, 3, 1-5,6 x 2,8— 3,4

pm, protoplasm homogeneous blue-green (Figure 2.1).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva <6 N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: Gaza: Muchopes, Chidenguele (Rino

1972). 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island (Rino 1972); marine, on rocks

and sand (Silva 1991); Namaacha (Rino 1972). Sul do Save: Rino (1979).

Chroococcaceae

Chroococcus minor (Kiitzing) Nag.: 47 (1849);

Tilden: 9 (1910); Geitler: 240 (1932); Desikachary: 105

(1959).

Colony subspherical, groups of 3-4 cells. Sheath thin,

colourless or yellowish lamellated. Cells generally

hemispherical or subhemispherical, protoplasm homo-

geneous pale blue-green, 2,8— 4,0 x 3,1— 4, 3(— 6,2) pm

(Figure 2.2, 2.3, 2.4).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 14-07-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 26: near the ‘Saco Inhaca',

24-06-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 2 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2335 (Inhambane): Vilanculos (Rino

1969).

Chroococcus turgidus ( Kiitzing ) Nag. var. maximus

Nygaard: 201 (1926); Tilden: 5 (1910); Geitler: 229 (1932);

Desikachary: 102 (1959).

Colony subspherical or elongate, groups of 2 cells.

Sheath colourless, lamellated, ± 11,5 pm thick. Cells

hemispherical, 17,7—30,3 x 31,8-38,1 pm, protoplasm

granular dark green. (Figure 2.5).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2335 (Inhambane): Inharrime (Rino

1972). 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine, on sand (Silva 1991).

Chamaesiphonaceae

Chamaecalyx leibleiniae (H. Reinsch) Komarek &

Anagnostidis: 199 (1986); Geitler: 399 (1932) [—Dermo-

carpa leibleiniae (H. Reinsch) Born. & Thur.]; Desi-

kachary: 173 (1959) [=Dermocarpa leibleiniae (H.

Reinsch) Born. & Thur.]; Humm & Wicks: 62 (1980)

[=Entophysalis conferta Drouet & Daily].

146

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

Sporangia single or gregarious, club-shaped, straight

or bent, 22,5—46,8 x (8,4— )10,0— 19,6 /mi, protoplasm

homogeneous pale blue-green. Sheath thin, colourless.

Exocytes many, ± 9, 4,0— 8,1 pm broad. (Figure 2.6, 2.7,

2.8).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the ‘Saco

Inhaca’, 24-06-1988, S. Silva, N. Cuamba & D. Gove 3; near the northern

bay, 14-07-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 25. 28 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine,

on Cladophora sp. (Silva 1991).

Stichosiphon sp.

Sporangia single, erect or bent, up to 122,0 x 2,5— 6,5

pm. Sheath thin, colourless, homogeneous. Cells 1,5— 2,8

x 1,8— 3,4(— 4,0) pm, protoplasm homogeneous blue-

green. Exocytes many, + 44. (Figure 2.9, 2.10, 2.11).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista); Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: first record for the occurrence of the

genus.

The specimens of Stichosiphon Geitl. studied probably

constitute a new species. However, more detailed studies

in culture should be undertaken in order to elucidate the

development and reproduction of this alga.

Hydrococcaceae

Hydrococcus rivularis Kutzing: 380 (1833); Tilden:

45 (1910) [=Oncobirsa rivularis (Kutzing) Menegh.];

Geitler: 362 (1932) [—Oncobirsa rivularis (Kutzing)

Menegh.]; Desikachary; 180 (1959).

Thallus dark green, discoid, pseudoparenchymatous.

Pseudofilaments generally branched, radially arranged.

Sheath colourless, diffluent, generally indistinct. Cells

(1,5 — )2,5— 4,6 x 2, 5-3,1 pm (Figure 2.12).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, 5. Silva <4 N. Cuamba 43; near the ‘Saco Inhaca’,

24-06-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 2 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: first record for the occurrence of the

genus.

Xenococcaceae

Xenococcus acervatus Setch. & N.L. Gardner, In

Gardner: 459 (1918); Geitler: 333 (1932); Desikachary:

182 (1959); Humm & Wicks: 62 (1980) [=Entophysalis

conferta Drouet & Daily],

Thallus dark green, lobed, pseudoparenchymatous,

single layered. Sheath thick, colourless, unlamellated.

Cells 5,9—11,2 x 2,5— 3,4 (Figure 2.13).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: first record for the occurrence of the

species.

OSCILLATORIALES

Oscillatoriaceae

Oscillatoria jenensis G. Schmid: 572 (1921); Geitler:

949 (1932).

Trichomes bent, not constricted at the cross-walls,

slightly attenuated or not at the ends. Cells 4-9 times

broader than long, (1,5 — )2,1 — 5,3 x 14,3-19,6 pm, cross-

walls not granular, protoplasm homogeneous blue-green

(Figure 2.14, 2.15).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 14-07-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 25 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: first record for the occurrence of the

species.

Lyngbya nigra C. Agardh ex Gomont: 145 (1892);

Tilden: 119 (1910); Geitler: 1063 (1932); Desikachary: 317

(1959).

Filaments long, flexuous, 17,1—18,7 pm broad. Sheath

thin, colourless, unlamellated. Trichome not constricted

at the cross-walls, slightly attenuated or not. Cells 3—5

times broader than long, 2,5— 4,6 x 13,4—15,0 pm, cross-

walls not granular, protoplasm granular blue-green.

Calyptra roundish (Figure 2.16).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, 5. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: first record for the occurrence of the

species.

Lyngbya confervoides C. Agardh ex Gomont: 156

(1892); Tilden: 119 (1910); Geitler: 1061 (1932); Desi-

kachary: 314 (1959); Humm & Wicks: 81 (1980) [= Micro-

coleus lyngbyaceus (Kutzing) P.L. Crouan].

Filaments long, flexuous, 19,0—20,6 pm broad. Sheath

thin, colourless, unlamellated. Trichome not constricted

at the cross-walls, not attenuated at the ends. Cells 7—12

times broader than long, 1,2— 2,1 x 14,0 pm, cross-walls

not granular, protoplasm homogeneous dark green.

Calyptra absent (Figure 2.17).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine,

on rocks, on Crassostrea sp. and mixed with Bostrychia spp. and Catenella

sp. (Silva 1991); plankton (Silva & Cuamba 1991).

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

147

Lyngbya majuscula Harv. ex Gomonf. 151 (1892);

Tilden: 123 (1910); Geitler: 1060 (1932); Desikachary: 313

(1959); Humm & Wicks: 81 (1980) [= Microcoleus lyng-

byaceus (Kiitzing) P.L. Crouan],

Filaments long, flexuous, 50,0-52,1 pm broad. Sheath

colourless, lamellated, ± 3,4 pm thick. Trichome not

constricted at the cross-walls, not attenuated at the ends.

Cells 9—10 times broader than long, 2,1— 5,0( -10,9)

x 39.0-45,0 jim, cross-walls not granular. Protoplasm

homogeneous dark green. Calyptra absent (Figure 3.1).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2335 (Inhambane): Massinga (Rino 1972).

2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine (Pocock 1969); mixed with

Bostrychia spp. and tree trunks in decomposition (Silva 1991); plankton

(Silva & Cuamba 1991).

Phormidiaceae

Arthrospira platensis (Nordst.) Gomonf. 247 (1892);

Geitler: 919 (1932) [= Spirulina platensis (Nordst.) Geitl . ] ;

Desikachary: 190 (1959).

Trichomes constricted at the cross-walls, not attenuated

at the ends. Spirals 75,0 pm distant from each other. Cells

3—4 times broader than long, 1,8— 3,1 x 7,5-8,4 pm,

protoplasm homogeneous blue-green (Figure 2.18, 2.19).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the ‘Saco

Inhaca' 24-06-1988, .S’. Silva, N. Cuamba & D. Gove 3 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: first record for the occurrence of the

genus.

Microcoleus chthonoplastes Thur. ex Gomonf. 353

(1892); Tilden: 155 (1910); Geitler: 1133 (1932); Desi-

kachary: 343 (1959); Humm & Wicks: 73 (1980) [=Schi-

zothrix arenaria (Berk.) Gomont].

Filaments single, bent, unbranched, attenuated to the

apex, + 80, 0 pm. Sheath colourless or yellowish, un-

lamellated, ± 24,0 pm thick. Trichomes constricted at the

cross-walls, cross-walls not granular. Cells 0,1— 1,4 times

broader than long, 5,3-10,3 x 4,3— 7,5 pm, protoplasm

homogeneous blue-green. End cells conical, not capitate

(Figure 3.2, 3.3).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43', near the ‘Saco Inhaca’,

24-06-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 2 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine,

on sand and mixed with Bostrychia spp. and Catenella sp. (Silva 1991).

NOSTOCALES

Nostocaceae

Nodularia sp.

Filaments single, straight or bent, 16,2—20,0 pm broad.

Sheath thin, colourless, unlamellated. Trichome con-

stricted at the cross-walls. Cells generally 3 times broader

than long or subquadratic, 3,7-10,9 X 11,5-13,1 pm, pro-

toplasm homogeneous blue-green. Heterocysts colourless,

depressed spherical or cylindrical, 13,7-15,6 X 11,2—16,8

pm. Akinetes not observed (Figure 3.4).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

The specimens of Nodularia Mert. ex Born. & Flah.

were not identified to species level due to lack of akinetes.

Rivulariaceae

Calothrix Crustacea Thur. ex Born. & Flah.: 353

(1886); Tilden: 264 (1910); Geitler: 601 (1932); Desi-

kachary: 523 (1959); Humm & Wicks: 151 (1980).

Thallus caespitose, dark-green. Filaments bent, ±

1400,0 x 20,0-35,3 /tm, slightly swollen at the base, not

attenuated into a hair. Sheath colourless or yellowish,

lamellated, + 6,5 /zm thick. Trichome constricted at the

cross-walls. Cells generally 0,7— 2,0 times longer than

broad, (1,5 — )3,4 — 10,9 X 19,6—28,1 pm, protoplasm

granular blue-green. Heterocysts 1-basal, 1— 2-intercalar,

protoplasm yellowish, (6,8 — )15,3 — 35,3 x (12,1 — )20,3 —

27,8 /zm. Hormogonia not observed (Figure 3.5, 3.6, 3.7).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE.— 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 14-07-1988, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 26 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine,

on Crassostrea sp. (Silva 1991).

Calothrix scopulorum (F. Weber & D. Mohr) C.

Agardh ex Born. & Flah. : 359 (1886); Tilden: 258 (1910);

Geitler: 600 (1932); Desikachary: 524 (1959); Humm &

Wicks: 84 (1980) [=Calothrix Crustacea Schousb. &

Thur.].

Filaments single, bent, ± 120,0 x 15,9—17,8 pm, slightly

swollen at the base, not tapering into a hair. Sheath colour-

less, unlamellated, ± 2,8 /zm thick. Trichome not

constricted at the cross-walls. Cells 2-6 times broader

than long, 2,1— 4,3 x 9,6-11,8 /zm, protoplasm granular

blue-green. Heterocysts 1-basal, protoplasm yellowish, 18,4

x 9,6 /zm . Hormogonia 35,0 x 9,6 /zm (Figure 3.8).

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, near the northern

bay, 07-09-1989, S. Silva & N. Cuamba 43 (LMU).

Distribution in Mozambique: 2632 (Bela Vista): Inhaca Island, marine

plankton (Silva & Cuamba 1991).

DISCUSSION

The Cyanophyceae on mangrove trees at Inhaca Island

were found frequently associated with several species of

red algae in the so-called 'Bostrychietum' on pneumato-

phores of Avicennia marina. These Cyanophyceae were

also found on the base of trunks of Ceriops tagal where

the number of taxa was lower than that observed on

148

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 3.— 1, Lyngbya majuscula. 2, 3, Microcoleus chthonoplastes : 2, general aspect of the filament; 3, detail of the trichomes. 4, Nodularia

sp. 5-7, Calothrix Crustacea: 5, detail of intercalar heterocysts; 6, detail of apex of a filament; 7, detail of a filament. 8, C. scopulorum.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

149

pneumatophores (Table 1). This observation can be

explained in that the ‘Bostrychietum’ offers a suitable

micro-habitat for the development of Cyanophyceae where

they are less susceptible to extreme environmental con-

ditions such as desiccation, high light intensity and high

temperature conditions than on the base of C. tagal.

Besides, C. tagal occurs fairly high up the shore where

tidal inundations are less frequent.

Sixteen taxa of Cyanophyceae were identified, which in-

cluded 12 genera ( Aphanothece , Arthrospira, Calothrix,

Chamaecalyx, Chroococcus, Hydrococcus, Lyngbya,

Microcoleus, Nodularia, Oscillatoria, Stichosiphon

and Xenococcus) and 14 species (Aphanothece stagnina

(C.K. Sprengel) A. Braun, Arthrospira platensis (Nordst.)

Gomont, Chroococcus minor (Kiitzing) Nageli, C. turgi-

dus (Kiitzing) Nageli var. maximus Nygaard, Calothrix

Crustacea Thur. ex Born. & Flah., C. scopulorum (F.

Weber & D. Mohr) C. Agardh ex Born. & Flah.,

Chamaecalyx leibleiniae (H. Reinsch) Komarek & Anag-

nostidis, Hydrococcus rivularis Kiitzing, Lyngbya con-

fervoides C. Agardh ex Gomont, L. majuscula Harv. ex

Gomont, L. nigra C. Agardh ex Gomont, Microcoleus

chthonoplastes Thur. ex Gomont, Oscillatoria jenensis G.

Schmid and Xenococcus acervatus Setch. & N.L. Gardner.

In addition, Stichosiphon sp. probably constitutes a new

species and Nodularia sp. could not be identified further

due to the lack of reproductive material. Arthrospira

platensis, Hydrococcus rivularis and Stichosiphon sp. are

recorded for the first time at the generic level and Lyngbya

nigra, Oscillatoria jenensis and Xenococcus acervatus are

first records at the specific level for Mozambique.

Of the identified species, 75% were found growing

exclusively on Avicennia marina and 18 % only on Ceriops

tagal. On A. marina , eight taxa were not associated with

macroalgae (Aphanothece stagnina, Chroococcus turgidus

var. maximus, Arthrospira platensis, Lyngbya nigra ,

TABLE 1. — Mangrove substrata upon which the species of Cyanophyceae

were found

Substrata

„ Avicennia manna ,

Taxon tagal

A B C Ca G M Ce C Cy

A, Avicennia marina ; B, Bostrychia spp.; C, Caloglossa sp.; Ca,

Catenella sp.; Ce, Ceriops tagal: Cy, Cyanophyceae; G, Gelidium sp. ;

M, Murrayella sp.

TABLE 2. — The diversity of Cyanophyceae recorded from the mangroves

of South Africa and Inhaca Island, Mozambique

+ presence.

L. confervoides, L. majuscula, Nodularia sp. and Calo-

thrix scopulorum), but four were present on at least two

different genera of macroalgae (Chamaecalyx leibleiniae,

Stichosiphon sp., Hydrococcus rivularis and Xenococcus

acervatus). Microcoleus chthonoplastes was found asso-

ciated with almost all species of the red algae present on

Avicennia marina. C. leibleiniae was the only epiphytic

Cyanophyceae present on both mangrove trees considered

in this survey. Only Chamaecalyx leibleiniae, Chroococcus

minor, Oscillatoria jenensis and Calothrix Crustacea were

growing on Ceriops tagal. Chamaecalyx leibleiniae was

found associated with Caloglossa sp. and Chroococcus

minor with Calothrix Crustacea. O. jenensis and C.

Crustacea were epiphytic only on the bark of Ceriops tagal,

and never on macroalgae (Table 1).

Lambert et al. (1989) found 27 species of Cyanophyceae

(Table 2) on mangroves on the south-east coast of South

Africa, of which five are also present at Inhaca Island,

namely: Calothrix scopulorum. Hydrococcus rivularis.

150

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

TABLE 3. — Substrata upon which common species of Cyanophyceae

were found growing on mangrove swamps from the southern coast

of South Africa and Inhaca Island

* according to Lambert et al. 1989; + Inhaca Island; A, Avicennia

marina ; B, Bmguiera gvmnorrhiza', Bo, Bostrychia spp. ; C , Caloglossa

sp.; E, Enteromorpha sp.; G, Gelidium sp. ; M, mud; Mu, Murrayella

sp.; R, Rhizophora mucronata: Rh, Rhizoclonium sp.

Lyngbya confervoides, Microcoleus chthonoplastes and

Xenococcus acervatus. Substrata upon which these

common species were found show some similarity in both

regions (Table 3). This flora consists mainly of non-

heterocystous forms (88,2%), which compares well with

the number found in southern Africa (85,2%; according

to Lambert et al. 1989).

The results obtained in this survey show the diversity

of species of Cyanophyceae associated with Avicennia

marina and Ceriops tagal in mangroves at Inhaca Island,

as follows: seven species of Chroococcales (one Micro-

cystaceae, two Chroococcaceae, two Chamaesiphonaceae,

one Hydrococcaceae and one Xenococcaceae), six species

of Oscillatoriales (four Oscillatoriaceae and two Phormi-

diaceae) and three species of Nostocales (one Nostocaceae

and two Rivulariaceae).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Prof. R.N. Pienaar for the correction

of the manuscript, Prof. M. Kalk and Dr A. Critchley for

their helpful criticisms and Mr N.J.B. Cuamba for his

collaboration with sampling.

REFERENCES

ANAGNOSTIDIS, K. & KOMAREK, J. 1985. Modern approach to the

classification system of cyanophytes. 1. Introduction. Archiv fur

Hydrobiologie./Suppl. 71, Algological Studies 38/39: 291-302.

ANAGNOSTIDIS, K. & KOMAREK, J. 1988. Modern approach to the

classification system of cyanophytes. 3. Oscillatoriales. Archiv Jur

Hydrobiologie/Suppl. 80, Algological Studies 50/53: 327—472.

BERJAk! P., CAMPBELL, G.K., HUCKETT, B.I. & PAMMENTER,

N.W. 1977. In the mangroves of southern Africa, pp. 72. Wildlife

Society, Durban.

BORNET, E. & FLAHAULT, C. 1886. Revision des Nostocacees

heterocystees. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, ser. 7, 3: 323—381;

4 : 343 - 373 ; 5: 51-129; 7: 177-262.

DESIKACHARY, T.V. 1959. Cyanophyta, pp. 686. Indian Council of

Agricultural Research, New Delhi.

DOR, I. 1984. Epiphytic blue-green algae (Cyanobacteria) of the Sinai

mangal: considerations on vertical zonation and morphological

adaptations. In F.D. Por & I. Dor, Hydrobiology of the Mangal:

35—54. Junk, The Hague.

EDWARDS. D. & LEISTNER, O.A. 1971. A degree reference system

for citing biological records in southern Africa. Mitteilungen der

Botanischen Staatssammlung, Miinchen 10: 498—500.

GARDNER, N.L. 1918. New Pacific coast marine algae, \\\. University

of California Publications in Botany 6: 429—486.

GEITLER, L. 1932. Cyanophyceae. Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft

m.b.H., pp. 1196. Leipzig.

GOMONT, M. 1892. Monographie des Oscillatoriees (Nostocacees

homocystees). Annales des Sciences Naturelles, ser. 7, 15:

263-368, 16: 91-264.

HUMM, H.J. & WICKS, S.R. 1980. Introduction and guide to the ma-

rine blue-green algae, pp. 194. John Wiley, New York.

KOMAREK, J. & ANAGNOSTIDIS, K. 1986. Modern approach to the

classification system of cyanophytes. 2. Chroococcales. Archiv

fur Hydrobiologie/Suppl. 73,2, Algological Studies 43: 157 —

226.

KOMAREK, J. & ANAGNOSTIDIS, K. 1989. Modern approach to the

classification system of cyanophytes. 4. Nostocales. Archiv fur

Hydrobiologie/Suppl. 82,3, Algological Studies 56: 247—345.

KUTZING, FT. 1833. Algarum aquae dulcis germanicarum. Linnaea

8: 74.

LAMBERT, G., STEINKE, T.D. & NAIDOO, Y. 1989. Algae associated

with mangroves in southern African estuaries: Cyanophyceae.

South African Journal of Botany 55: 476—491.

MACNAE, W. & KALK, M. 1962. The ecology of the mangrove swamps

at Inhaca Island, Mocambique. Journal of Ecology 50: 19—34.

MACNAE, W. & KALK, M. 1969. A natural history of Inhaca Island,

Mocambique, pp. 163. Witwatersrand University Press, Johan-

nesburg.

NAGELI, C.W. 1849. Gattungen einzelliger Algen. Flora: 1-139.

NYGAARD, G. 1926. Plankton from two lakes of the Malayan regions.

Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk naturhistorisk Forening

i Kjobenhavn 82: 197—240.

POCOCK, M.A. 1969. Preliminary list of marine algae collected at

Inhaca and on the neighbouring mainland. In W. Macnae &

M.Kalk, A natural history of Inhaca Island, Mocambique: 23—27.

Witwatersrand University Press, Johannesburg.

POST, E. 1936. Systematische und pflanzengeographische Notizen zur

Bostrychia-Caloglossa-AssoziaUon. Revue Algologique 9: 1—84.

RABENHORST, G.L. 1865. Flora europaea algarum, II. Flora: 1—319.

RINO, J.A. 1969. Contribuicao para o conhecimento das algas de agua

doce de Mocambique, I. Revista de Ciencias Biologicas, ser. A,

2: 51-102.

RINO, J.A. 1972. Contribuicao para o conhecimento das algas de agua

doce de Mocambique, III. Revista de Ciencias Biologicas, ser.

A, 5: 121-264.

RINO, J.A. 1979. Ecologie des algues d’eau douce du sud du Mozam-

bique. Ph.D. thesis, Paris.

SCHMID, G. 1921. Uber Organisation und Schleimbildung bei Oscil-

latoria jenensis und das Bewegungsverhalten kunstlicher Teil-

stiicke etc. Jahrbucher fur wissenschaftliche Botanik 60: 572—627.

SILVA, S.M.F. 1991. Flora de cianoffceas marinhas bentonicas da Ilha

da Inhaca, litoral sul de Mocambique, I. Hoehnea 18: 107—125.

SILVA, S.M.F. & CU AMBA, N.J.B. 1991. Contribuicao ao con-

hecimento das cianoffceas filamentosas do plancton marinho da

Ilha da Inhaca, Mocambique. Hoehnea 18: 127—142.

TILDEN, J. 1910. Minnesota algae: the Myxophyceae of North America

and adjacent regions including Central America, Greenland,

Bermuda, the West Indies and Hawaii, pp. 328, pis. 28. Report

of the Survey Botanical Series 8, Minnesota.

Bothalia 21,2: 151-162 (1991)

Notes on African plants

VARIOUS AUTHORS

LILIACEAE (ASPHODELACEAE)

THE TYPE SPECIMEN OF ALOE S O UTPANSBERGENS1S

Verdoorn (1961) cited the type specimen of her new

species Aloe soutpansbergensis in the protologue as

Crundall s.n. in PRE 29005. A diligent search, undertaken

in the National Herbarium, Pretoria, in connection with

our revision of the southern African species of Aloe, failed

to reveal a specimen with this number.

A specimen, Crundall s.n. in PRE 27035, was found

among the sheets of A. soutpansbergensis, however. It was

collected in 1942, the year in which Verdoorn stated that

her species was discovered, and was marked ‘Figured for

Flowering Plants of South Africa One would expect this.

Aloe »ouipinil>ciscmi» Verdoorn

ilf/conf D.S. Hard, & HE. Glen

J vru*/**

S.McJU2-i 3"r

rs p. F.Ps.h

FIGURE 2. — The plate of Aloe soutpansbergensis Verdoorn published

in the protologue.

annotation on the missing specimen, as the protologue was

published in that journal and, of course, included a

coloured illustration. Furthermore, the position of the

leaves and flowers on the specimen (Figure 1) closely

matches the published plate (Figure 2). Is it possible that

by some error the specimen on which the plate was based,

was registered twice, but the second number was not

attached to the specimen?

The PRE register suggests that this was indeed the case,

as the same details are recorded under both no. 27035

and 29005. Complicating the issue is another Crundall

specimen of the same species from the same place,

registered as no. 37735. This, however, was not figured

and seems to be somewhat later than the other two.

FIGURE 1. — The earliest specimen of Aloe soutpansbergensis Verdoorn. . . ..

Evidence is presented in this paper for regarding this specimen We believe that the original painting of the plant holds

as the type. the key to this puzzle. The outer cover bears the expected

152

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

1, Ctundedl

,55 miles West of lotus OricktAr-ir

at Otv. of Q & P P FejsC 19 %X.

FIGURE 3.— Annotations on the origi-

nal of Figure 2. The crucial

number has been cut through

at the bottom (arrowed).

number, 29005 (Figure 4), but at the bottom of the picture

itself is a cut-away note which we consider should be

interpreted as lN.H. No. 27035' (Figure 3). Unfortunately,

not enough survives of this note for the handwriting to

be identified positively.

It seems, therefore, that for some now irretrievable

reason, in the almost 20 years between the time the

f\Loe nsis

AIDE Sp AJ-1. LmucWl.

Fujured ji£ Flowerittxj Rm)!: oj 6’ou.tk

by Edvtk ,K. ButSta dept

P Kffc teDofcLIX,

! Nil s ^t>os

> INDEXED

i*7

FIGURE 4. — Label on the outer cover of the original of Figure 2.

illustration was made and the plant described, the

specimen was entered into the PRE register twice, with

one number being marked on the herbarium sheet and the

other cited in the protologue. In our opinion, the type

specimen of Aloe soutpansbergensis Verdoorn is that

shown in Figure 1, and its correct citation is:

TYPE. — Transvaal, Zoutpansberg, 1942, A.H. Crundall

s.n. in PRE 27035 (= PRE 29005) (PRE, holo.!).

We wish to thank Drs O.A. Leistner and D.J.B. Killick

for discussing this problem with us, Mrs E. Potgieter for

access to the relevant volume of the PRE register, Miss

G.S. Condy for access to the original painting, and Mrs

A. Romanowski for preparing the photographs for this

note.

REFERENCE

VERDOORN, I.C. 1961. Aloe soutpansbergensis. The Flowering Plants

of Africa 35: t. 1391

H.F. GLEN and D.S. HARDY*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1991-03-04.

FABACEAE

CAESALPINIA BRACTEATA , A NEW SPECIES FROM THE ONSEEPKANS AREA OF THE NORTHERN CAPE PROVINCE

Caesalpinia bracteata Germishuizen , sp. nov. , C.

rostratae N.E. Br. affinis, sed sepalo inferiori non rostrato,

rhachidi sine stipellis subulatis differt.

Frutex vel arbor parva. Caulis aculeis dispersis armatus.

Folia bipinnata; foliolis anguste oblongis vel oblongo-

ellipticis, 3—11 x 2-5 mm. Flores rosei. Petala obovata,

usque ad 12 x 8 mm. Fructus late oblongus, 15—22 X

10—15 mm.

TYPE.— 2819 (Ariamsvlei): Kenhardt District, on farm

Skroef, near hot spring (Warmbad Noord) on Orange

River, (—DA), 1987-09-29, Van Hoepen 1941 (PRE, holo.;

iso.).

A striking, multi-stemmed shrub or small tree, usually

1,5— 2,0 m, but occasionally up to 4 m tall. Young stems

reddish brown, puberulous or densely appressed pubes-

cent, becoming glabrous with age and peeling off in thin

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

153

flakes, armed with scattered, almost straight and spreading

or slightly curved prickles up to 11 mm long. Leaves

bipinnate; pinnae 2-4 pairs; leaflets 4-6 (8) pairs per

pinna, opposite to subopposite, narrowly oblong or oblong-

elliptic, 3 — 11 x 2-5 mm, rounded at apex and mucronate,

asymmetric basally, olive green, glabrous

or sparingly puberulous on both surfaces or only along

the midrib, densely dark gland-dotted on both surfaces;

petiole sparingly puberulous, 4—16 mm long; rhachis

sparingly puberulous, often prickly at intersection of

pinnae pairs. Inflorescence a lateral simple raceme up

to 60 mm long. Bracts conspicuous, purple pink, densely

appressed pubescent, broadly suborbicular, aristate with

a sharp brown arista, deciduous as flowers open.

Flowers hermaphrodite, purple pink. Sepals 5, dark

maroon, conspicuously veined on inside, densely grey

appressed pubescent, gland-dotted outside, the lower

sepal larger and cucullate, forming a hood over the other

sepals. Petals 5, free to base, obovate, up to 12 mm

long and 8 mm wide, glabrous or slightly puberulous

on outside. Stamens 10, up to 10 mm long; filaments pink,

white villous for two-thirds from base, glabrous in upper

third; anthers brown, dorsifixed, up to 1,5 mm long. Ovary

glabrous. Pods compressed, broadly oblong ovoid, beaked,

15—22 x 10—15 mm, maroon-brown, hard and woody,

glabrous. Seeds more or less obovoid, maroon-brown.

Figure 5.

CAPE. — 2819 (Ariamsvlei): Kenhardt District, in hills between Yas

and Warmbad Noord, (—DA), 1982-06-08, Gubb s.n. KMG 10984 (KMG,

PRE); on Farm Skroef, near hot spring (Warmbad Noord) on Orange

River, 1987-09-29, Van Hoepen 1941 (PRE); on Farm Skroef, small valleys

near Orange River, 1990-07-10, Van Hoepen 2018 (PRE). Figure 6.

FIGURE 5. — Holotype (Van Hoepen 1941) of Caesalpinia bracteata

housed at PRE. Photograph by A. Romanowski.

14' 16' 18* 20'

14* 16* 18* 20*

FIGURE 6. — Distribution of Caesalpinia bracteata in the northern Cape

Province.

Caesalpinia bracteata is endemic to the Warmbad Noord

area in the northern Cape Province. Found mainly on small

sandy valley floors at sides of valley running down to the

river, but also found on rocky ridges. At the beginning

of September 1987, 40 mm of rain fell in this area and at

the end of April 1990, 104 mm were recorded, followed

by one or two smaller showers during May and June. The

veld was therefore in good condition and Caesalpinia

bracteata shrubs were common. At the end of September

1987, Mrs E. Van Hoepen found that most of the shrubs

were in full flower while during July 1990 practically all

bushes had dead branches but also showed vigorous new

shoots. Many bushes had buds at the tips of branches, with

an occasional open pink flower in the inflorescence. A few

pods were found but most of the seeds were parasitized.

C. bracteata has so far been found only in the north-

western part of the Farm Skroef (Figure 6). It is much

more rugged and broken than the south-eastern half of the

farm, and different from the adjoining Farms Raap-en-

Skraap and Steyerkraal. Mr A. Gubb probably collected

his specimen on the boundary between Skroef and Yas.

These two farms are separated by two parallel ranges of

hills running in a straight line along the farm boundary

to the river. Skroefs river frontage is about 10 km long.

Mr Jaap Oosthuizen, who grew up on a farm below

Aughrabies and now runs a nursery at Aughrabies, knows

the plants and veld very well. He visited the farm when

C. bracteata was in flower, and said that he had never seen

it before.

The specific epithet bracteata is the Latin for ‘having

conspicuous bracts’. The bracts of C. bracteata are con-

spicuous but they are deciduous and fall off as soon as

the flowers open.

Caesalpinia bracteata and C. rostrata closely resem-

ble each other, but differ from one another in a number

of morphological characters (see Table 1) and distribution;

C. rostrata occurs in southern Mozambique and the north-

eastern Transvaal, about 1 000 km from C. bracteata.

154

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

TABLE 1. — Comparison of morphological characters in Caesalpinia

bracteata and C. rostrata

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My thanks go to the director and staff of the National

Botanical Institute (particularly Dr H.F. Glen for the Latin

translations and Mrs A.J. Romanowski for photographing

the type). I would also like to thank Estelle van Hoepen

for all the effort and time spent in gathering all the relevant

information about this new species.

G. GERMISHUIZEN*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1991-03-04.

LICHENES

TWO NEW SPECIES IN THE AGYRIACEAE (LICHENIZED ASCOMYCOTINA, LECANORALES)

FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA

Trapelia rediviva Brusse, sp. nov.

Thallus crpstosus, saxicola, usque ad 75 mm diametro,

rimoso-areolatus. Thallus superne hebetatus, laevis,

violaceo-cinereus, sorediis isidiisque destitutus. Cortex

superior 9—14 /zm crassus, paraplectenchymatus, cellu-

lis 3,0— 4,5 jum diametro. Stratum gonidiale 30—50

/am crassum, algis viridibus, coccoideis, 4,5—12,0 pm

diametro. Medulla alba. Apothecia adnata, usque ad 1 mm

diametris, discis rosescentibus vel carneis, marginibus

furfuraceis, albidis, interdum evanescentibus. Excipulum

thallinum 20—40 jum crassum, madefactum atrogriseum

ob aerem inretitum, post purgationem stramineum,

paraplectenchymatum, cellulis 3—7 pm diametro. Excipu-

lum proprium reductum, hyalinum, 8—10 pm crassum.

Hypothecium hyalinum, 15—30 pm crassum. Hymenium

hyalinum, 110—135 pm crassum, J (perdilutum) + pallide

caeruleum. Asci clavati, tholis J (perdilutis) 4- perpallide

caeruleis vel hyalinis (Figura 7). Ascosporae octonae,

hyalinae, simplices, ellipsoideae, guttulatae, non halona-

tae, 22,0—33,5 X 12—20 pm. Pycnidia hyalina, globosa,

circa 100 pm diametro. Pycnidiosporae hyalinae, acicu-

lares, rectae, 21,0—28,5 x 0,5— 0,7 pm. Thallus acidum

gyrophoricum continens.

TYPUS. — Qwaqwa, 2828 (Bethlehem): 33 km S of

Phuthaditjhaba, on path to Mont-aux-Sources via chain

ladder. Western slopes of the Sentinel. On basalt outcrops

with steep to vertical W faces, alt. 2 800 m, (-DB), F.

Brusse 5738, 1990-04-15 (PRE, holo.; BM, iso.). Figure 8.

Thallus crustose, saxicolous, up to 75 mm across,

rimose-areolate. Upper surface matt, smooth, mauvish

grey, not sorediate and not isidiate. Upper cortex 9—14

pm thick, paraplectenchymatous, cells 3,0— 4,5 pm diam.

Algal layer 30—50 jzm thick, algae green, coccoid,

4,5-12,0 pm diam. Medulla white. Apothecia adnate, up

to 1 mm across, disc pinkish or flesh-coloured, margins

whitish scurfy, sometimes evanescent. Thalline exciple

20—40 /xm thick, dark grey when wet due to trapped

air, stramineous on clearing (with ethanol), paraplecten-

chymatous, cells 3— 7 pm diam. Proper exciple reduced,

hyaline, 8-10 pm thick. Hypothecium hyaline, 15—30

pm thick. Hymenium hyaline, 110—135 pm thick, J (very

dilute) + pale blue. Asci clavate, eight-spored, tholus J

(very dilute) + very pale blue or hyaline (Figure 7).

Ascospores hyaline, simple, ellipsoid, guttulate, non-

halonate, 22,0—33,5 x 12—20 pm. Pycnidia hyaline,

globose, about 100 pm diam. Pycnidiospores hyaline,

straight needles, 21,0—28,5 x 0,5— 0,7 jam. Chemistry:

gyrophoric acid present.

Trapelia rediviva is similar to Trapelia mooreana

(Carroll) P. James, and also contains gyrophoric acid, but

the discs are pinkish in colour and not brown as in T.

mooreana. The pycnidiospores are also much longer

(21,0—28,5 pm) than those of T. mooreana (5—14 pm:

Hertel 1977). Trapelia coarctata (Turn.) Choisy is also

similar and contains gyrophoric acid, but this lichen also

has brown apothecial discs, and a poorly developed thallus.

Unfortunately the pycnidia of this lichen have never been

found (Hertel 1977), an observation supported by my

examination of a few specimens of T. coarctata.

Trapelia chiodectonoides Brusse is similar in thalline

characters to T. rediviva, and is from a fairly nearby

locality. However, T. chiodectonoides is a peculiar lichen

with clustered apothecia and halonate ascospores (checked

by negative staining with indian ink water). The hypo-

thecium is also much thicker (40—100 /zm) than that of

T. rediviva (15-30 pm), and the ascospores are distinctly

smaller (16-21 x 8,0-10,5 pm) than those of T. rediviva

(22,0-33,5 x 12-20 pm).

The chemistry of this species, gyrophoric acid, is very

common in this genus, and in the closely related Trapeliop-

sis (Coppins & James 1984; Hertel & Leuckert 1969;

Schneider 1980). Thus far, this new species is known only

from the type locality, the vicinity of Mont-aux-Sources

in the northern Drakensberg.

Trapeliopsis parilis Brusse, sp. nov.

Thallus squamulosus, terricola, usque ad 50 mm

diametro. Lobi elongati, 0,4— 1,0 mm lati, 130—160 jam

crassi, discreti. Thallus superne albidus, furfuraceus, he-

betatus, marginibus avellaneis vel mellinis. Stratum epine-

crale 10—25 pm crassum, mox solvens. Cortex superior

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

155

FIGURE 7. — Trapelia rediviva, ascus and paraphyses. F. Brusse 5738,

holotype. Bar = 10 pm.

paraplectenchymatus, 20—35 pm crassus, cellulis 3,5— 8,0

pm diametro. Stratum gonidiale 35—50 jam crassum, algis

viridibus, coccoideis, 3,5— 9,0 pm diametro. Medulla alba,

50—90 pm crassa. Cortex inferior non bene evolutus.

Apothecia adnata, usque ad 0,8 mm diametro, discis

concavis, atro-brunneis, marginibus albidis, furfuraceis.

Excipulum thallinum (solum cortice) 40—60 pm crassum,

paraplectenchymatum, cellulis 4,0—12,5 pm diametro.

Excipulum proprium reductum, 10—25 pm crassum.

Hypothecium hyalinum, usque ad 85 pm crassum.

Hymenium hyalinum, J (perdilutum) + pallide caeruleum,

65—90 pm crassum. Asci clavati, tholis J (perdilutis) +

pallide caeruleis vel hyalinis (Figura 9). Ascosporae

octonae, hyalinae simplices, ellipsoideae, saepe guttula-

tae, non halonatae, 11,5—16,5 x 4,5— 7,0 pm. Pycnidia (in

typo non visa) hyalina, globosa, circa 100 pm diametro.

Pycnidiosporae hyalinae, rectae, aciculares, 17—29 x 0,7

pm. Phallus acidum gyrophoricum continens.

TYPUS. — Transvaal, 2528 (Pretoria): 2 km from the

Balmoral interchange to Pretoria on the Witbank— Pretoria

highway. Farm Eenzaamheid 534 JR. On soil near granite

pavements on SW slope, with some seasonal water

trickling. Alt. 1 500 m (-DD), F. Brusse 5786 , 1990-07-03

(PRE, holo. ; BM, COLO, LD, iso.). Figure 10.

Thallus squamulose, terricolous, up to 50 mm across.

Lobes elongate, 0,4 -1,0 mm wide, 130-160 pm thick,

discrete. Upper surface whitish, scurfy, matt; margins tan.

Epinecral layer 10—25 pm thick, soon disintegrating.

Upper cortex paraplectenchymatous, 20-35 pm thick,

cells 3,5— 8,0 pm diam. Algal layer 35—50 /rm thick; algae

green, coccoid, 3, 5-9,0 pm diam. Medulla white, 50—90

pm thick. Lower cortex not well developed. Apothecia

adnate, up to 0,8 mm across; disc concave, dark brown;

margins whitish, scurfy. Thalline exciple (cortex only)

40—60 pm thick, paraplectenchymatous, cells 4,0—12,5

pm diam. Proper exciple reduced, 10—25 pm thick.

Hypothecium hyaline, up to 85 pm thick. Hymenium

hyaline, J (very dilute) + pale blue, 65-90 pm thick. Asci

clavate, eight-spored, tholus J (very dilute) + pale blue

to hyaline (Figure 9). Ascospores hyaline, simple, ellip-

soid, often guttulate, not halonate, 11,5—16,5 x 4,5 -7,0

pm. Pycnidia (not seen in type) hyaline, globose, about

100 pm diam. Pycnidiospores hyaline, straight needles,

17—29 X 0,7 pm. Chemistry, gyrophoric acid present.

FIGURE 8.— Trapelia rediviva, habit. F. Brusse 5738, holotype. Scale

in mm.

156

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

This new species may be compared to Trapeliopsis

wallrothii (Florke) Hertel & G. Schneider with a similar

ascospore size range and chemistry. However, T. parilis

lacks the peltate dactyls present in T. wallrothii (Coppins

& James 1984) and has smaller, more concave apothecia.

The pycnidiospores of T. parilis are also much longer

(17—29 pm) than those of T. wallrothii (6—10 pm).

Many other Trapeliopsis species are K + yellow or red

with unknown substances present (Hertel 1969, 1970, 1981;

Schneider 1980).

Pycnidia were unfortunately not found on the type

material of this species, but were found on both paratypes.

This new species appears to be fairly widespread, at least

at medium altitudes, on the eastern side of southern Afri-

ca, and has been verified from the Transvaal and Natal.

The species appears to be restricted to soil where it is at

least seasonally damp due to ground water reaching the

surface, but has not been found in fully-fledged seepage

flows.

TRANSVAAL. — 2529 (Witbank): Middelburg, 2 km N of town centre

at bridge over the Little Olifants River, on road to Loskop Dam. On

FIGURE 9. — Trapeliopsis parilis , ascus

and paraphyses. F. Brusse 5786,

holotype. Bar = 10 ^m.

FIGURE 10. — Trapeliopsis parilis, habit. F. Brusse 5786, holotype. Scale

in mm.

brown soil on a slight Waterberg Sandstone exposure, in grassy terrain

(now a landscaped lawn and no longer present). Alt. 1 445 m, (—CD),

F. Brusse 1314, 1981-03-27 (PRE).

NATAL. — 2930 (Pietermaritzburg): 9 km from Mooi River to Roset-

ta. On black soil in full sun, (— AA), O.H. Volk 84-634, 1984-01-13 (PRE).

REFERENCES

COPPINS, B.J. & JAMES, P.W. 1984. New or interesting British lichens

V. The Lichenologist 16: 241—264.

HERTEL, H. 1969. Die Flechtengattung Trapelia Choisy. Herzogia 1:

111-130.

HERTEL, H. 1970. Trapeliaceae — eine neue Flechtenfamilie. Vortrdge

aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Botanik (n.s.) 4: 171—185.

HERTEL, H. 1977. Gesteinsbewohnende Arten der Sammelgattung

Lecidea (Lichenes) aus Zentral-, Ost- und Siidasien. Eine erste

Ubersicht. Khumbu Himal 6: 145-378.

HERTEL, H. 1981. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flechtenfamilie Lecide-

aceae VIII. Herzogia 5: 449-463.

HERTEL, H. & LEUCKERT, C. 1969. Uber Flechtenstoffe und

Systematik einiger Arten der Gattungen Lecidea, Placopsis und

Trapelia mit C + rot reagierendem Thallus. Willdenowia 5:

369-383.

SCHNEIDER, G. 1980. ‘1979’. Die Flechtengattung Psora sensu

Zahlbruckner — Versuch einer Gliederung. Bibliotheca Lichen-

ologica 13: 143—154.

F. BRUSSE

MS. received: 1991-01-08.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

157

LI LI ACE AE

NOTES ON SOME MONOCOTYLEDONEAE DESCRIBED BY N.L. BURMAN:

ASPARAGACEAE, ASPHODELACEAE, COLCHICACEAE

Burman published the Prodromus florae capensis as an

appendix to his Flora Indica. The book was published in

March & April 1768, later than Bergius’ Descriptiones

plantarum capitis bonae spei and Linnaeus’ Mantissa

plantarum, but just before Miller’s Gardeners ’ Diction-

ary which appeared in May 1768.

Burman’s publication has not been fully analysed and

many of his names may well threaten current names

of South African plants. A project to study Burman’s

Prodromus in detail has been initiated at the AETFAT

Congress at Zomba, Malawi. H.P. Linder, Bolus Her-

barium, will co-ordinate the project in South Africa and

D.O. Wijnands, Wageningen Botanical Gardens, will do

so in Europe.

In view of the forthcoming publication of the revision

of Asparagaceae by Mrs A. A. Obermeyer Mauve in

the Flora of southern Africa , Burman’s new names in

Asparagus are discussed here. Also new combinations in

Bulbine and in Onixotis are proposed.

Protasparagus lignosus (N.L. Burman) Obermeyer,

comb. nov. Asparagus lignosus N.L. Burman, Prodromus

florae capensis: 10 (1768). Lectotype in G-Burman.

Asparagus compactus Salter in Journal of South African Botany 6:

165 (1940). Protasparagus compactus (Salter) Obermeyer in South African

Journal of Botany 2: 243 (1983). Holotype: Wolley Dod 2521 (BOL).

Protasparagus capensis (L.) Obermeyer.

Asparagus triacanthus N.L. Burman. Prodromus florae capensis: 10

(1768) syn. nov. Lectotype in G-Burman, left hand specimen.

Protasparagus rubicundus (Bergius) Obermeyer.

Asparagus ruber N.L. Burman, Prodromus florae capensis: 10 (1768),

syn. nov. Lectotype in G-Burman.

Asparagus planiusculus N.L. Burman, Prodromus

florae capensis: 10 (1768). No specimen which could typify

this name has been traced in G-Burman.

Bulbine cepacea (N.L. Burman) Wijnands, comb,

nov. Omithogalum cepaceum N.L. Burman, Prodromus

florae capensis: 10 (March & April 1768). Omithogalum

tuberosum Miller, Gardeners’ Dictionary edn 8,

Omithogalum No. 10, (1768, May). Bulbine tuberosa

(Miller) Obermeyer in Bothalia 12: 62 (1976). Holotype:

Hermann, Horti academici Lugduno-Batavi catalogus: t.

467 (1687).

Onixotis stricta (N.L. Burman) Wijnands, comb. nov.

Pontederia stricta N.L. Burman, Prodromus florae capen-

sis: 9 (1768). Lectotype in G-Burman, possibly collected

by J.A. Auge.

Anthericum bulbine Houttuyn, Natuurlijke Historie II, 14: 353 [aanw.

2] Tab. 80 fig. 3, 1780, syn. nov.. Holotype in G-Houttuyn, the specimen

illustrated in Tab. 80 fig. 3, probably collected by J.A. Auge.

Melanthium triquetrum L.f. , Supplementum plantarum: 213 (1782).

Dipidax triquetra (L.f.) Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society 17: 446

(1879). Onixotis triquetra (L.f.) Mabberley in Taxon 29: 600 (1980).

Syntypes: Thunberg, UPS-Thunberg 8959, 8960.

DO. WIJNANDS*

* Wageningen Botanical Gardens, P.O. Box 8010, 6700 ED Wageningen,

Netherlands.

MS. received: 1991-04.

GERANIACEAE

THE CORRECT AUTHOR CITATION FOR PELARGONIUM SECTION CORTUSINA

In the last revision of the genus Pelargonium L’Herit.

(Geraniaceae), Knuth (1912) cited De Candolle as the

author of the section Cortusina. The same author citation

was used by Van der Walt & Vorster (1988). A detailed

revision of the section Cortusina, however, revealed that

this is not entirely correct.

The name Cortusina was first published by De Candolle

(1824), but he applied it to a subseries of the series

Isopetaloiedae DC. in his section Pelargium DC. Harvey

(1860) was the first author to raise the name Cortusina

to sectional level when he described Cortusina as the 14th

of 15 sections recognized by him.

The correct author citation should therefore be Pelar-

gonium sect. Cortusina (DC.) Harv.

REFERENCES

DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1824. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni

vegetabilis. Treutel & Wurtz, Paris.

HARVEY, W.H. 1860. Pelargonium. In W.H. Harvey & O. Sonder, Flora

capensis 1: 259—308. Hodges & Smith, Dublin.

KNUTH. R. 1912. Pelargonium. In A. Engler, Das Pflanzenreich 4, 129,

53: 316—545. Engelmann, Berlin.

VAN DER WALT, J.J.A. & VORSTER, PJ. 1988. Pelargoniums of

southern Africa, Vol. 3. National Botanic Gardens, Kirstenbosch.

L. L. DREYER* and J.J.A. VAN DER WALT**

* Department of Botany, University of Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch, 7600.

Present address: National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101. Pretoria,

0001.

** Department of Botany, University of Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch, 7600.

MS. received: 1991-06-25.

158

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

ASTERACEAE

NEW SPECIES IN THE GENUS DISPARAGO

INTRODUCTION

Specimens examined

The previous revision of the genus (Levy ns 1936) dealt

with seven species, of which six are retained. Miss E.

Esterhuysen has since made a major contribution to the

genus by collecting three new species from remote areas

in the high mountains of the Worcester Division in the

south-western Cape. These three species bring a whole

new dimension to the genus in that they possess the

plesiomorphic characters of the genus (Koekemoer in

prep.). They also reduce the taxonomic distance between

Disparago and the very closely related monotypic genus

Bryomorphe Harv. , which is only found in high altitude

fynbos on Table Mountain Sandstone.

All three new species are confined to high altitudes, have

white female ray flowers with fertile cypselas, purple-red

male tubular flowers with sterile cypselas and heads with

two or three ray flowers and three to five tubular flowers.

These characters distinguish the new species very clearly

from the other six.

Disparago gongylodes Koekemoer , sp. nov., D.

pilosae Koekemoer et D. barbatae Koekemoer similis sed

foliis gongylodibus distinguitur. Folia ovata, gongylodes,

prope basin ad angulum 180° torta. Flosculi radii albi

foeminei. Flosculi tubulares masculi cypselis sterilibus.

Pappus pilis 2—3 plumosis caducis.

TYPE. — Cape Province, 3319 (Porterville): Great

Winterhoek Reserve, Esterhuysen 35788, (BOL, holo.;

K, NBG, PRE (2x), S, STE, iso.). (Figure 11).

Small shrublets, (50-)100-350 mm tall, much

branched; branches spreading, often trailing in very

old plants. Leaves ovate, 2,5 — 3,5( — 5,0) x 1—2 mm

(including pedicel), spreading horizontally, twisted 180°

near the base, margins slightly inrolled, woolly-hairy adax-

ial surface clearly visible, apex blunt. Inflorescence with

5—12 heads loosely grouped. Heads with 2 ray flowers

and 5 tubular flowers. Involucre of about 12 bracts rough-

ly arranged in about 3 whorls, those in outer whorl fleshy,

other bracts chaffy, innermost ones linear, others broadly

cymbiform, dark brown to black, often tinged red in up-

per half, margins undulate, tips reflexed. Ray flowers fe-

male, white, limb 3—4 x 1,5— 2,5 mm; cypselas fertile,

densely hairy. Tubular flowers functionally male, purple-

red; stamens often reduced, appearing club-shaped in some

flowers; cypselas sterile, short-haired. Pappus of 2 or 3

plumose hairs, caducous, cilia in the upper part of the

pappus with tips rounded, inflated and lightly fused.

Distribution and habitat

The only known records of this species are from the

Great Winterhoek Mountains near Porterville (Figure 12).

In this area it is, however, very common on large open

flats on coarse Table Mountain Sandstone where small

Restionaceae species are dominant. These flat areas are

usually at the foot of weathered sandstone hills, described

as ‘rugged koppies’ by Miss Esterhuysen on the type label.

CAPE.— 3319 (Porterville): Great Winterhoek Reserve, (— AA),

1978-01-02, Esterhuysen 34840 (BOL, PRE); Twentyfour Rivers

Mountains, (— AA), 1953-10-10, Esterhuysen 21894 (BOL, PRE); Great

Winterhoek Reserve, (— AA), 1982-08-15, Esterhuysen 35788 (BOL, K,

NBG, STE); Great Winterhoek Mountains, Farm Berghof, (-AA),

1989- 10-08, Koekemoer 315 (PRE); Great Winterhoek Wilderness Area,

2 km from entrance gate at Zuurvlakte, (— AA), 1990-09-12, Koekemoer

439 (PRE); Great Winterhoek Mountains, Farm Berghof, (— AA),

1990- 09-12, Koekemoer 440 (PRE).

The specific epithet refers to the knob-like leaves which

are unique in the genus.

Disparago barbata Koekemoer , sp. nov. , D. gongy-

lodi Koekemoer et D. pilosae Koekemoer similis, sed foliis

linearibus patentibus pappoque barbato distinguitur.Fo/ia

lineares, torsiva, horizontaliter patentes. Flosculi radii albi

foeminei cypselibus fertilibus. Flosculi tubulares masculi

cypselibus sterilibus. Pappus pilis 2—3 barbellatis caducis.

TYPE. — Cape Province, 3319 (Worcester): (Matroos-

berg), SE slopes, Esterhuysen 28615 (BOL 48345, holo.;

BOL 48346, PRE, S, iso.) (Figure 13).

FIGURE 11. — Photograph of the holotype of Disparago gongylodes.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

159

FIGURE 12. — Geographical distribution of Disparago gongylodes.

Trailing shrublet, 200—400 mm tall. Leaves narrow,

linear, ericoid, 4—9 x 0,5— 0,8 mm, spreading, spirally

twisted (mostly only 180°), tips acuminate. Inflorescence

with numerous heads in a tight, ovoid , secondary

arrangement, 10—15 mm in diameter. Heads with 3 ray

flowers and 3 tubular flowers. Involucre of about 12 bracts

in 3 whorls, bracts narrowly cymbiform, 4,5— 6,0 x

0,6— 1,3 mm, with few long hairs on adaxial surface,

margins entire, apex narrow, apiculate, often reflexed,

usually yellowish at base, reddish in middle and dark

brown near apex. Ray flowers female, white, limb 2,0— 2,5

x + 1,5 mm; cypselas fertile, dorsiventrally flattened,

short-haired. Tubular flowers functionally male, purple;

cypselas sterile, short-haired. Pappus of 2 or 3 barbed

bristles, caducous.

Distribution and habitat

The only known localities of this species are on the

eastern and south-eastern slopes of Matroosberg in the

Worcester District of the south-western Cape (Figure 14).

Specimens examined

CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Matroosberg, SE slopes, (— BC), 1960-11-13,

Esterhuysen 28615 (BOL, PRE, S); Matroosberg, E slopes above De

Dooms, (— BC), 1959-01-16, Esterhuysen 28119 (BOL).

The specific epithet refers to the barbed pappus, which

is unique in the genus.

Disparago pilosa Koekemoer, sp. nov. , D. barbatae

Koekemoer et D. gongylodi Koekemoer similis sed foliis

linearibus adscendentibus, bracteis involucri pilosis atque

pappo plumoso coroniformi distinguitur. Folia lanceolata,

non torsiva. Bracteae involucri pagina adaxiali tomentosa.

Flosculi radii albi foeminei cypselis fertilibus. Flosculi

tubulares masculi cypselis sterilibus. Pappus pilis ± 10

plumosis basi connatis.

FIGURE 13.— Photograph of the holotype of Disparago barbata.

FIGURE 14.— Geographical distribution of Disparago barbata.

160

Bothalia 21,2 (1991

TYPE. — Cape Province, 3319 (Worcester): Ceres

District, Roodeberg, near Matroosberg, N slopes,

Esterhuysen 29711 (BOL 48349, holo.; BOL 48350, NBG,

PRE, S, iso.). (Figure 15).

Small shrublets, up to 250 mm tall, much branched;

branches hairy or glabrous. Leaves not twisted, lanceo-

late, 2— 6 x 0,5— 0,9 mm, appressed or spreading slightly,

giving an angular appearance to the branches. Inflores-

cence with a few heads loosely grouped. Heads with 3

ray flowers and 5 tubular flowers. Involucre of 11-13 bracts

in about two whorls, outer bracts broadly cymbiform, in-

ner bracts filiform, bracts bicoloured, light brown near

base, darker towards apex with a reddish tinge in upper

part, lower half of adaxial surface densely hairy, margins

undulate, occasionally with a membranous edge, apex

apiculate, reflexed. Ray flowers female, white, limb

2,5— 3,5 x 1,5— 2,0 mm; cypselas fertile, short-haired.

Tubular flowers functionally male, pink, glands often

present on lobes; cypselas sterile. Pappus of about 10

plumose hairs, fused in a ring at the base.

Distribution and habitat

Disparago pilosa has a very local distribution (Figure

16) in rocky and sandy places on mountains in the

Worcester District and in the Cold Bokkeveld.

FIGURE 15. — Photograph of the holotype of Disparago pilosa.

FIGURE 16. — Geographical distribution of Disparago pilosa.

Specimens examined

CAPE. — 3219 (Clanwilliam): Ceres District, northern base of

Roelofsberg, (— CC), 1977-10-08, Esterhuysen 34675 (BOL, S); Wabooms

River, Ceres, Cold Bokkeveld, (— CC), 1966-09-05, Hanelcom 624 (PRE).

3319 (Worcester): Ceres District, Rosendal and Bo-Rosendal, at the foot

of Bokkeveld Sneeukop, (-AB), 1975/09/13, Esterhuysen 33928 (BOL,S);

Ceres District, Roodeberg near Matroosberg, N slopes, (— BC),

1962-10-10, Esterhuysen 29721 (BOL, NBG, PRE, S); Worcester District,

Matroosberg, northern plateau, (— BC), 1958-04-07, Esterhuysen 27704

(BOL); Matroosberg, near top along pipeline, (— BC), 1990-02-01,

Koekemoer 361 (PRE).

The specific epithet refers to the hairy involucre, which

is uncommon in the genus.

NAME CHANGES

The following three new synonyms also arose from the

study and will be discussed in detail in the synopsis of

the genus (Koekemoer in prep.):

Disparago kolbei (H. Bol.) Hutch. : 511 (1932).

D. rosea Hutch.: 511 (1932).

Disparago ericoides (Berg.) Gaertn .: 463 (1791).

D. lasiocarpa Cass: 42 (1825).

Disparago tortilis (DC.) Sch. Bip .: 181 (1861).

D. ericoides auct. non Berg.: Gaertn.: 463 (1791); Cassini: 349 (1819);

Levyns: 100 (1836); DC.: 257 (1837); Harv.: 278 (1865); Dyer: t. 1102

(1951).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This study was done as part of an M.Sc. degree under

mentorship of Prof. B-E. van Wyk of the Rand Afrikaans

University. I would like to thank him for his encourage-

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

161

ment and the many valuable discussions throughout the

study. I would also like to thank the National Botanical

Institute, my employers, for financial support, my col-

leagues for their assistance and support, and Dr. O. A.

Leistner for the Latin translations.

I would also like to extend a very special word of thanks

to Miss E. Esterhuysen for her dedication to plant col-

lecting and the courage shown in climbing many high

mountains in remote areas in search of interesting plant

species. I dedicate this paper to her in recognition of the

valuable contribution she has made to our knowledge of

Disparago in particular.

REFERENCES

BERGIUS, RJ. 1767. Descriptiones plantarum ex capite bonae spei : 339,

340. Salvius, Stockholm.

CASSINI, A.H.G. 1819. Dictionaire des sciences nature lies 13: 349.

CASSINI, A.H.G. 1825. Dictionaire des sciences naturelles 34: 42.

DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1837. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni

vegetabilis 6: 257, 258. Treuttel & Wiirtz, Paris.

DYER, R.A. 1951. Disparago ericoides. The Flowering Plants of Africa

28: t. 1102. Government Printer, Pretoria.

GAERTNER, J. 1791. De fructibus et seminibus plantarum 2: 463, t.

173. Schramm, Tiibingen.

HARVEY, W.H. 1865. Compositae. In W.H. Harvey & O.W. Sonder,

Flora capensis 3 : 277, 278. Hodges & Smith, Dublin.

HUTCHINSON, J. 1932. Notes on the flora of southern Africa: III.

Miscellaneous new species. Kew Bulletin 10: 465-512.

KOEKEMOER, M. in prep. Generic and infrageneric relationships of

the genus Disparago (Asteraceae). Bothalia.

KOEKEMOER, M. in prep. Synopsis of the genus Disparago (Aster-

aceae). Bothalia.

LEVYNS, M.R. 1936. A revision of Disparago Gaertn. Journal of

South African Botany 2: 95—103.

SCHULTZ BIPONTINUS, C.H. 1861. Cassiniaceae uniflorae. Jahres-

berichte Pollichia 18/19: 180, 181.

M. KOEKEMOER

MS. received: 1991-06-26.

POACEAE

ON THE ORIGIN OF ELEUSINE AFRICAN A

All but one of the known species of the genus Eleusine

Gaertn. occur in Africa and seven are endemic to that

continent (Phillips 1972). In India the genus is represented

by only two species: E. indica (L.) Gaertn. and E.

coracana (L.) Gaertn. [E. compressa (Forssk.) Christ, was

excluded from the genus by Hilu (1981)].

Opinions on the taxonomic position of the taxon under

discussion have varied considerably and consequently

different names have been assigned to it: Eleusine africana

K.-O’Byrne (1957), E. indica (L.) Gaertn. subsp. africana

(K.-O’Byrne) S.M. Phillips (1972), and E. coracana (L.)

Gaertn. subsp. africana (K.-O’Byrne) Hilu & De Wet

(1976).

Moffet & Hurcombe (1949) were the first to report a

tetraploid (2n=4x=36) form of E. indica from Africa (cf.

Kennedy-O’Byrne 1957). On the basis of morphological

characters, especially the length of the lemma, and the

different chromosome numbers, Kennedy-O’Byrne (1957)

separated this form from the typical diploid (2n=2x=18)

E. indica and raised it to species rank. The first Indian

record of the tetraploid form was from Assam-Shillong

(Subramanyam & Kamble 1967). Hiremath (1973) studied

a further Indian record of the tetraploid form, collected

at Hattaragi, and found that the morphology, karyotype

and meiosis fully agreed with the African collections of

the tetraploid E. africana. More recently Sinha (1983) and

Dixit et al. (1987) reported E. africana from Almora (Uttar

Pradesh) and Hoshnabad and Betul region (Madhya

Pradesh) respectively. Both Sinha (1983) and Dixit et al.

(1987) believed the plant to be of Indian origin.

We collected E. africana from Hattaragi (Belgaum

District, Karnataka State, India) situated on Pune-

Bangalore National Highway No. 4 during September-

October 1985 (Salimath 1990). It was growing as a weed

in cultivated fields, open grasslands and disturbed areas.

Mature plants and seeds were collected from naturally

growing populations. From the seed collected, plants were

raised to maturity in the experimental garden of the

Department of Botany, Karnatak University, Dharwad.

The chromosome number was established by studying

the meiosis following the method of Chennaveeraiah &

Hiremath (1974). The specimens were identified by the

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, U.K. The 2C nuclear DNA

content was estimated in this, as well as a collection from

Kenya, using a Vickers M86 Scanning Microdensitome-

ter (Hiremath & Salimath in prep.). Seed morphology of

the present Indian collection and a collection from Kenya

were studied using a Scanning Electron Microscope. For

SEM observation, dry seeds washed in acetone, mounted

on double adhesive tape, were coated with gold in a Hitachi

HVS-5 GN vacuum coater and finally observed under

Hitachi S-450 Scanning Electron Microscope operated at

15 kV. A herbarium specimen has been deposited in the

Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, U.K. and a

duplicate is also filed in the Herbarium, Department of

Botany, Karnatak University, Dharwad.

The following features of the material were investigated:

gross morphology (Figure 17A, B), chromosome number

(2n=4x=36), normal meiotic behaviour showing 18 regu-

lar bivalents (Figure 17C), tuberculate spermoderm pattern

(Figure 18A, B) and 5.11 pg of 2C nuclear DNA content.

Material of E. africana from Kenya, subjected to the same

investigation, gave exactly the same results.

There has been a long-standing debate regarding the

origin and evolution of finger millet E. coracana. De

Candolle (1886), Burkill (1935), Cobley (1956) and Dixit

et al. (1987) considered it to be an Indian domesticate.

Vavilov (1951) proposed an independent origin of finger

millet in Africa and India. On the other hand, Mehra

(1963), Porteres (1970), Chennaveeraiah & Hiremath (1974)

and Hilu & De Wet (1976) considered this crop to be

African in origin. Cytogenetic, morphological, phyto-

162

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 17. — A, potted plant of E. africana K. -O’Byrne from Hattara-

gi, India; B, spike enlarged; C, diakinesis showing 18 bivalents.

FIGURE 18. — A, tuberculate spermoderm pattern in E. africana K.-

O’Byrne from Kenya, X 30; B, tuberculate spermoderm pattern

in E. africana K.-O’Byrne from Hattaragi, India, X 30.

geographical, historical and archaeological studies strongly

suggest that E. africana is the wild progenitor of E.

coracana which was domesticated in the highlands of East

Africa (Chennaveeraiah & Hiremath 1974; Hilu & De Wet

1976; Hilu et al. 1979). Introduction of the crop species,

finger millet, from Africa to India is believed to have taken

place as early as 3000 B.C. (Hilu & De Wet 1976). There-

fore, regarding the occurrence of E. africana in India, it

appears that it was introduced as a contaminant of imported

seed of finger millet. On the other hand, considering the

direct origin of finger millet from E. africana (Chenna-

veeraiah & Hiremath 1974), it is possible that in India it

might have originated as a reversion from an escaped finger

millet. Such evidence is available in the case of Sorghum

bicolor (L.) Moench. subsp. arundinaceum (Desv.) De

Wet & Harlan, which arrived in India from Africa by

reversion of S. bicolor subsp. bicolor (Thomas A. Cope,

pers. comm.).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Thanks are due to Dr Thomas A. Cope, Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew, U.K., for the confirmation of E. africana

specimens and valuable discussions. Thanks are also due

to Dr G. Kulandaivelu, School of Biological Sciences,

Madurai Kamraj University, Madurai for the extension of

the SEM facility.

REFERENCES

BURKILL, I .H. 1935. A dictionary of economic products of Malaya

Peninsula. Crown agents of the colonies, London.

CHENNAVEERAIAH, M S. & HIREMATH, S.C. 1974. Genome

analysis of Eleusine coracana (L.) Gaertn., Euphytica 23:

489-495.

COBLEY, L.S. 1956. An introduction to the botany of tropical crops.

Longmans, Green, London.

DE CANDOLLE, A. 1886. Origin of cultivated plants. Hafner Publishing

Company, New York 1967.

DIXIT, A.S., DIXIT, S.S. & VISHNU MITTRE 1987. The occurrence

of Eleusine africana Kennedy-O’Byme in India and its significance

in the origin of Eleusine coracana. Proceedings of the Indian

Academy of Science (Plant Sciences) 85: 1-10.

HILU, K.W. 1981. Taxonomic status of the disputable Eleusine compressa

(Gramineae). Kew Bulletin 36: 559—562.

HILU, K.W. & DE WET, J.M.J. 1976. Domestication of Eleusine

coracana. Economic Botany 30: 199—208.

HILU, K.W., DE WET, J.M.J. & HARLAN, J.R. 1979. Archaeobotanical

studies of Eleusine coracana subsp. coracana (finger millet)

American Journal of Botany 66: 330—333.

HIREMATH, S.C. 1973. Cytogenetical studies in Eleusine and its allies.

Ph D. thesis, Karnatak University, Dharwad, India.

HIREMATH, S.C. & SALIMATH, S.S. in prep. Quantitative nuclear

DNA changes in Eleusine (Gramineae).

KENNEDY-O’BYRNE, J. 1957. Notes on African grasses: XXIX. A new

species of Eleusine from tropical and South Africa. Kew Bulle-

tin 1957: 65-72.

MEHRA, K.L. 1963. Considerations of the African origin of E. coracana

(L.) Gaertn. Current Science 32: 300, 301.

PHILLIPS, S.M. 1972. A survey of the genus Eleusine in Africa. Kew

Bulletin 27: 251-270.

MOFFET, A. A. & HURCOMBE, R. 1949.— Heredity 3 : 369 - 373.

PORTERES, R. 1970. Primary cradles of agriculture in the African

continent. In J.D. Fage & R.A. Oliver, Papers in African

pre-history. University of Cambridge Press.

SALIMATH, S.S. 1990. Cytology and genome relations in some species

of Eleusine and its allies. Ph.D. thesis, Karnatak University, Dhar-

wad, India.

SINHA, P.K. 1983. Identification of Eleusine indica subsp. africana from

Almora. Crop Improvement 10: 61—64.

SUBRAMANYAM, K. & KAMBLE, N.P. 1967. IOPB chromosome

number reports XII. Taxon 16: 341—350.

VAVILOV, N.I. 1951. The origin, variation, immunity and breeding of

cultivated plants. Ronald Press, New York.

S.C. HIREMATH and S.S. SALIMATH*

* Department of Botany, Karnatak University, Dharwad-580003, India.

Present address: Cytogenetics Lab., Department of Botany, University

of Delhi, Delhi-110007, India.

MS. received: 1991-03-18.

Bothalia 21,2: 163-170 (1991)

Basic chromosome numbers and polyploid levels in some South

African and Australian grasses (Poaceae)

J.J. SPIES* E. VAN DER MERWE** H. DU PLESSIS*** and E.J.L. SAAYMAN***

Keywords: chromosome numbers, meiosis, Poaceae, polyploidy, southern Africa

ABSTRACT

Chromosome numbers of 46 specimens of grasses, involving 24 taxa from South Africa and Australia, have been determined

during the present study. For the first time chromosome numbers are given for Eragrostis sarmentosa (Thunb.) Trin. (n = 20),

Panicum aequinerx’e Nees (n = 18), Digitaria argyrograpta (Nees) Stapf (n = 9) and D. maitlandii Stapf & C.E Hubb.

(n = 9). Additional polyploid levels are described for Diplachne fusca (L.) Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult. (n = 10) and Digitaria

diagonalis (Nees) Stapf var. diagonalis (n = 9).

B-chromosomes were observed in several different specimens. The presence of B-chromosomes often results in abnormal

chromosomal behaviour during meiosis.

UITTREKSEL

Chromosoomgetalle van 46 graseksemplare, wat 24 taksons uit Suid-Afrika en Australia behels, is bepaal. Vir die eerste

keer word chromosoomgetalle vir Eragrostis sarmentosa (Thunb.) Trin. (n = 20), Panicum aequinerve Nees (n = 18),

Digitaria argyrograpta (Nees) Stapf (n = 9) en D. maitlandii Stapf & C.E. Hubb. (n = 9) vermeld. Addisionele poliplolede

vlakke word ook beskryf vir Diplachne fusca (L.) Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult. (n = 10) en Digitaria diagonalis (Nees)

Stapf var. diagonalis (n = 9).

B-chromosome is by verskeie eksemplare waargeneem. Die teenwoordigheid van B-chromosome is dikwels met abnor-

mal meiotiese chromosoomgedrag geassosieer.

INTRODUCTION

Raven (1975) regarded cytogenetics as an important

element in the evaluation of relationships and in the

determination of phylogenetic sequences in the

angiosperms. In South Africa this useful taxonomic tool

has not been used widely and plant cytogenetics can be

considered to be one of the most neglected fields of botany.

Thorough cytogenetic studies are restricted to a few

economically important species and the most basic

cytogenetic data, the chromosome numbers of the taxa,

are not available for the majority of our indigenous species.

In an attempt to increase our cytogenetic knowledge of

the South African flora, a cytogenetic study of the family

Poaceae was initiated by the Botanical Research Institute

during 1986 and is now continued at the National Botanical

Institute, the Grassland Research Centre and the

Department of Botany and Genetics at the University of

the Orange Free State. Results were reported in previous

publications in this series (Spies & Du Plessis 1986a, b,

1987a, b, 1988; Spies & Jonker 1987; Spies & Voges 1988;

Du Plessis & Spies 1988; Spies et al. 1989). The present

paper reports on miscellaneous unpublished chromosome

numbers and aims to determine whether this information

can contribute to our knowledge on the basic chromosome

numbers and polyploid levels present in the South African

Poaceae.

* Department of Botany and Genetics, University of the Orange Free

State, RO. Box 339, Bloemfontein 9300.

** Grassland Research Centre, Private Bag X05, Lynne East, Pretoria

0039.

*** National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1990-10-30.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Cytogenetic material was collected in two different ways

for the purpose of this study. The material was either

collected and fixed in the field, or living material was

collected in the field and transplanted in the nursery of

the National Botanical Institute, Pretoria, where cyto-

genetic material was later collected and fixed. The material

used and localities of origin are listed in Table 1. Voucher

specimens are housed in the National Herbarium, Pretoria

(PRE).

Young inflorescences were fixed in Carnoy’s fixative

(Carnoy 1886). The fixative was replaced by 70% ethanol

after 24—48 hours of fixation. Anthers were squashed in

aceto-carmine (Darlington & La Cour 1976). Contrast

between cytoplasm and chromosomes was enhanced by

adding a small droplet of 45% acetic acid, saturated with

iron acetate, to the stain immediately prior to making the

squash [modification of method used by Thomas (1940)].

Slides were made permanent by freezing them with liquid

CO, (Bowen 1956), followed by dehydration in ethanol and

mounting in Euparal. An Olympus Vanox-S photo-

microscope and Ilford Pan-F film were used for the

photomicrographs. At least ten cells per specimen were

studied for each meiotic stage, except where otherwise

indicated.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The haploid chromosome numbers observed are listed

with the voucher specimen numbers and their localities

in Table 1. The classification of subfamilies and tribes

follows Clayton & Renvoize (1986). Unless otherwise in-

dicated, meiotic chromosome behaviour was normal.

164 Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

TABLE 1. — List of species studied, haploid chromosome numbers, voucher specimen numbers and localities according to the degree reference

system (Edwards & Leistner 1971)

Haploid

Taxon chromosome Locality and voucher number

number

Subfamily Arundinoideae

Tribe Aristideae

Aristida congesta subsp. congesta 11

Stipagrostis obtusa 22

22+0-2B

NATAL.— 2930 (Pietermaritzburg): 5 km from Muden to Greytown, (-BA), Du Plessis 137.

NAMIBIA. — 2616 (Aus): 10 km east of Aus, (— CB), Spies 2905.

NAMIBIA.— 2617 (Bethanie): near bridge over Fish River on road between Seeheim and

Luderitz, (— DD), Spies 2898.

Subfamily Chloridoideae

Tribe Eragrostideae

Subtribe Eleusininae

Diplachne fusca

Eragrostis capensis

E. cilianensis

E. sarmentosa

Subtribe Sporobolinae

Sporobolus africanus

Tribe Cynodonteae

Subtribe Chloridinae

Harpochloa falx

10 CAPE. — 3018 (Kamiesberg): 52 km from Springbok to Loeriesfontein, (— AA), Spies 3373.

20 TRANSVAAL. — 2430 (Pilgrim’s Rest): near Mac-Mac Falls, (-DD), Spies & Joffe 1973.

10 TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): Soutpan Experimental Farm, (—AC), Spies 3287.

20 CAPE. — 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): Gifberg Pass, (—DC), Spies 3105.

12 CAPE.— 3318 (Cape Town): near turnoff to Stellenbosch on road between Paarl and Fransch-

hoek, (— DD), Spies 3201.

18+0— 6B NATAL. — 2832 (Mtubatuba): 12 km from Cape Vidal to St Lucia, (— AB), Spies 2393.

24 CAPE. — 3028 (Matatiele): near Antelope Park, (— CC), Spies 2529.

20 CAPE. — 3028 (Matatiele): 25 km from Rhodes to Maclear via Naude’s Pass, (— CC), Spies

2523.

Subfamily Panicoideae

Tribe Paniceae

Subtribe Setariinae

Panicum aequinerve

P. maximum

Brachiaria brizantha

Urochloa mosambicensis

Subtribe Digitariinae

Digitaria argyrograpta

D. diagonalis var. diagonalis

D. didactyla

D. eriantha

D. maitlandii

D. natalensis

D. tricholaenoides

Tribe Andropogoneae

Subtribe Sorghinae

Sorghum australiense*

S. matarankense*

S. stipoideum*

S. aff. stipoideum*

Subtribe Ischaeminae

lschaemum afrum

Subtribe Andropogoninae

Andropogon eucomus

18 SWAZILAND. —2631 (Mbabane): 18 km north-east of Mbabane, (—AC), Spies 2555.

16 SWAZILAND. — 2631 (Mbabane): 55 km from Siteki to Manzini, (-AD), Spies 2603.

18 CAPE. — 3028 (Matatiele): Antelope Park, (— CC), Spies 2528.

14 TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): Soutpan Experimental Farm, (—AC), Spies 3725.

9 TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): Soutpan Experimental Farm, (-AC), Spies 3739.

9 CAPE. — 3228 (Butterworth): near Sunrise-on-Sea, (— CC), Spies 1665.

9 SWAZILAND.— 2631 (Mbabane): near Siteki, (-BD), Spies 2596.

9 TRANSVAAL. —2528 (Pretoria): cultivated varieties collected at Roodeplaat Experimental

Farm, (— CA), Spies 3746. 3749. 3751. 3752 . 3754. 3755. 3756 & 3760.

9+1-3B TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): cultivated variety collected at Roodeplaat Experimental

Farm, (— CA), Spies 3758.

9+2B TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): cultivated variety collected at Roodeplaat Experimental

Farm, (— CA), Spies 3759.

9+0-4B CAPE. —3225 (Port Elizabeth): 7 km from Somerset East to Pearston, (— CB), Spies 1130.

9+0— 5B TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): cultivated variety collected at Roodeplaat Experimental

Farm, (-CA), Spies 3747.

9/18 TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): cultivated varieties collected at Roodeplaat Experimental

Farm, (— CA), Spies 3757, 3761.

18 TRANSVAAL. —2528 (Pretoria): cultivated variety collected at Roodeplaat Experimental

Farm, (— CA), Spies 3748.

9 SWAZILAND. —2631 (Mbabane): 22 km north-east of Mbabane, (— AA), Spies 2568.

36 SWAZILAND. — 2631 (Mbabane): near beacon at Maimba, (—AD), Spies 2640.

9 NATAL. — 2832 (Mtubatuba): 12 km from Cape Vidal to St Lucia, (-AB), Spies 2399.

9 TRANSVAAL. — 2630 (Carolina): 46 km from Ermelo to Piet Retief, (—CD), Spies 2349.

10 TRANSVAAL. —2528 (Pretoria): cultivated in the garden of the National Botanical Institute,

Pretoria, (— CA), Spies 1711.

5 TRANSVAAL. —2528 (Pretoria): cultivated in the garden of the National Botanical Institute,

Pretoria, (— CA), Spies 1713.

5 TRANSVAAL. — 2528 (Pretoria): cultivated in the garden of the National Botanical Institute,

Pretoria, (— CA), Spies 2736, 1738 & 1741.

5+2B TRANSVAAL. —2528 (Pretoria): cultivated in the garden of the National Botanical Institute,

Pretoria, (-CA), Spies 1740.

5 TRANSVAAL.— 2528 (Pretoria): cultivated in the garden of the National Botanical Instutute,

Pretoria, (— CA), Spies 1719.

10 NATAL. — 2832 (Mtubatuba): 3 km from Hluhluwe to False Bay, (— AB), Spies 2431.

10 TRANSVAAL.— 2430 (Pilgrim’s Rest): 17 km from Graskop to Sabie, (— DD), Spies 1968.

Seed originally collected by M. Andrew in Australia.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

165

Subfamily Arundinoideae Tateoka

Tribe Aristideae C.E. Hubb.

The haploid chromosome number of n = 11 for Aristida

congesta Roem. & Schult. subsp. congesta (Figure 1A,

B) corresponds with published cytogenetic information on

this taxon (De Winter 1965; Davidse et al. 1986; Spies

& Jonker 1987). The occurrence of n = 11 as the lowest

haploid chromosome number in the genus and the presence

of multiples of 11 in other species of this genus (De Winter

1965; Spies & Du Plessis 1986a, 1987b; Viano & Bourreil

1987), support 11 as the basic chromosome number for

both the genus Aristida L. and the tribe.

The basic number of x = 11 for the tribe Aristideae is

further supported by our observation of a Stipagrostis

obtusa (Del.) Nees specimen with a haploid chromosome

number of n = 22+0— 3B (Figure 1C). Chromosome

laggards were frequently observed (Figure ID) and it is

suggested that the laggards represent the B-chromosomes,

undergoing chromatid segregation. This is, to the best of

our knowledge, the first report on the presence of

B-chromosomes in this tribe. Polyploidy seems to be

present in this species with our specimen being tetraploid

and the one examined by Reese (1957) diploid (2n = 22).

Subfamily Chloridoideae Rouy

Tribe Eragrostideae Stapf

Subtribe Eleusininae Dumort.

The diploid chromosome number of n = 10 for

Diplachne jusca (L.) Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult. (Figure

IE) is the lowest chromosome number yet described for

this species and it supports a basic chromosome number

of x = 10 for this species, genus, subtribe, tribe and

subfamily. Published results indicate the presence of

tetraploidy (Bir & Sahni 1986) and aneuploidy (Spies &

Voges 1988).

A basic chromosome number of x = 10 for Eragrostis

Wolf is substantiated by the diploid E. cilianensis (All.)

F.T. Hubb. specimen observed during this study. The

presence of diploid and tetraploid specimens of this species

is well documented (Fedorov 1969; Moore 1973; Goldblatt

FIGURE 1. — Meiotic chromosomes in

some grass specimens. A, B,

Aristida congesta subsp. con-

gesta, Du Plessis 137, n=ll,

metaphase I; C, D, Stipagros-

tis obtusa, Spies 2905, n=22,

anaphase I with laggards (L);

E, Diplachne fusca. Spies

3373, n=10, diakinesis; F,

Eragrostis capensis, Spies

1973, n=20. diakinesis. Bar =

10 pm.

166

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

1983, 1988; Goldblatt & Johnson 1990). The tetraploid E.

capensis (Thunb.) Trin. specimen (Figure IF) supports

observations indicating different ploidy levels for this

species, i.e. diploid (De Wet 1958), tetraploid (Avdulov

1931; Pienaar 1955; Spies & Du Plessis 1986a; Davidse

et al. 1986) and hexaploid (Moffett & Hurcombe 1949;

Spies & Voges 1988). To the best of our knowledge the

tetraploid level observed for E. sarmentosa (Thunb.) Trin.

is the first report on a chromosome number for this

species.

Subtribe Sporobolinae Benth.

The genus Sporobolus R. Br. is cytogenetically com-

plex and basic chromosome numbers of x = 6, 9 and 10

seem to be present (Davidse et al. 1986). The haploid

chromosome numbers of n — 12, 18 and 24 observed

during this study in S. africanus (Poir.) Robyns & Toumay

(Figure 2) support a basic chromosome number of x = 6

for this species. Polyploid levels vary from tetraploid

(2n = 4x = 24) to decaploid (2n = lOx = 60) (Fedorov

1969; Spies & Du Plessis 1986b; Spies & Jonker 1987;

Spies & Voges 1988). A thorough cytogenetic investigation

of this genus is necessary to determine the phylogenetic

relationships.

The presence of B-chromosomes in some specimens

impedes the interpretation of the results (Figure 2C). The

number of B-chromosomes varied from 0 to 6 per meiotic

cell in a single specimen, which indicates that they are

mitotically unstable. Occasionally a B-chromosome could

be distinguished by its position in the cell but the majority

of B-chromosomes resembled the euchromosomes. These

chromosomes are considered to be B-chromosomes,

judging by the variation in their numbers in different cells.

Tribe Cynodonteae Dumort.

Subtribe Chloridinae Presl.

Subfamily Panicoideae A. Br.

Tribe P&niceae R. Br.

Subtribe Setariinae Dumort.

The chromosome number of n = 18 observed for

Brachiaria brizantha (A. Rich.) Stapf during this study,

equals the lowest chromosome number reported for this

species (Darlington & Wylie 1955; Ornduff 1967-1969;

Fedorov 1969; Moore 1970—1977; Goldblatt 1981-1988;

Goldblatt & Johnson 1990). In addition to this number,

a higher ploidy level of n = 27 has also been described

in Fedorov (1969) and by Spies & Du Plessis (1987b), as

well as by Basappa et al. (1987). The basic chromosome

number, however, is considered to be x = 9 (Darlington

& Wylie 1955; Ornduff 1967—1969; Fedorov 1969; Moore

1970-1977; Goldblatt 1981-1985; Goldblatt & Johnson

1990). These results contradict the meiotic configuration

of 12nl2[, observed by Nath et al. (1970), which suggests

a basic chromosome number of 12 for the species.

This seems to be the first report on the chromosome

number of Panicum aequinerve Nees. The haploid

chromosome number of 18 indicates a basic chromosome

number of x=9 for this genus and species. The absence

of multivalents suggests an alloploid origin for this

specimen (Figure 3A). In contrast to this basic number,

we confirm numerous reports of a somatic chromosome

number of 2n=32 for Panicum maximum Jacq. (Ornduff

1967-1969; Fedorov 1969; Moore 1970-1977; Goldblatt

1981—1988; Goldblatt & Johnson 1990). Contrary to these

reports several other somatic numbers are reported in the

same sources (2n=18, 28, 34, 36, 42, 48, 52, 54). We found

it very difficult to obtain well-spread meiocytes in this

species and this may be a reason for the discrepancies in

the chromosome numbers reported for this species. A

re-investigation of the phylogenetic relationship between

P. maximum and other Panicum species is necessary.

This report on Harpochloa falx (L.f.) Kuntze corres-

ponds with published data on this species (Fedorov 1969;

Spies & Du Plessis 1986a) which seems to indicate a basic

chromosome number of ten, with all the specimens studied

being tetraploids.

Urochloa mosambicensis (Hack.) Dandy with 2n = 4x

= 28, supports the deviated basic chromosome number

of x = 7 for this species reported by Spies & Du Plessis

(1987b). The formation of one ring quadrivalent in al-

most all diakinesis cells studied (Figure 3B), indicates

FIGURE 2. — Camera lucida drawings of meiotic chromosomes in Sporobolus africanus. A, Spies 3201, n = 12, metaphase I; B, Spies 2529,

n = 24, diakinesis; C, Spies 2393, n = 18 + 0— 6B, anaphase 1 with 6 B-chromosomes. Bar = 10 /im.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

167

FIGURE 3. — Meiotic chromosomes in

some representatives of the

subfamily Panicoideae. A,

Panicum aequinerve, Spies

2555, n = 18, diakinesis; B,

Urochloa mosambicensis.

Spies 3725, n = 14, diakinesis

with 1|V 12n; C, Digitaria

argymgrapta. Spies 3739, n =

9, anaphase I. Bar = 10 nm.

a certain degree of autosyndetic chromosome pairing. The

low frequency of multivalents in the presence of a high

chiasma frequency (Spies 1984) indicates a segmental

alloploid origin for this specimen.

Subtribe Digitariinae Butzin

This is the first report on the chromosome numbers of

Digitaria argyrograpta (Nees) Stapf (n=9) and D. mait-

landii Stapf & C.E. Hubb. (n=9 & 36). In addition a new

level of ploidy is described for D. diagonalis (Nees) Stapf

var. diagonalis [n=9, in contrast to the 2n=36 described

by De Wet & Anderson (1956) and Spies & Du Plessis

(1987a)]. This is also the first report on the presence of

B-chromosomes in D. eriantha Steud., where four of

the 15 specimens studied had up to five B-chromosomes

(Table 1).

This study included several cultivated specimens of D.

eriantha. These cultivars are currently being evaluated for

possible distribution as fodder crops by the Grassland

Research Centre. Two of these ‘cultivars’ had two different

ploidy levels. This indicates the variability present in these

specimens and the need for a thorough cytogenetic inves-

tigation before these cultivars are released.

A basic chromosome number of x=9 for the genus is

supported by the presence of diploid specimens in all the

species studied (Figure 3C).

Tribe Andropogoneae Dumort.

Subtribe Sorghinae Bluff

A basic chromosome number of five in the Andro-

pogoneae is evident from both the literature and some of

the Sorghum Moench specimens used during this study.

A basic chromosome number of x=5 was observed in both

S. matarankense Garber & Snyder and S. stipoideum Gard-

ner & Hubb. These numbers correspond to the published

numbers by Garber (1950, 1954), Garber & Snyder (1951)

and Celarier (1956a, 1958). Although meiosis was nor-

mal in most specimens (Figure 5A— C), some cells formed

micronuclei (Figure 5D).

Abnormal meiotic behaviour was observed in one of the

S. stipoideum specimens, Spies 1740. Six bivalents were

formed during diakinesis (Figure 4A). One of these biva-

lents was smaller than the rest and it is concluded that

this bivalent is formed by B-chromosomes. The B-

chromosomes seem to be outside the spindle. Different

behaviour patterns of the B-chromosomes were observed

during metaphase I. They form part of the metaphase plate

(Figure 4B); one stays on the metaphase plate while the

other moves to one of the poles (Figure 4C); both move

towards the same pole (Figure 4D) or they move to

different poles (Figure 4F). Precocious chromosome

segregation during late metaphase I was observed for one

bivalent in one cell (Figure 4E). The result of the different

movements of the B-chromosomes is that anaphase II

laggards are sometimes observed (Figure 4G). The

ultimate fate of the B-chromosomes was not determined

by this study.

Subtribe Ischaeminae Presl

Cytogenetic studies on Ischaemum afrum (J.F. Gmel.)

Dandy seem to be restricted to our laboratories (Spies &

Du Plessis 1987b). The formation of bivalents only during

meiosis and the absence of specimens with a somatic

chromosome number of ten indicate that this specimen can

be considered to be a diploid (2n=2x=20). These results

are substantiated by reported chromosome numbers for

other Ischaemum species (Darlington & Wylie 1955;

Ornduff 1967-1969; Fedorov 1969; Moore 1970-1977;

Goldblatt 1981-1985; Goldblatt & Johnson 1990).

However, the same reports suggest that x=9 and x=19

should be considered secondary and tertiary basic

chromosome numbers respectively in the genus.

Subtribe Andropogoninae Presl

The chromosome number of n=10 observed for

Andropogon eucomus Nees, corresponds with the number

published by Moffett & Hurcombe (1949) and Gould

(1956). Previous studies by one of our laboratories revealed

two different chromosome numbers for this species, i.e.

n=10 and n=20 (Spies & Du Plessis 1987a, b). These

numbers, in addition to the presence of multiples of ten

in other Andropogon species, as well as the absence of

2n=2x=10 specimens in the genus (Darlington & Wylie

1955; Ornduff 1967—1969; Fedorov 1969; Moore 1970 —

1977; Goldblatt 1981—1985), suggest a basic chromosome

number of x=10 for this species and genus. A deviation

from this basic chromosome number was reported with

x—9 for A. lacunosus J.G. Anders., A. tectorum Schum.

& Thonn., A. lima (Hack.) Stapf and A. distachyos L.

168

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 4. — Meiotic chromosomes in a Sorghum stipoideum specimen with B-chromosomes, Spies 1740. A, diakinesis with five bivalents

and a B-chromosome bivalent; B, metaphase I with Five bivalents and both B-chromosomes on the equatorial plate; C— E, metaphase

I with five bivalents and both B-chromosomes on one side of the equatorial plate; F, metaphase I with five bivalents and the B-chromosomes

on different sides of the equatorial plate; G, two telophase I cells with chromatid segregation of the B-chromosomes. Bar = 10 /im.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

169

FIGURE 5. — Meiotic chromosomes in

Sorghum stipoideum. A, Spies

1741, n = 5, diakinesis; B,

Spies 1741, n = 5, meta- phase

I; C, Spies 1738, n = 5,

anaphase I; D, Spies 1738, n =

5, telophase I with micronuclei

visible. Bar = 10 pm.

(Celarier 1956b; Gould 1956; Hedberg & Hedberg 1977;

Okoli 1982; Spies & Du Plessis 1986a), x = 8 for A. abys-

sinicus Chippind. (Gould 1956) and x = 7 for A. mannii

Hook. f. (Davidse et al. 1986).

CONCLUSIONS

Clayton & Renvoize (1986) claim that chromosome

numbers can contribute little to the taxonomy of the

grasses, since the karyotype is relatively constant. Yet the

relevance of cytogenetics to the taxonomy of grasses is

apparent in the different basic chromosome numbers

present in higher taxa, in the meiotic behaviour of

chromosomes and in the mode of polyploidy which may

help to unravel the phylogeny of a taxon.

A correlation exists between the basic chromosome

number and the tribal classification of the majority of

grasses. This study confirms that the following basic

chromosome numbers are found in the following tribes:

Aristideae x = 11, Eragrostideae (with the exception of

the genus Eleusine and some Sporobolus representatives)

x = 10, Cynodonteae x = 10, Paniceae x = 9 (with some

species or genera having x = 7, 8 or 10) and Andro-

pogoneae has a primary basic chromosome number of

x = 5 and, more commonly, a secondary basic chromo-

some number of x = 10. Although deviations from these

basic numbers are known, the phylogenetic development

of higher taxa is correlated with a specific basic chromo-

some number and deviations from these numbers may help

to solve relationships in some taxa.

(Spies & Du Plessis 1986a, b, 1987a, b, 1988; Spies &

Jonker 1987; Spies & Voges 1988; Du Plessis & Spies

1988; Spies et al. 1989). Detailed cytogenetic studies are

necessary to determine the mode of polyploidy as well as

the extent of polyploidy in the South African grasses.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Dr M. Andrew (CSIRO, PMB 44, Winnellie, N.T. 5789,

Australia) is thanked for supplying the Australian Sorghum

seed. The Department of Agriculture and Water Supply

is thanked for financial support during this study. We

gratefully acknowledge the darkroom expertise of Mrs A.

Romanowski .

REFERENCES

AVDULOV, N.R 1931. Karyo-systematische Untersuchung der Familie

der Gramineen. Bulletin for Applied Botanical Genetics and Plant

Breeding 44: 354—425.

BASAPPA, G.P, MUNIYAMMA, M. & CHINNAPPA, C.C. 1987. An

investigation of chromosome numbers in the genus Brachiaria

(Poaceae: Paniceae) in relation to morphology and taxonomy.

Canadian Journal of Botany 73: 287—296.

BIR, S.S. & SAHNI, M. 1986. SOCGI plant chromosome number

reports. IV. Journal of Cytology and Genetics 21: 152—154.

BOWEN, C.C. 1956. Freezing by liquid carbon dioxide in making slides

permanent. Stain Technology 31: 87-90.

CARNAHAN. H.L. & HILL. H.D. 1961. Cytology and genetics of forage

grasses. The Botanical Review 27: 1—164.

CARNOY, J.B. 1886. La cytodierese de l'oeuf. Cellule 3: 1—92.

CELARIER, R.P. 1956a. Additional evidence for five as the basic chro-

mosome number of the Andropogoneae. Rhodora 58: 135—143.

CELARIER, R.P. 1956b. Cytology of Andropogon distachyos L. Bulletin

of the Torrey Botanical Club 83: 183—191.

CELARIER, R.P. 1958. Cytotaxonomy of the Andropogoneae. III. Sub-

tribe Sorgheae, genus Sorghum. Cytologia 23: 395—418.

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. 1986. Genera graminum —

grasses of the World. Kew Bulletin Additional Series 13: 1—

389.

Polyploidy is frequently observed in the grasses

(Carnahan & Hill 1961; Goldblatt 1980) and 303 of the

388 specimens studied in our laboratories were polyploids

170

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

DARLINGTON, C.D. & LA COUR, L.F. 1976. The handling of chro-

mosomes, 6th edn. Allen & Unwin, London.

DARLINGTON, C.D. & WYLIE, A.P. 1955. Chromosome atlas of

flowering plants. Allen & Unwin, London.

DAVIDSE, G., HOSHINO, T. & SIMON, B.K. 1986. Chromosome

counts of Zimbabwean grasses (Poaceae) and an analysis of poly-

ploidy in the grass flora of Zimbabwe. South African Journal

of Botany 52: 521—528.

DE WET, J.M.J. 1958. Additional chromosome numbers in Transvaal

grasses. Cytologia 23: 113—118.

DE WET, J.M.J. & ANDERSON, L.J. 1956. Chromosome numbers in

Transvaal grasses. Cytologia 21: 1—10.

DE WINTER, B. 1965. The South African Stipeae and Aristideae

(Gramineae). Bothalia 8: 201—404.

DU PLESSIS, H. & SPIES, J.J. 1988. Chromosome studies on African

plants. 8. Bothalia 18: 119—122.

EDWARDS, D. & LEISTNER, O.A. 1971. A degree reference system

for citing biological records in southern Africa. Mitteilungen der

Botanischen Staatssammlung, Munchen 10: 501—509.

FEDOROV, A. A. 1969. Chromosome numbers of flowering plants.

Academy of Science, Leningrad, USSR.

GARBER, E.D. 1950. Cytotaxonomic studies in the genus Sorghum.

University of California Publications in Botany 23: 283—361.

GARBER, E.D. 1954. Cytotaxonomic studies in the genus Sorghum.

III. The polyploid species of the subgenera Parasorghum and

Stiposorghum. Botanical Gazette 115: 336—342.

GARBER, E.D. & SNYDER, L. A. 1951. Cytotaxonomic studies in the

genus Sorghum. II. Two new species from Australia. Madrono

11: 6-10.

GOLDBLATT, P. 1980. Polyploidy in Angiosperms: Monocotyledons.

In W.H. Lewis, Polyploidy — biological relevance. Plenum Press,

New York.

GOLDBLATT, P. 1981—1988. Index to plant chromosome numbers

1975—1985. Monographs of Systematic Botany 5; 8; 13; 23.

GOLDBLATT, P. & JOHNSON, D.E. 1990. Index to plant chromosome

numbers 1986, 1987. Monographs of Systematic Botany 30.

GOULD, F.W. 1956. Chromosome counts and cytotaxonomic notes on

grasses of the tribe Andropogoneae. American Journal of Botany

43: 395-404.

HEDBERG, I. & HEDBERG, O. 1977. Chromosome numbers of afro-

alpine and afromontane angiosperms. Botaniska Notiser 130:

1-24.

MOFFETT, A. A. & HURCOMBE, R. 1949. Chromosome numbers of

South African grasses. Heredity 3 : 369 — 373.

MOORE, R.J. 1970—1977. Index to plant chromosome numbers for

1968—1974. Regnum Vegetabile 68; 77; 84; 91; 96.

MOORE, R.J. 1973. Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1967—1971.

Oosthoek Uitgevers, Utrecht.

NATH, J., SWAMINATHAN, M.S. & MEHRA, K.L. 1970. Cytological

studies in the tribe Paniceae, Gramineae. Cytologia 35: 111 —

131.

OKOLI, B.E. 1982. In IOPB chromosome number reports LXXIV. Taxon

31: 127, 128.

ORNDUFF, R. 1967—1969. Index to plant chromosome numbers for

1965—1967. Regnum Vegetabile 50; 55; 59.

PIENAAR, R. DE V. 1955. The chromosome numbers of some

indigenous South African and introduced Gramineae. In D.

Meredith, Grasses and pastures of South Africa. CNA,

Johannesburg.

RAVEN, PH. 1975. The bases of Angiosperm phylogeny: cytology. Annals

of the Missouri Botanical Garden 62: 724—764.

REESE, G. 1957. Uber die Polyploidiespectren in der Nordsaharischen

Wuestenflora. Flora 144: 598—634.

SPIES, J.J. 1984. Determination of genome homology in polyploids. South

African Journal of Science 80: 44—46.

SPIES, J.J. & DU PLESSIS, H. 1986a. Chromosome studies on African

plants. 1. Bothalia 16: 87, 88.

SPIES, J.J. & DU PLESSIS, H. 1986b. Chromosome studies on African

plants. 2. Bothalia 16 : 269, 270.

SPIES, J.J. & DU PLESSIS, H. 1987a. Chromosome studies on African

plants. 3. Bothalia 17: 131—135.

SPIES, J.J. & DU PLESSIS, H. 1987b. Chromosome studies on African

plants. 5. Bothalia 17: 257—259.

SPIES, J.J. & DU PLESSIS, H. 1988. Chromosome studies on African

plants. 6. Bothalia 18: 111—114.

SPIES, J.J. & JONKER, A. 1987. Chromosome studies on African plants.

4. Bothalia 17: 135, 136.

SPIES, J.J., SAAYMAN, E.J.L., VOGES, S.P & DAVIDSE, G. 1989.

Chromosome studies on African plants. 9. Chromosome num-

bers in Ehrharta (Poaceae: Ehrharteae). Bothalia 19: 125—132.

SPIES, J.J. & VOGES, S.P. 1988. Chromosome studies on African plants.

7. Bothalia 18: 114-119.

THOMAS, PT. 1940. The aceto-carmine method for fruit material. Stain

Technology 15: 167—172.

VIANO, J. & BOURREIL, P.J.L. 1987. Chromosome number reports.

94. Taxon 36: 283.

Bothalia 21,2: 171-175 (1991)

The chromosomes of Chortolirion and Poellnitzia (Asphodelaceae:

Alooideae)

G.F. SMITH*

Keywords: Asphodelaceae, Alooideae, Chortolirion angolense , chromosome number, karyotype, Poellnitzia rubriflora

ABSTRACT

The somatic chromosomes of Chortolirion angolense (Baker) A. Berger and Poellnitzia rubriflora (L. Bol.) Uitewaal have

been studied. Both taxa are monotypic genera in the subfamily Alooideae of the Asphodelaceae. Prior to this study Chor-

tolirion had not been cytologically examined, while karyograms and idiograms have never been presented for Poellnitzia.

Chortolirion and Poellnitzia are diploid with 2n = 14 chromosomes and with a bimodal karyotype typical of the entire subfamily,

comprising four pairs of long chromosomes and three pairs of short chromosomes. For Poellnitzia minute structural differences

in karyotype morphology were noted between observed and published data, especially with regard to the presence of satellites.

U1TTREKSEL

Die somatiese chromosome van Chortolirion angolense (Baker) A. Berger en Poellnitzia rubriflora (L. Bol.) Uitewaal

is bestudeer. Beide taksons is monotipiese genusse in die subfamilie Alooideae van die Asphodelaceae. Chortolirion is nog

nooit voorheen sitologies ondersoek nie, terwyl kariogramme en idiogramme van Poellnitzia nog nie voorheen aangebied

is nie. Chortolirion en Poellnitzia is beide diploied met 2n = 14 chromosome en elk beskik oor 'n bimodale kariotipe wat

uit vier pare lang en drie pare kort chromosome bestaan. Hierdie kariotipe is soortgelyk aan die van die oorgrote meerderheid

taksons in die Alooideae. Veral ten opsigte van die teenwoordigheid van satelliete bestaan daar by Poellnitzia fyn, strukturele

verskille in kariotipe-morfologie tussen waargenome en gepubliseerde data.

INTRODUCTION

The subfamily Alooideae of the Asphodelaceae ( sensu

Dahlgren et al. 1985) includes about seven genera and

more than 450 species. Most Alooideae taxa are found in

subSaharan Africa, with a marked concentration of species

and genera in southern Africa. All species of Alooideae

are petaloid, succulent-leaved, rosulate or distichous

perennials. They differ in size from miniatures barely 10

mm high ( Haworthia parksiana Von Poellnitz) to trees of

massive bulk up to 20 m tall ( Aloe bainesii Thiselton-

Dyer). In spite of this notable morphological variation the

Alooideae is reasonably homogeneous in an evolutionary

sense, unifying characters being the widespread occur-

rence of secondary thickening growth, leaf succulence,

usually tubular petaline flowers and fusion of the perianth

segments. Furthermore, in the entire subfamily the basic

diploid karyotype (2n = 14; four pairs of long chromo-

somes and three pairs much shorter) is only very rarely

altered (Brandham 1969).

The majority of species of Alooideae has been investi-

gated cytologically. These studies were initiated early in

the 20th century and have resulted in an extensive

bibliography on the cytology of this group (for reviews

see Muller 1941; Riley 1959a, b,c; Brandham 1971, 1983;

Riley & Majumdar 1979). The intention of the present

paper is to contribute to the cytotaxonomic knowledge of

the Alooideae by the chromosome complement analysis

of Chortolirion Berger and Poellnitzia Uitewaal, two

monotypic genera. Chromosome studies have not been

reported for Chortolirion to date and for Poellnitzia only

four previous counts have been published, one of which

is not readily accessible (Majumdar 1968 quoted by Riley

* Department of Plant Sciences, Potchefstroom University for Christian

Higher Education, Potchefstroom 2520.

MS. received: 1991-01-28.

& Majumdar 1979). The previous cytological observations

of Poellnitzia were all made on specimens cultivated in

botanic gardens (Resende 1937; Viveiros 1949; Majumdar

& Riley 1972). These early cytological studies therefore

had no connection with natural populations. Problems

which arise from such a practice have been discussed by

Riley & Majumdar (1979).

C. angolense (Baker) A. Berger is a perennial, deci-

duous herb with a subterranean bulb and is widely

distributed in the summer rainfall region of southern

Africa. With short, annual, succulent shoots arising from

the bulb in early spring, C. angolense presents a com-

bination of geophytic and succulent habits (Figure 1).

P rubriflora (L. Bol.) Uitewaal is a low-growing,

caulescent, succulent herb. Stems are up to 250 mm long

and densely leaved. The ovate leaves are pungent-

acuminate and up to 40 mm long (Figure 2). P. rubriflora

has a restricted distribution in the south-western Cape

Province of South Africa. This region receives its pre-

cipitation mainly during the winter months.

Chortolirion and Poellnitzia have been the subject of

taxonomic confusion (Bayer 1974; cf. Smith 1988). A

revision of the smaller genera of Alooideae currently under

way has shown that both taxa warrant recognition as

monotypic genera.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The origin of the material of C. angolense studied is:

TRANSVAAL.— 2528 (Pretoria): in habitat in the Botanic Garden of

the National Botanical Institute, Pretoria, (— CB), Smith 8 (PRU).

Material of P rubriflora was collected at:

CAPE. — 3320 (Montagu): southern side of farm 'Langverwagt 169’.

5 km W of Bonnievale, (— CC), Stayner s.n. sub Smith 9 (PRU).

172

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

Plants for cytological study were grown in the green-

house of the Department of Botany, University of Pretoria.

Somatic chromosomes were studied in root tips collected

during late winter/early spring from vigorously growing

potted plants. Actively elongating root tips (2—5 mm) were

collected at 14:00 and pretreated with freshly prepared

colchicine (0,05 % in distilled water) for 2h and fixed in

Pienaar’s (1955) fixative (methanol: chloroform: propionic

acid in the ratio 6:3:2) for 16h. Root tips were hydrolysed

for 12 minutes in a 1M hydrochloric acid solution kept at

60°C and stained in Feulgen for 2,5 h. Squash prepara-

tions were made using a standard technique (Van der

Schijff & Robberste 1976). Photographs were taken with

a Nikon FX 35A microscope fitted with a Nikon Optiphot

camera. Measurements were made directly from mitotic

preparations using an eyepiece micrometer. For chromo-

some nomenclature, the terminology introduced by Levan

FIGURE 1. — Growth form of Chor-

tolirion angolense in habitat in

grassland at Potchefstroom,

south-western Transvaal, South

Africa. The soil has been re-

moved to show the bulb and

narrowly linear leaves.

et al. (1964) has been followed. The karyograms (Figures

3B; 4B) and idiograms (Figures 3C; 4C) are arranged

according to chromosome length.

RESULTS

In Chortolirion and Poellnitzia the somatic chromosome

number 2n = 14 was constant in all metaphases with

karyotypes as in Figure 3B ( Chortolirion ) and Figure 4B

(Poellnitzia). For both genera the haploid set is asym-

metrical, producing a distinctly bimodal karyotype which

consists of four long and three short chromosomes. No

major chromosomal differences between Chortolirion and

Poellnitzia could be detected. Furthermore, no marked size

variation was encountered within the sets of long and short

chromosomes in the respective genera.

FIGURE 2 .—Poellnitzia rubriflora

(arrowed) in habitat at Lang-

verwacht near Bonnievale,

south-western Cape Province,

South Africa. The species

usually grows in association

with sclerophyllous xero-

phytes.

Bothalia 21.2 (1991)

173

a j^; >

FIGURE ?>.— Chortolirion angolense. A, mitotic metaphase, arrows

indicate satellites; B, karyogram; C, idiogram. CO, chromosome

ordering (overall length); S, chromosome size; AR, arm ratio

(= long arm/short arm); CN, chromosome nomenclature after

Levan et al. (1964). Chromosome II is clearly the LI (long

chromosome with longest short arm) and chromosome I is the

L2, which is often longer than the LI.

Karyotype of C. angolense

Each of the long chromosomes (I— IV) is of the st type,

while all the short chromosomes (V— VII) are of the sm

type (Figure 3C). Satellites were detected at the ends of

the short arms of the shortest long chromosome (IV)

(Figure 3A, B). Secondary chromosome constrictions are

absent from the long arms of the short chromosomes

(V— VII). Such constrictions occur widespread in taxa of

the Alooideae (Brandham 1971).

One chromosome I has a short arm much smaller than

that of the other (Figure 3A, B). Since this phenomenon

was not encountered consistently, it is probably not

associated with an interchange or a deletion, but rather

due to the orientation of the chromosome on the slide.

Karyotype of P rubriflora

The longest long chromosome (I) is of the sm type while

the three other long chromosomes (II— IV) are of the st

type. The longest short chromosome (V) is of the m type

and the two remaining short chromosomes (VI— VII) are

of the sm type (Figure 4C). Satellites were not detected

on any of the chromosomes (Figure 4A, B). Secondary

constrictions of unknown nature were observed on the

short arms of the long chromosomes (except I) and the

long arms of all the short chromosomes.

DISCUSSION

The chromosomes of all plants studied were found to

match the markedly bimodal karyotype which has been

observed in every species of Alooideae to date. The basic

number is x = 7 and comprises four long and three short

chromosomes. To date a large number of intra- and inter-

generic hybrids produced in the Alooideae have been

described and figured (Riley 1948; Jacobsen & Rowley

1955, 1973; Rowley 1968, 1976; Graf 1980). Although some

of the hybrids are sterile, others are fully fertile (Brand-

ham 1973). This testifies to the close cytogenetical

relationship which exists amongst taxa of the Alooideae

(Rollins 1953). Chortolirion and Poellnitzia are no excep-

tions to this rule, Chortolirion having been crossed

successfully with Aloe and Poellnitzia with Gasteria

(Rowley 1980, 1982; Brandham 1990).

Both Chortolirion and Poellnitzia are diploid with 2n

= 14 chromosomes, in common with the great majority

of species in the subfamily Alooideae as a whole. Although

Aloe, Gasteria and Haworthia are known to include a

FIGURE A. —Poellnitzia rubriflora. A. mitotic metaphase; B, karyo-

gram; C, idiogram. CO, chromosome ordering (overall length);

S, chromosome size; AR, arm ratio (= long arm/short arm); CN,

chromosome nomenclature after Levan et al. (1964).

174

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

variety of polyploids (Riley & Majumdar 1965; Brandham

& Johnson 1977a, 1982; Cutler et al. 1980; Brandham

1982; Motohashi et al. 1985), none of the individuals

included in the present study contained different levels of

ploidy. In the Alooideae polyploidy can give rise to local

bursts of speciation (Brandham & Cutler 1981; Cutler et

al. 1980).

Some authors have previously established a nomencla-

ture for the chromosomes of taxa of the Alooideae (LI

through L4 for the long chromosomes and SI through S3

for the short chromosomes) (Snoad 1951; Riley &

Majumdar 1966; cf. Brandham 1971 for an explanation;

Brandham & Johnson 1977b; Brandham & Cutler 1978,

1981). However, the identification of individual chromo-

somes (especially the short chromosomes) and their

subsequent classification is very difficult and no attempt

was made to do so here. Brandham (1983) eventually

concluded that only LI (long chromosome with longest

short arm) could be identified with certainty in somatic

and meiotic cells. However, recognition even of the LI

chromosome, which usually is the only submetacentric

long chromosome, can occasionally yield difficulties

as is shown in reports of Mogford & Rautenbach (1981),

Vosa & Bayer (1981) and Vosa & Mogford (1981). In

Chortolirion chromosome II is clearly the LI and

chromosome I is the L2, which is often longer than the

LI (Figure 3C). In Poellnitzia chromosome I is the LI

(Figure 4C).

In the case of Poellnitzia the short arms of the long

chromosomes, with the exception of the longest long

chromosome (I), and the long arms of the short chromo-

somes appeared to be thinner in their mid-region than at

either end (Figure 4). These thin regions [secondary

constrictions sensu Sharma & Mallick (1966)] have been

used as the basis for the establishment of a number of

different types of chromosomes (Sharma & Mallick 1966).

As Brandham (1971) justifiably remarks, the constrictions

could possibly be due to variations in the degree of coiling

of the chromatids and are structurally insignificant.

Thinner regions on the chromosomes were virtually absent

from Chortolirion , with the exception of satellites present

on the short arms of the two shortest long chromosomes

(IV) (Figure 3).

The chromosome count of Poellnitzia agrees with that

reported by Resende (1937), Viveiros (1949), Riley (1961)

and Majumdar & Riley (1972), but the chromosome

morphology differs in that the latter workers reported

satellites as being present on the long arms of two long

chromosomes [LI and L4 sensu Majumdar & Riley

(1972)]. In the present study no satellites were observed

in Poellnitzia (Figure 4). The differences in karyotype

morphology between published and observed data indicate

the existence of chromosomal variability in Poellnitzia.

It is noteworthy that considerable variation in the number

and position of satellites has also been reported for other

species of Alooideae genera (Brandham 1971; Spies &

Hardy 1983). This karyotype character therefore appears

to be taxonomically insignificant.

Knowledge of chromosome morphology in closely

related taxa is of primary importance in biosystematic and

taxonomic studies. In the Alooideae studies of karyotypes

are particularly informative, where the asymmetry in size

within complements can assist in determining the progress

of chromosome alteration and its consequences. However,

some doubt still exists with regard to the phylogenetical

significance of certain karyological aspects, such as overall

size of chromosomes. Majumdar & Riley (1972) have, for

example, suggested that in the species of the various genera

of Alooideae, reduction in chromosome size is paralleled

by a reduction in size and specialization of the plant. In

contrast, Brandham (1983) has shown that, at least in Aloe ,

there is a gradation from smaller chromosomes in primi-

tive species to larger ones in advanced species. The latter

are often highly adapted miniatures. Similarly, the

chromosomes of Gasteria are larger than those of Aloe

(Brandham 1990). Gasteria is generally regarded as

phylogenetical ly more advanced than Aloe (Van Jaarsveld

1989). The karyotypes of species of Gasteria are also more

acutely bimodal than those of species of the more primitive

Aloe. Based on chromosome size and increased bimodality

Poellnitzia would therefore appear to be more advanced

than Chortolirion. However, the complexity of interpreting

taxa of the Alooideae as either primitive or advanced, is

illustrated by the suggestion of Hayashi (1987), based on

callus characteristics, that Poellnitzia is a relict of early

Alooideae. For Chortolirion , a close affinity was suggested

with Haworthia subgenus Haworthia , a derived group. It

is therefore clear that a multidisciplinary approach should

be followed when drawing conclusions regarding the

phylogenetic position of Alooideae taxa. In such studies

wide-ranging karyological analyses will be of crucial

importance (cf. Carter et al. 1984).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This work was partly supported by a research grant from

the Potchefstroom University for Christian Higher

Education. Prof. J.J. Spies of the Department of Botany

and Genetics, University of the Orange Free State and

Mmes E.J.L. Saayman and H. du Plessis, both of the form-

er Plant Structure and Function Division of the NBI, are

thanked for instruction during a workshop on Plant

Cytogenetics held under the auspices of the Plant

Systematics Stimulation Programme of the Foundation

for Research Development. I am indebted to Dr PE.

Brandham for useful discussions during a visit (1988) to

the Jodrell Laboratory of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

REFERENCES

BAYER, M.B. 1974. Haworthias— small relatives of Aloe. Excelsa 4:

17-24.

BRANDHAM, RE. 1969. Chromosome behaviour in the Aloineae. II.

The frequency of interchange heterozygosity. Chromosoma (Berl. )

27: 216 - 225.

BRANDHAM, P.E. 1971. The chromosomes of the Liliaceae: 11. Poly-

ploidy and karyotype variation in the Aloineae. Kew Bulletin 25:

381-399.

BRANDHAM, P.E. 1973. The production of new hybrids in the Aloineae.

National Cactus and Succulent Journal 28: 16—19.

BRANDHAM, P.E. 1982. Inter-embryo competition in the progeny of

autotriploid Aloineae (Liliaceae). Genetica 59: 29—42.

BRANDHAM, P.E. 1983. Evolution in a stable chromosome system.

In P.E. Brandham & M.D. Bennett, Kew Chromosome Conference

II: 251-260. Allen & Unwin, London.

BRANDHAM, P.E. 1990. Meiotic crossing-over between sites on

opposite sides of the centromeres of homoeologues is frequent

in hybrid Aloeaceae. Genome 33: 170—176.

BRANDHAM, P.E. & CUTLER, D.F. 1978. Influence of chromosome

variation on the organisation of the leaf epidermis in a hybrid

Aloe (Liliaceae). Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 77:

1-16.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

175

BRANDHAM, P.E. & CUTLER, D.F. 1981. Polyploidy, chromosome

interchange and leaf surface anatomy as indicators of relation-

ships within Haworthia section Coarctatae Baker (Liliaceae—

Aloineae). Journal of South African Botany 47: 507- 546.

BRANDHAM, P.E. & JOHNSON, M.A.T. 1977a. Population cytology

of structural and numerical chromosome variants in the Aloineae

(Liliaceae). Plant Systematics and Evolution 128: 105—122.

BRANDHAM, P.E. & JOHNSON, M.A.T. 1977b. The meiotic behaviour

of inversions in polyploid Aloineae. II. Pericentric inversions.

Chromosoma (Berl.) 62: 85-91.

BRANDHAM, P.E. & JOHNSON, M.A.T. 1982. Polyploidy and

chromosome interchange in Aloe (Liliaceae) from Somalia. Kew

Bulletin 37: 389-395.

CARTER, S., CUTLER, D.F., REYNOLDS, T. & BRANDHAM, P.E.

1984. A multidisciplinary approach to a revision of the Aloe

somaliensis complex. Kew Bulletin 39: 611—633.

CUTLER, D.F. , BRANDHAM, P.E., CARTER, S. & HARRIS, S.J.

1980. Morphological, anatomical, cytological and biochemical

aspects of evolution in East African shrubby species of Aloe

L. (Liliaceae). Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 80:

293-317.

DAHLGREN, R.M.T., CLIFFORD, H.T. & YEO, P.F. 1985. The families

of the Monocotyledons: structure, evolution and taxonomy.

Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

GRAF, A .B. 1980. Exotica 3. Pictorial cyclopedia of exotic plants from

tropical and near-tropic regions, 10th edn. Roehrs Company,

Publishers, East Rutherford, New Jersey.

HAYASHI, M. 1987. Callus characteristics and classification of Hawor-

thia and allied genera. South African Journal of Botany 50:

411-423.

JACOBSEN, H. & ROWLEY, G.D. 1955. Some name changes in

succulent plants. Part II. National Cactus and Succulent Journal

10: 31, 32, 80, 81.

JACOBSEN, H. & ROWLEY, G.D. 1973. Some name changes in

succulent plants. Part V. National Cactus and Succulent Journal

28: 4-7.

LEVAN, A., FREDGA, K. & SANDBERG, A. A. 1964. Nomenclature

for centromeric position on chromosomes. Hereditas 52: 201 —

220.

MAJUMDAR, S.K. 1968. Morphology, cytogenetics and evolution of

the tribe Aloineae. Ph.D dissertation. University of Kentucky,

Lexington.

MAJUMDAR, S.K. & RILEY, H P. 1972. Chromosome morphology

in Astroloba and Poellnitzia. The Nucleus 15: 85—91.

MOGFORD, D.J. & RAUTENBACH, J.C. 1981. Chromosome studies

in the southern African flora: 25—28. Journal of South African

Botany 47: 783—788.

MOTOHASHI, T., KANO, K., HAYASHI, M. & KONDO, N. 1985.

Relationship between polyploidy and geographical distribution

in Tessellata group in the genus Haworthia (Liliaceae-Aloineae).

Research Institute of Evolutionary Biology Scientific Report 2:

87-94.

MULLER, F.S. 1941. ’n Sitologiese studie van 'n aantal A/oe-soorte.

I. Gromosoomgetalle. Tydskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns 2 (new

series): 99-104.

PIENAAR, R. DE V. 1955. Combinations and variations of techniques

for improved chromosome studies in the Gramineae. Journal of

South African Botany 21: 1—8.

RESENDE, F. 1937. Uber die Ubiquitat der SAT-Chromosomen bei den

Blutenpflanzen. Planta 26 : 757- 807.

RILEY, H P. 1948. Chromosome studies in a hybrid between Gasteria

and Aloe. American Journal of Botany 35: 645—650.

RILEY, H.P. 1959a. Polyploidy in South African species of Aloe.

American Journal of Botany 46: 126-129.

RILEY, H P. 1959b. Polyploidy in Gasteria and Haworthia. Bulletin of

the Torrey Botanical Club 86: 81-87.

RILEY, H.P. 1959c. Chromosome studies in Gasteria species and hybrids.

Cytologia 24: 438—446.

RILEY, H.P. 1961. Chromosome numbers in Gasteria, Astroloba and

hybrids. Journal of South African Botany 27: 65-71.

RILEY, H.P. & MAJUMDAR, S.K. 1965. Some polyploid plants of

Haworthia. Canadian Journal of Genetics and Cytology 1: 357,

358.

RILEY, H.P. & MAJUMDAR, S.K. 1966. Two new translocations in

Haworthia. Canadian Journal of Genetics and Cytology 8:

356.

RILEY, H.P. & MAJUMDAR, S.K. 1979. The Aloineae: a biosystematic

survey. The University Press of Kentucky, Lexington.

ROLLINS, R.C. 1953. Cytogenetical approaches to the study of genera.

Chronica Botanica 14: 133—139.

ROWLEY, G.D. 1968. Rowley reporting, Gastroleas. National Cactus

and Succulent Journal 23: 57.

ROWLEY, G.D. 1976. Aloe breeding in England. Aloe 14: 21-23.

ROWLEY, G.D. 1980. Name that succulent. Stanley Thornes Publishers,

Cheltenham.

ROWLEY, G.D. 1982. Intergeneric hybrids in succulents. National Cactus

and Succulent Journal 37: 2—6, 45—49, 76—80, 119.

SHARMA, A.K. & MALLICK, R. 1966. Interrelationships and evolution

of the tribe Aloineae as reflected in its cytology. Journal of

Genetics 59: 20—47.

SMITH, G.F. 1988. A scanning electron microscopic investigation

of the pollen morphology of Chortolirion Berger (Aloineae;

Liliaceae). South African Journal of Science 84: 428-430.

SNOAD, B. 1951. Chromosome numbers of succulent plants. Heredity

5 : 279 -283.

SPIES, J.J. & HARDY, D.S. 1983. A karyotypic and anatomical study

of an unidentified liliaceous plant. Bothalia 14: 215—217.

VAN DER SCHUFF, H.P. & ROBBERTSE, P.J. 1976. Praktiese plant-

anatomie. Van Schaik, Pretoria.

VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1989. A revision of the genus Gasteria

(Asphodelaceae). M.Sc. thesis. University of Natal, Pieter-

maritzburg.

VIVEIROS, A. 1949. Karyological studies on the Aloinae. VI. Poly-

ploidy, asynchronous chromonemata multiplication and general

karyotype. Portugaliae acta biologica, Serie A, Vol. 200—230.

Goldschmidt.

VOSA, C.G. & BAYER, M B. 1981. Chromosome studies in the southern

African flora: 10—21. Journal of South African Botany 47:

687-700.

VOSA, C.G. & MOGFORD, D.J. 1981. Chromosome studies in the

southern African flora: 4—6. Journal of South African Botany

47: 7-10.

■

Bothalia 21,2: 177-189 (1991)

Invasive alien woody plants of the northern Cape

L. HENDERSON*

Keywords: alien, invasive woody plants, Kalahari, Nama-Karoo Biome, northern Cape, Prosopis spp., roadside survey. Savanna Biome

ABSTRACT

The frequency and abundance of invasive alien woody plants were recorded along roadsides and at watercourse crossings

in 31% (90/286) of the quarter degree squares in the study area. The survey yielded 23 species of which the most prominent

invaders were Prosopis spp. The most prominent remaining species were: Opuntia ficus-indica, Nicotiana glauca and Melia

azedarach.

The greatest abundance and diversity of alien invader plants were recorded near human settlements. More than half of

the total recorded species have invaded perennial riverbanks. The episodic Molopo and Kuruman Rivers have been invaded

almost exclusively by Prosopis spp., which in places have formed extensive stands.

UITTREKSEL

Die frekwensie en volopheid van uitheemse houtagtige indringerplante is langs paaie en by oorgange oor waterlope in

31% (90/286) van die kwartgraadvierkante in die studiegebied aangeteken. Daar is 23 spesies aangetref waarvan die prominentste

indringers Prosopis spp. was. Die prominentste oorblywende spesies was Opuntia ficus-indica, Nicotiana glauca en Melia

azedarach.

Uitheemse indringerplante was die volopste en het in die grootste verskeidenheid voorgekom naby plekke waar mense

woon. Meer as die helfte van die spesies wat aangeteken is, het die oewers van standhoudende riviere ingeneem. Die tydelike

Molopo- en Kurumanriviere is feitlik uitsluitlik ingeneem deur Prosopis spp. wat op sommige plekke uitgestrekte stande

gevorm het.

CONTENTS

Introduction 177

Survey history and objectives 177

The study area 177

Method 178

Sampling method 178

Abundance ratings 179

Sampling level achieved 179

Data treatment — formulae used 179

Frequency 179

Prominence value 180

Mean species abundance rating in roadside and

veld habitats 180

Mean abundance of invaders per km in roadside

and veld habitats 180

Results 180

The streambank habitat 180

The whole study area 180

Analysis according to veld type 182

Analysis according to species 182

Frequency 182

Prominence 182

Roadside and veld habitats 182

The whole study area 182

Analysis according to veld type 182

Analysis according to species 182

Frequency 182

Prominence 182

Patterns of invasion 182

* Plant Protection Research Institute, Department of Agricultural

Development; stationed at the National Botanical Institute, Private Bag

X101, Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1990-11-29.

Discussion 183

Sampling level achieved and validity of results .. 183

Prominent and potentially important species 183

Relation of invasion to environmental factors 187

Conclusion 188

Acknowledgements 188

References 188

Appendix 189

INTRODUCTION

Survey history and objectives

This study of the northern Cape is the fourth of eight

regional surveys which together are designed to reflect

invasion by woody alien plants in the Republic of South

Africa as a whole. Surveys have been completed for the

Transvaal (Henderson & Musil 1984), Natal (Henderson

1989) and Orange Free State (Henderson 1991). This

survey of the northern Cape was undertaken in April 1989.

The objectives of the survey are: to produce a checklist

of the major invasive alien woody plants of streambank,

roadside and veld habitats in the study area; to determine

the pattern of alien woody invasion as a whole and for in-

dividual species; to attempt to relate distribution to

environmental factors and to determine which are the most

prominent and potentially important invaders.

The study area

The study area is the Cape Province north of the Orange

River. It is bounded by Botswana in the north, Namibia

in the west, and the Transvaal and Orange Free State in

the east. It lies between latitudes 25° and 30°S and longi-

tudes 20° and 26°E (Figure 1).

178

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

FIGURE 1.— The study area, showing the major physical features and

its relation to surrounding territories.

The study area incorporates the southern end of the

Kalahari basin which is a virtually continuous surface of

red or whitish sand stretching from the Orange River in

the south to equatorial Africa in the north (Wellington

1955). Longitudinal dune ridges are most strongly

developed in the south-western parts of the study area.

Towards the east the sand forms a flat to undulating

surface. The altitude of this sandy area ranges from 600

to 1 200 m above sea level (King 1951). The southern

periphery of the basin is bordered by a plateau of higher-

lying rocky terrain. The most prominent features are the

Langeberg, Kuruman and Asbestos Mountains and the

Ghaap Plateau (Figure 1). The latter lies about 1 500 m

above sea level and is an outlier of the extensive Highveld

plateau of South Africa, detached from it by the Harts,

Vaal and Orange Rivers.

The major rivers draining the plateau of the study area

are the Orange, Vaal, Harts and Riet Rivers, all of which

are usually perennial and flow from east to west. The

Kalahari basin is drained by the Molopo and Kuruman

Rivers from the east, and the Auob and Nossob Rivers

from the north-west. All four rivers converge in the centre

of the basin, the Molopo receiving the other three as tribu-

taries. These rivers are usually dry, flowing only for short

periods during abnormally wet seasons. The rare flood-

waters that reach the lower course of the Molopo River

are diverted by a sand dune across the old river course

into a large pan (Leistner 1967).

The climate ranges from arid in the west to semi-arid

in the east (Schulze & McGee 1978). Rain falls mainly

in summer and is extremely variable (Tyson 1986). The

mean annual rainfall ranges from less than 200 mm in the

west to about 500 mm in the east (King 1951). Summers

are very hot with temperatures frequently exceeding 30°C

(Tyson 1986) and maximum temperatures generally in the

vicinity of 40°C and occasionally higher (Bands & Britton

1977; Leistner 1967). Winter temperatures can drop below

0°C (at least 30 days per annum in the east) (Tyson 1986)

and frost varies from light in the west to moderate in the

central and eastern parts (Poynton 1972).

There are two biomes. Savanna and Nama-Karoo, in the

study area (Rutherford & Westfall 1986) (Figure 2). The

Savanna Biome, characterized by the codominance of

hemicryptophytes (mainly grasses) and phanerophytes

(trees and shrubs) is situated in the central and eastern

semi-arid parts. The Nama-Karoo Biome, characterized

by the codominance of hemicryptophytes (mainly grasses)

and chamaephytes (dwarf shrubs), is situated in the

western arid parts. Both these Biomes incorporate parts

of the Kalahari basin and the stony plateau.

Seven Acocks Veld Types (Acocks 1988) occur in the

study area (Table 1) of which Kalahari Thomveld (No. 16)

is the most extensive and occupies the greater part of the

region. This is a very broad veld type and occurs in one

of Acocks’s most under-sampled areas (Rutherford & West-

fall 1986). More intensive studies by Gubb (in prep.) have

revealed 21 major vegetation units in the northern Cape

Savanna alone.

Rutherford & Westfall’s (1986) delineation of the Savanna

and Nama-Karoo Biomes cuts across Acocks’s Veld Type

categories in this region (Table 1). The main reason for

this is the occurrence of different life form combinations

in the same veld types (Rutherford & Westfall 1986).

The greater part of the study area is sparsely populated

and is used for stock farming. The eastern regions of the

Savanna Biome are primarily cattle farming areas, whereas

the western regions of the Savanna Biome and the Nama-

Karoo Biome are sheep farming areas (Gubb 1985).

Intensive agricultural land use is mainly restricted to the

land bordering the perennial rivers.

METHOD

Sampling method

The method used in this survey was basically the same

as that used in previous surveys but with changes to the

abundance scale for streambank habitats recommended by

Henderson (1989) (see next subheading). The presence and

abundance of all naturalized alien trees and large shrubs

were recorded for each veld type category, habitat type

(roadsides and adjoining veld, and streambanks) and

Biome boundary

• Survey route

H

Intensive site

FIGURE 2.— The study area, showing its biomes [after Rutherford &

Westfall (1986)], survey route and intensive sites.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

179

TABLE 1— Biomes [according to Rutherford & Westfall (1986)], Acocks

Veld Type groupings and Veld Type numbers (Acocks 1988)

sampled in the study area

quarter degree/fifteen minute square traversed by road.

Seven quarter degree squares were selected for more

intensive surveying (Figure 2). They may be used at a later

date for a quick resurvey of the study area to assess any

changes that may have taken place.

Recordings of roadside and veld invaders were made

from a moving vehicle along road transects of between

five and ten kilometres in length. The average transect

length was 8,9 km for the general survey and 5,0 for

intensive sites. Abundance estimates were based on the

frequency of encounter of invader species within each

transect. Recordings of streambank invaders were made at

watercourse crossings or at regular five kilometre inter-

vals along watercourses with few or no crossings. The latter

situation applied to the dry riverbeds of the Kuruman,

Nossob and Molopo Rivers where roads travelled were

either adjacent to the watercourses or in the riverbeds.

An unusual situation arose during this survey in that

most of the roads used to survey the Nama-Karoo Biome

followed watercourses very closely. Roadside recordings

were continued as normal along these routes even though

at times the road travelled was in the riverbed. This must

be taken into account when interpreting the results for

invaders of roadside and veld habitats in the Nama-Karoo

Biome.

Abundance ratings

The abundance ratings for invaders of roadside and veld

habitats and streambank habitats are given in Table 2.

Henderson (1989) recommended that the abundance scale

for streambank habitats be revised or replaced with a

cover-abundance scale. In this survey the Braun-Blanquet

cover-abundance scale has been used. Like the scale used

in previous surveys, it has seven numbered ratings. The

ratings in the old and new scales are roughly comparable.

The new scale differs from the Braun-Blanquet scale,

which is numbered from one to five with two ratings, r

and +, below one. The upper four scale values refer only

to cover, which is understood as the vertical crown or

shoot-area projection per species. The lower scale values

are primarily estimates of abundance, that is number of

individuals per species (Mueller-Dombois & Ellenberg

1974). Whereas the Braun-Blanquet scale is intended to

be applied to a reference area of uniform size, this has

not been the case in this survey. Instead the reference area

has been defined by the width of the watercourse and the

distance (up to 100 m on either side of the crossing) to

which invaders can be observed.

Sampling level achieved

The sampling level achieved was 31% (90 out of the total

286 quarter degree squares) at an average of 22,8 km

travelled per square. An average of 17,7 km of road

transects were sampled per quarter degree square for abun-

dance estimates of roadside and veld invaders.

The coverage of each biome, Acocks Veld Type group-

ing and the whole study area is given in Table 3.

Data treatment — formulae used

Frequency

The percentage frequency of occurrence of a species x

in a given category (biome or study area) y was calculat-

ed as follows:

No. of watercourse recordings/road transects in

category y having species x

frequency = x 100

total no. of watercourse recordings/road transects

in category y

TABLE 2. — Abundance ratings

Approximate numbers of individuals/groups per 10 km transect.

180

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

TABLE 3. — Sampling coverage of each biome, Acocks Veld Type grouping and the study area

* This represents the distance along which abundance recordings were made. Total distance along which observations were made is approxi-

mately 1,3 times that given.

Prominence value

The prominence value is a combined measure of a

species’ frequency and abundance relative to that of all

other species within a given category (biome or study

area).

In streambank habitats the prominence value for species

x in category y was calculated as follows:

total weighted abundance of species x

in category y

x 100

sum of the weighted abundances of all

species in category y

prominence value = +

frequency of species x in category y

x 100

sum frequency of all species in

category y

The abundance ratings were weighted according to the

minimum percentage cover in each scale rating (see Table

2). Thus ratings 7, 6, 5 and 4 had weighted values of 75,

50, 25 and 5 respectively. Ratings 1, 2 and 3 each had

weighted values of 1.

In roadside and veld habitats the prominence value for

a species x in category y was calculated as follows:

total abundance* of species x in cate-

gory y

sum of the abundances* of all species

in category y

prominence value = +

frequency of species x in category y

sum frequencies of all species in

category y

x 100

x 100

Mean species abundance rating in roadside and veld

habitats (see Table 7)

The mean abundance rating** of species x in a given

category (biome or study area) y was calculated as fol-

lows:

* each abundance rating was expressed in numbers of individuals or

groups recorded per transect (see Table 2). To be both conservative

and consistent the minimum number was used in each instance, e.g.

an abundance rating of 5 over ten kilometres = 50 and an abundance

rating of 5 over five kilometres = 25.

** mean no. of individuals or groups per 10 km converted to rating (see

Table 2).

mean no. of

individuals

or groups

per 10 km

total no. of individuals or groups of species

x in category y

total distance along which species x was

rated in category y

Mean abundance of invaders per km in roadside and veld

habitats (see Table 5 and Figure 4)

The mean abundance of invaders per kilometer in a

given category (biome or study area) y/quarter degree

square z was calculated as follows:

total abundance* of all species in category y/quarter

degree square z

Mean abundance =

total kilometres rated for abundance estimates

in category y/quarter degree z

RESULTS

The survey yielded 23 naturalized alien species. These

species are listed in the Appendix together with a further

13 species of trees and large shrubs which were obtained

from Gubb (1985) and Brown & Gubb (1986). The distri-

butions and high abundance areas of the 12 most promi-

nent species are given in Figure 6.

In previous surveys the results were presented for each

biome and their constituent veld type categories based on

Acocks’s Veld Type groupings. In this survey the results

are only presented for each of the biomes as a whole. There

are two reasons. Firstly, insufficient data was obtained for

the separate analysis of the Karoo and False Karoo veld

type categories. Secondly, as can be deduced from the

introduction, Acocks’s Veld Type categories are in need

of revision in the study area.

The streambank habitat

The whole study area

One hundred and ninety four watercourse crossings were

sampled in which 14 species were recorded, with up to

eight species in one sample (Table 4). Invaders were

present at 46,4% of all crossings and 7,2% of all cross-

ings were heavily invaded (Table 4).

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

181

TABLE 4, — Streambank statistics for each biome and the study area

* 1 or more species scored an abundance rating of 5 or more.

** invaders present.

TABLE 5. —Statistics for roadside and veld habitats in each biome and the study area

* 1 or more species scored an abundance rating of 5 or more.

** see data treatment — formulae used.

TABLE 6. — Alien species occurring in streambank habitats

F = % frequency of occurrence; 1 = % crossings heavily invaded; P = prominence value; * species occurring in the given category but

not included in a formal recording at a watercourse crossing.

182

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

Analysis according to veld type

There was more invasion in the Nama-Karoo Biorrie than

the Savanna Biome in terms of percentage crossings

invaded and percentage crossings heavily invaded (Table

4)-

Analysis according to species

Frequency

Only Nicotiana glauca and Prosopis spp. were recorded

at 10% or more crossings in the whole study area (Table

6). Prosopis spp. were by far the most frequently en-

countered species in the whole study area (33,0%) and

particularly in the Nama-Karoo Biome (48,6%). They were

much less frequent in the Savanna Biome (13,8%) but were

still, along with Nicotiana glauca (13,8%) and Melia

azedarach (11,5%), the most frequently recorded species.

Prominence

Prosopis spp. were the most prominent invaders in the

study area with a prominence value of 139,6 out of a

combined total for all species of 200 (Table 6). They were

particularly prominent in the Nama-Karoo Biome where

they were heavily invasive (i.e. scored an abundance rating

of 5 or more) at 10,3% of all watercourse crossings (Table

6). Only Eucalyptus sp. cf. camaldulensis and Nicotiana

glauca were also recorded as heavily invasive but much

less frequently (Table 6).

Roadside and veld habitats

The whole study area

Ninety quarter degree squares and 198 road transects

were sampled in which 20 species were recorded. Up to

10 species were recorded per quarter degree square.

Invaders were recorded in 86,4% of all road transects

sampled and 10,1% of all transects were heavily invaded

(Table 5).

Analysis according to veld type

More invasion was recorded in the Nama-Karoo Biome

than in the Savanna Biome in terms of percentage tran-

sects heavily invaded and the mean abundance of invaders

per km. However, more species were recorded and a great-

er percentage of road transects were invaded in the Savanna

Biome (Table 5).

Analysis according to species

Frequency

The most frequently recorded species in the study area

were: Prosopis spp. (54,5%), Opuntia ficus-indica

(41,9%), Melia azedarach (18,7%) and Nicotiana glauca

(12,6%) (Table 7).

Prosopis spp. with a percentage frequency of 81,4% were

by far the most frequently recorded species in the Nama-

Karoo Biome. They were the only species to be recorded

in more than 10% of all transects in the biome.

The most frequently recorded species in the Savanna

Biome were Opuntia ficus-indica (56,8%), Prosopis spp.

(43,2%) and Melia azedarach (26,6%). Other species

which were less frequent but which were recorded in more

than 10% of all transects were Nicotiana glauca , Opuntia

sp. cf. robusta cultivars and Agave americana.

Prominence

Prosopis spp. scored the highest prominence values in

the whole study area (109,8) and in the Nama-Karoo Bi-

ome (186,5) (Table 7). Opuntia ficus-indica was the most

prominent invader in the Savanna Biome with a promi-

nence value of 65,2 followed by Prosopis spp. and Melia

azedarach .

Prosopis spp. were the only species recorded as heavily

invasive (i.e. scored an abundance rating of 5 or more)

in the Nama-Karoo Biome. In the Savanna Biome Prosopis

spp., Opuntia ficus-indica and Nicotiana glauca were the

only species recorded as heavily invasive.

Patterns of invasion

In roadside and veld habitats there was a general trend

for increased species diversity of alien woody invaders

from the arid west to the less arid east (Figure 3). In

streambank habitats there was no clear west-east trend

(Figure 4) but rather a trend for increased species diversity

from dry or seasonal rivers to perennial rivers. For

example, only three species were recorded along the

Kuruman, Molopo amd Nossob Rivers while up to nine

species were recorded along each of the Orange and Vaal

Rivers and a combined total of 13 species along both rivers.

| o | 1 or more species invasive, but no formal recordings

E3 1 or more road transects invaded

E 1 or more species very locally abundant

m 1 or more road transects heavily invaded

1^ more than 7 but less than 15 species per quarter degree square

FIGURE 3. —Invasion in roadside and veld habitats in terms of the

intensity of invasion of road transects and species diversity per

quarter degree square.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

183

E23 1 or more river crossings invaded

m 1 or more river crossings heavily invaded

□a more than 3 but less than 10 species per quarter degree square

FIGURE 4. — Invasion in streambank habitats in terms of the intensity

of invasion of watercourse crossings and species diversity per

quarter degree square.

Heavily invaded watercourses and road transects were

almost entirely due to infestations of Prosopis spp. The

details regarding infestations of Prosopis spp. are given

in Table 8. Heavily invaded road transects occurred almost

exclusively where roads travelled were either adjacent to

seasonal or perennial watercourses such as at Upington,

Douglas and Hotazel or in dry riverbeds such as along

the Molopo and Kuruman Rivers (Figures 3 & 5). The

most severe invasion of watercourses in terms of the abun-

dance of invaders was recorded along the dry riverbed of

the Molopo River south of Witdraai and along dry or

seasonal tributaries of the Orange River between Upington

and Grootdrink (Figure 4, Table 8).

DISCUSSION

Sampling level achieved and validity of results

The sampling level achieved (31,9%) was considerably

less than in previously surveyed regions (Transvaal — 60% ,

Natal — 87%, and Orange Free State — 66%). This

was considered justifiable due to the greater aridity and

uniformity of the indigenous vegetation, smaller human

population and lesser development of the present study

area compared to previously surveyed regions. Previous

studies have shown that one can expect less invasion in

drier regions and in areas with less disturbance (Henderson

& Musil 1984; Henderson 1989, 1991).

The survey route was carefully designed to cover a wide

area, to traverse all major veld types and to sample as wide

a range of habitats as possible. More extensive sampling

of the perennial rivers, which appear to be the habitats

most susceptible to invasion, would have been desirable.

It may be possible to extend this coverage en route to the

central and western Cape regions which are to be surveyed

at a later date.

The tall grass cover over most of the study area at the

time of the survey made it difficult to see certain species,

particularly the low-growing Opuntia spp. It is suspected

that the presence of these species was sometimes over-

looked and their abundances underestimated.

Prominent and potentially important species

Most invasion in the study area can be attributed to

Prosopis spp. The identification of the taxa within this

genus is difficult because the characteristics used in iden-

tification (details of the leaflets, pods and spines) vary

under different climatic conditions and there is evidence

of hybridization (Harding 1987). As a result of these

difficulties all invasive taxa of Prosopis have been referred

to as Prosopis spp. in the results of this survey. However,

some specimens were collected and these were identified

as P glandulosa var. glandulosa , P. glandulosa var.

torreyana and P cf. velutina.

P. glandulosa var. glandulosa appeared to be the least

invasive and this is in agreement with findings by Harding

(1987). P glandulosa var. torreyana appeared to be the

most prominent invader in the densely infested area along

the Molopo River south of Witdraai. P. cf. velutina and

P glandulosa var. torreyana were prominent in the

Upington area. According to Harding (1987), P velutina

is invasive in the Mafikeng area.

At least four other species of Prosopis have been

introduced into southern Africa, the earliest known

introduction date being 1879 or before (Poynton 1990).

They were mainly introduced as a source of fodder, as they

produce highly nutritious pods, and for shade (Harding

1987; Poynton 1990). In Leistner’s (1967) study of the plant

ecology of the southern Kalahari, which includes the major

part of the Nama-Karoo Biome covered in the present sur-

vey, there is no mention of Prosopis spp.

Mean abundance per km:

Less than 2 individuals/groups

E3 2-4 H 5-20

FIGURE 5. — Invasion in roadside and veld habitats in terms of the

mean abundance of invaders per kilometre in each quarter degree

square.

184

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

TABLE 7. — Alien species occurring in roadside and veld habitats

F = % frequency of occurrence; A = mean abundance rating; P = prominence value; * species occurring in the given category but not

included in formal recordings in a road transect.

TABLE 8. — The most severe infestations of Prosopis spp.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

185

being naturalized and only P chilensis is mentioned as

a cultivated plant. Leistner (pers. comm. 1990) confirms

that at the time of his survey (1957-1963) there were no

thickets of Prosopis spp.

Invasions of Prosopis spp. only became obvious between

1976/77 and 1985 (Macdonald 1985). Macdonald (pers.

comm.) has concluded that this was probably an episodic

invasion event correlated with the exceptionally good

conditions for establishment of seedlings during the high

rainfall event of the 1970s.

Prosopis spp. have been estimated to cover an area of

200000 ha in the north-western Cape, centred around

Vanwyksvlei and Kenhardt (Harding 1987), which are

situated to the south of the study area under discussion

here. The habitats favoured are areas where ground water

is assured and which ‘unfortunately’ are also the most

fertile habitats in these arid regions (Harding 1987).

In the present study Prosopis spp. were most abundant

along the dry riverbeds of the lower Molopo and Kuruman

Rivers and tributaries of the Orange River between

Upington and Grootdrink (Figure 6). The most extensive

stands of Prosopis spp. were noted along the Molopo

River. Since roads closely follow watercourses in this

region, Prosopis spp. scored high abundance ratings in

roadside as well as veld habitats. They were not confined

to the riverbed of the Molopo River but in places had

invaded dune valleys and the lower slopes of dunes.

Prosopis seed germination is enhanced by its passage

through the digestive tract of animals (Harding 1987). This

feature and the prolific seed production of the invasive

Prosopis spp. , and the effective dispersal of seed by water,

domestic stock and a wide range of indigenous animals

(Brown & Gubb 1986), all favour the further expansion

of these species. All watercourses are potentially at risk

from invasion by Prosopis spp. and it is predicted that

without drastic control measures dense infestations could

develop along large stretches of the Molopo and Kuruman

Rivers. Cultivation along the banks of the Orange River

could prevent the development of dense stands but seed

washed down to the very arid uncultivated lower reaches

of the river outside of the study area could also result in

infestations of Prosopis spp.

A study of water-stress patterns in P glandulosa var.

glandulosa by Haas & Dodd (1972) showed that this

species, while ‘an extravagant user of readily available

water’, can protect itself from excessive stress when soil

water becomes limiting. This drought-endurance

mechanism together with its seed dispersal by many

animals suggests that Prosopis spp. may have the potential

to spread beyond watercourses to drier sites.

Hybridization could also result in the selection of hardy

forms that can invade progressively more arid habitats.

Already there have been observations of ‘habitat-linked

natural segregation’ of hybrid swarms (Poynton 1990).

‘Where mixed populations have colonised watercourses,

site variation exercises a selective influence on genotype

performance and survival, segregants resembling P.

chilensis tending to dominate on deep, alluvial soils with

a comparatively high water table, those resembling P.

glandulosa var. torreyana occupying mesic situations and

those with the velvety hairs of P. velutina being found

mostly on dry, stony slopes’ (Poynton 1990).

There appears to be little information on the ecological

impacts of invasive Prosopis spp. The dense stands that

flourish where ground water is available such as along the

Molopo River, and the evidence provided by Haas & Dodd

(1972) concerning the ‘extravagant’ water use by P

glandulosa var. glandulosa , leads one to speculate that

Prosopis spp. could have a major impact on the hydrology

of the ecosystems they invade.

Prosopis spp. were originally planted to provide shade

and fodder for livestock. However, where thickets have

developed, pod production has decreased (H.G. Zimmer-

mann pers. comm.) and the dense, thorny growth not only

restricts the movement of livestock but also results in their

injury and even death (R. Price pers. comm.).

Cattle ranching areas in the Savanna Biome could be

threatened by invasive Prosopis spp. Studies by Brown &

Archer (1989) in south-western North America have shown

that seedling emergence and survival of P. glandulosa var.

glandulosa in grasslands is enhanced by herbaceous

defoliation regardless of grazing history. They have a

hypothesis that the recent invasion of grasslands in south-

western North America by P. glandulosa var. glandulosa

is related to the introduction of cattle and the effective

dispersal of large quantities of viable seeds away from the

riverine systems to which they were largely confined.

In an integrated approach to the control of Prosopis spp. ,

research has been directed towards chemical and biological

control and a means of utilizing the plants as a source of

fodder, honey, pulp and firewood (G.B. Harding pers.

comm.). The first releases of the seed-feeding beetle

Algarobius prosopis were made in December 1987 and by

August 1989 there were favourable reports concerning their

dispersal from release sites and damage caused to Prosopis

seeds (Olckers & Harding 1989).

Several Opuntia spp. were recorded in the study area

and these occurred mainly or only in the Savanna Biome.

Opuntia ficus-indica was the most frequently recorded

species. Although it was widespread, it was rarely

abundant. Both spiny and spineless forms were recorded.

The smaller Opuntia spp. may have been underestimated,

since they were difficult to see amongst the tall grass cover

that prevailed over most of the study area. O. stricta is

known to be abundant on several farms in the Stella area

(H.G. Zimmermann pers. comm.) but only a few plants

were seen scattered along roadsides during the survey.

O. rosea has long been known to infest several farms in

the Douglas District (Stirton 1978) but only a few plants

were visible from the road. This species has also been no-

ticed at Vryburg, Jan Kempdorp and Hartswater (De Beer

1986a) and at Kathu (M.J. Wells pers. comm.).

O. imbricata is also likely to have been underestimated.

O. aurantiaca was not seen during this survey but is known

to be invasive in the south-eastern parts (Brown & Gubb

1986; Stirton 1978). All the Opuntia spp. recorded during

this survey, with the exception of the blue-leaved cultivars

(O. cf. robusta varieties), are the targets of biological

control programmes. There has been substantial control

of O. imbricata and O. ficus-indica (Zimmermann et al.

1986).

186

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

Agave americana

Arundo donax

Eucalyptus spp.

25

27

29

Melia azedarach

Nicotiana glauca

Opuntia ficus-indica

Opuntia imbricata

Opuntia sp. cf. robusta cultivars

Populus sp. cf. deltoides

Prosopis spp.

Salix babylonica Schinus molle

FIGURE 6. — Distribution of the most prominent species. Highest abundance rating of 4 or less: •. Highest abundance rating of 5 or more:

roadside and veld habitats, □; streambank habitats. A; streambank, roadside and veld habitats, O.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

187

A small cactus, possibly Trichocereus spachianus,

which has been planted as a hedge and for ornament, has

escaped locally. The much larger Cereus peruvianus

(= cf. jamacaru fide H.F. Glen pers. comm.) which is

invasive in the Savanna Biome of the Transvaal (Taylor &

Walker 1984; Henderson & Wells 1986), and reported by

Brown & Gubb (1986) as invasive in the northern Cape

savanna, was rarely seen and only as a cultivated plant.

These species should be regarded as potentially impor-

tant invaders and naturalized plants should be eradicated.

Since C. peruvianus is a declared weed in South Africa

(Republic of South Africa 1984) all cultivated plants of

this species should also be eradicated.

Nicotiana glauca is widely naturalized in southern

Africa and in South Africa the greatest densities of plants

occur in the dry western and central parts of the Cape

(Stirton 1978). It is exceedingly abundant along the lower

reaches of the Orange River through the Richtersveld (pers.

obs.) and dense infestations occur along the lower 20 km

of the Ugab River in northern Namibia (Brown & Gubb

1986). In the study area it was mostly recorded as isolated

plants or small groups of plants in disturbed places such

as along roadsides and road cuttings, around habitations,

on piles of rubble and along perennial and seasonal water-

courses.

Most Eucalyptus spp. were confined to the immediate

surroundings of habitations and plantations. However,

Eucalyptus sp. cf. camaldulensis was recorded along

watercourses far from any plantings. According to Brown

& Gubb (1986) E. camaldulensis and E. microtheca are

highly invasive in the northern Cape savanna. Apart from

their occurrence in virtually all habitats disturbed by

human agency they have invaded naturally disturbed and

undisturbed habitats. These include dry river alluvium,

episodic river banks, rocky and sandy habitats, and islands

in perennial rivers (Brown & Gubb 1986).

Most records of Melia azedarach were of isolated plants

or small groups of plants. This species was largely

confined to the Savanna Biome where it occurred most

frequently along roadsides and around habitations, but it

also occurred along perennial and seasonal watercourses.

It was only recorded along the Orange River in the Nama-

Karoo Biome. It could become an important invader of

perennial rivers judging by its success in these habitats

in other parts of South Africa (Henderson & Musil 1984;

Henderson 1989).

Salix babylonica is widely naturalized along water-

courses in the Grassland Biome of South Africa (Hender-

son in press). In the study area it was recorded mainly

along the Vaal River in the Barkly West District. Since

it only propagates vegetatively from detached branches

(Henderson in press) its further spread in the study area

will be limited to perennial and seasonal watercourses.

Arundo donax occurred mainly as small groups of plants

along the Orange and Vaal Rivers and occasionally along

roadsides, around habitations, and at watering points. Since

it is very similar in appearance to the indigenous reeds

( Phragmites spp.), there is a danger that it will spread un-

noticed. It is capable of forming dense stands by propagat-

ing vegetatively from rhizomes. In the study area it may

also spread from seed, since flowering plants were seen

at Upington.

Agave americana was seen only in the immediate

vicinity of habitations. It appears to propagate mainly

vegetatively from suckers and bulbils in South Africa. Its

spread is therefore very restricted except where plants may

be dispersed by floodwaters.

Populus sp. cf. deltoides was only prominent between

Jan Kempdorp arid Taung in the Vaalharts irrigation

scheme area where it has been planted as a windbreak for

at least 20 km. Spread from this windbreak was restricted

mainly to the adjacent veld and roadside. Its presence on

islands within perennial rivers (pers. obs. ; Brown & Gubb

1986) indicates that this species is also capable of invading

habitats undis' orbed by human activities.

Schinus molle was confined to the Savanna Biome. It

was most frequently recorded along roadsides and in

disturbed sites around habitations and mining areas but

was also seen along watercourses. Its popularity as a shade

and ornamental tree, its hardiness to drought and frost and

its fleshy fruits which are attractive to birds (Ridley 1930)

are all factors that should favour the further spread of this

species. The same predatory wasp that has been found in

the seeds of Schinus terebinthifolius and which may have

prevented it from becoming a serious weed in Natal, has

been found in the seeds of S. molle in various parts of

South Africa (S. Neser pers. comm.). This wasp, however,

appears to damage fewer seeds of S. mode than of S. tere-

binthifolius (S. Neser pers. comm.).

Relation of invasion to environmental factors

The greatest abundance and diversity of alien invader

plants were recorded in disturbed sites near human

settlements, such as the outskirts of towns, villages and

farm homesteads. Prosopis trees planted in the dry

riverbeds of the Molopo and Kuruman Rivers for shade

and fodder are probably the major source of the infesta-

tions in these sites. Domestic livestock, wild animals and

occasional floodwaters would all have assisted in the

dispersal and germination of Prosopis seed.

Evidence that Prosopis seed is dispersed by episodic

floodwaters in the southern Kalahari comes from the

Kalahari Gemsbok Park. Macdonald (1985) reports that

regular clearing operations have to be undertaken to

remove Prosopis trees which come from seed washed in

from Namibia during flood years. Seed germination of

Prosopis spp. is also only likely to occur after rains or

river floods. These conditions are necessary for the

germination of indigenous plants in the southern Kalahari

as the moisture supplies in the upper soil layers are other-

wise inadequate (Leistner 1967).

There have been at least four major flooding events in

the southern Kalahari this century. These were in 1918,

1934, 1963 (Leistner 1967) and 1972—1976 (Anon. 1974a;

Van der Walt 1976). Although the floodwaters reached the

lower Molopo River in the first three instances, there were

no Prosopis infestations recorded until after the run of high

rainfall and flooding events of the 1970s (Kruger et al.

1986; Macdonald 1985). Exceptional rainfall was record-

ed in the Kalahari Gemsbok Park in 1974-1976 (Anon.

1974a & b; Rodrigues 1987; Van der Walt 1976). The Auob

River flowed in five consecutive years from 1972—1976

(Anon. 1974a; Rodrigues 1987), the Nossob in at least

188

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

two years, 1972 and 1974 (Anon. 1974a). The Kuruman

River flowed for the first time in living memory in 1974

and again in 1975 and 1976, reaching the lower Molopo

River at Andriesvale in each instance (Haagner 1976).

Perennial rivers not only provide a reliable means

of dispersal for alien species, but conditions in the

streambank habitat may also play a role in reducing water

stress and thereby allowing acclimatization to the arid

climate. Most of the alien species which have spread far

from plantings have done so along watercourses. These

include Nicotiana glauca, Eucalyptus sp. cf. camaldu-

lensis, Prosopis spp. , Melia azedarach and Salix baby-

lonica.

Humans and animals are the most important agents in

the dispersal of the Opuntia spp. (H.G. Zimmermann pers.

comm.). O. ficus-indica, the most widespread species,

reproduces both vegetatively from detached plant parts,

and from seed which is dispersed by humans, baboons,

cattle and possibly other animals. O. stricta is very

localized at present, which suggests that only in situ vegeta-

tive propagation from plant fragments has occurred. Its

fruits are sour and therefore likely to be less attractive to

humans and animals than the fruits of O. ficus-indica.

However, it is dispersed by baboons in the Kruger National

Park (K. Maggs pers. comm.), and in Australia, where

it became a major pest, it was spread by many species

of birds and animals (Mann 1970).

Opuntia rosea and O. imbricata are spread vegetatively

from plant fragments which are easily detached. Barbed

hooks on the spines enable these fragments to become

easily attached to passing humans and animals. O. rosea

can also be dispersed by farm implements and vehicles

(De Beer 1986a, b).

CONCLUSION

Several factors have contributed to the relatively low

level of alien plant invasion in the northern Cape. The most

important of these are the arid climate and extremes of

temperature which have drastically limited the number of

alien species that could be grown here successfully.

Compared to the regions further east, there has been little

agricultural development and human settlement and hence

fewer propagules of alien plants and less disturbance of

the natural plant cover.

The invasive Prosopis spp. are a cause for major

concern. All watercourses are potentially at risk from

invasion by these species and there is a possibility that they

may spread to drier sites. Already they have formed dense

stands along stretches of the Molopo and Kuruman Rivers

and tributaries of the Orange River. Dense stands along

the episodic rivers could have a serious impact on the

hydrology of these ecosystems. This, together with the

impenetrability of the infestations and injuries caused to

livestock, could threaten the livelihood of farmers along

these watercourses.

The Opuntia spp. known to be invasive in this region

are not considered to be a serious problem since various

methods of control are available for all of them. The danger

lies in their uncontrolled spread and this applies particu-

larly to O. rosea for which there is no effective biological

control at this stage (H.G. Zimmermann pers. comm.).

There is also a danger that new species of Opuntia or other

genera of the family Cactaceae may become invasive.

The perennial rivers have been invaded by a spectrum

of alien species and the intensity of invasion is likely to

increase in the future. Until studies have been undertaken

to assess the ecological impacts of these invaders, efforts

should be made to control the spread of all alien plant

species along rivers and to discourage the planting of alien

trees along riverbanks.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I thank Mrs H. Joffe of the National Botanical Institute

for her assistance in the field.

REFERENCES

ACOCKS, J.P.H. 1988. Veld types of South Africa, 3rd edn. Memoirs

of the Botanical Survey of South Africa. No. 57.

ANON. 1974a. Desert in bloom. Custos 3,3 : 34 — 37.

ANON. 1974b. Lush splendour of the Kalahari. Custos 3,4: 10—12.

BANDS, D.R & BRITTON, P. 1977. Guide to tree-planting: arid region.

Pamphlet No. 198. Department of Forestry, Pretoria.

BROWN, J.R. & ARCHER, S. 1989. Woody plant invasion of grass-

lands: establishment of honey mesquite ( Prosopis glandulosa var.

glandulosa) on sites differing in herbaceous biomass and grazing

history. Oecologia 80: 19-26.

BROWN, C.J. & GUBB, A. A. 1986. Invasive alien organisms in the

Namib Desert, Upper Karoo and the arid and semi-arid savannas

of western southern Africa. In I.A.W. Macdonald, F.J. Kruger

& A. A Ferrar, The ecology and management of biological

invasions in southern Africa. Oxford University Press, Cape

Town.

DE BEER, H. 1986a. Rosea cactus/Roseakaktus. Weeds/Onkruid A. 13/

1986. Farming in South Africa.

DE BEER, H. 1986b. Imbricate cactus/Imbrikaatkaktus. Weeds/Onkruid

A. 14/1986. Farming in South Africa.

GUBB, A. A. 1985. A preliminary ecological synthesis of invasive alien

biota in the northern Cape and Great Karoo. McGregor Museum,

Kimberley. Unpublished.

HAAGNER, C. 1976. The Kalahari has gone crazy! Custos 5,5: 5-16.

HAAS, R.H. & DODD, J.D. 1972. Water-stress patterns in honey

mesquite. Ecology 53: 674—680.

HARDING, G.B. 1987. The status of Prosopis as a weed. Applied Plant

Science 1: 43—48.

HENDERSON, L. 1989. Invasive alien woody plants of Natal and the

north-eastern Orange Free State. Bothalia 19: 237—261.

HENDERSON, L. 1991. Invasive alien woody plants of the Orange Free

State. Bothalia 21: 73 - 89.

HENDERSON, L. in press. Alien invasive Salix spp. (willows) in the

Grassland Biome of South Africa. South African Forestry Journal.

HENDERSON, L. & MUSIL, K.J. 1984. Exotic woody plant invaders

of the Transvaal. Bothalia 15 : 297— 313.

HENDERSON, L. & WELLS, M.J. 1986. Alien plant invasions in the

grassland and savanna biomes. In I.A.W. Macdonald, F.J. Kruger

& A. A. Ferrar, The ecology and management of biological

invasions in southern Africa. Oxford University Press, Cape

Town.

KING, N.L. 1951. Tree-planting in South Africa. Journal of the South

African Forestry Association 21: 1—102.

KRUGER, F.J. , RICHARDSON, D M. & VAN WILGEN, B.W. 1986.

Processes of invasion by alien plants. In I.A.W. Macdonald, F.J.

Kruger & A. A. Ferrar, The ecology and management of biologi-

cal invasions in southern Africa. Oxford University Press, Cape

Town.

LEISTNER, O.A. 1967. The plant ecology of the southern Kalahari.

Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 38.

MACDONALD, I.A.W. 1985. Mesquite— a ‘bomb’ ready to explode.

Custos 14,6: 35—39.

MANN, J. 1970. Cacti naturalised in Australia and their control. Depart-

ment of Lands, Queensland.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

189

MUELLER-DOMBOIS, D. & ELLENBERG, H. 1974. Aims and

methods of vegetation ecology. Wiley, New York.

OLCKERS, T. & HARDING, G.B. 1989. Spread of Algarobius prosopis

in mesquite infestations. Plant Protection News Bulletin of the

Plant Protection Research Institute No. 18.

POYNTON, R.J. 1972. Silvicultural map of the Republic of South Africa

accompanying Characteristics and uses of trees and shrubs.

Bulletin No. 39. Department of Forestry, Pretoria.

POYNTON, R.J. 1990. The genus Prosopis in southern Africa. South

African Forestry Journal 152: 62—66.

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA 1984. Proclamation of Conservation

of Agricultural Resources Act, 1983 (Act 43 of 1983), No. R.74.

Government Gazette Vol. 227, No. 9238.

RIDLEY, H.N. 1930. The dispersal of plants throughout the world. Reeve,

Kent.

RODRIGUES, J. 1987. Dam in Auob can upset sensitive ecosystem.

Custos 16,5: 14—16.

RUTHERFORD, M.C. & WESTFALL, R.H. 1986. Biomes of southern

Africa — an objective categorization. Memoirs of the Botanical

Survey of South Africa No. 54.

SCHULZE, R.E. & MCGEE, O S. 1978. Climatic indices and classifi-

cations in relation to the biogeography of southern Africa. In

M.J.A. Werger, Biogeography and ecology of southern Africa.

The Hague.

STIRTON, C.H. 1978. Plant invaders — beautiful but dangerous. Depart-

ment of Nature and Environmental Conservation of the Cape

Provincial Administration, Cape Town.

TAYLOR, S.E & WALKER, B.H. 1984. Autecology of an invading popu-

lation of the cactus Cereus peruvianus (queen of the night) in

the central Transvaal. South African Journal of Botany h : 387—396.

TYSON, P.D. 1986. Climatic change and variability in southern Afri-

ca. Oxford University Press, Cape Town.

VAN DER WALT, P.T. 1976. Rain in the Kalahari. Custos 5,3: 3.

WELLINGTON, J.H. 1955. Southern Africa, a geographical study.

Volume l Physical geography. Cambridge, University Press.

ZIMMERMANN, H.G., MORAN, V.C. & HOFFMANN, J.H. 1986.

Insect herbivores as determinants of the present distribution and

abundance of invasive cacti in South Africa. In I.A.W. Macdonald,

F.J. Kruger & A. A. Ferrar, The ecology and management of

biological invasions in southern Africa. Oxford University Press,

Cape Town.

APPENDIX

The names of 36 species of naturalized alien trees and shrubs are listed. Some non-woody species are included. Names and dates in brackets:

literature references.

Agave americana L., century plant

Arundo donax L., giant reed

Atriplex nummularia Lindl., saltbush

Caesalpinia gilliesii (Wall, ex Hook.) Benth., bird-of-paradise

Cannabis sativa L. (Brown & Gubb 1986), dagga

Casuarina equisetifolia G. Forst. (Brown & Gubb 1986), horsetail tree

Cereus peruvianus (L.) Mill. [= cf. jamacaru DC. (fide H.F. Glen, pers.

comm.)] (Brown & Gubb 1986), queen of the night

Crotalaria juncea L. (Brown & Gubb 1986), deccan hemp

Eucalyptus

camaldulensis Dehnh. (Brown & Gubb 1986), red gum

microtheca F. Muell. (Brown & Gubb 1986)

sideroxylonA. Cunn. ex Woolls (Brown & Gubb 1986), black ironbark

Gleditsia triacanthos L., honey locust

Melia azedarach L., syringa

Nicotiana glauca R.C. Grah., wild tobacco

Opuntia

aurantiaca Lindl. (Brown & Gubb 1986), jointed ‘cactus’

ficus-indica (L.) Mill., sweet prickly pear

imbricata (Haw.) DC., imbricate prickly pear

rosea DC., rosea ‘cactus’

stricta Haw., pest pear of Australia

sp. cf. robusta cultivars

Parkinsonia aculeata L., Jerusalem thorn

Physalis peruviana L. (Brown & Gubb 1986), Cape gooseberry

Populus deltoides Bartr. ex Marsh. (Brown & Gubb 1986), match

poplar

Prosopis

glandulosa Torr.

var. glandulosa, mesquite

var. torreyana (Benson) Johnston

sp. cf. velutina Wooton, velvet mesquite

spp. [possibly P. chilensis (Mol.) Stuntz, P. juliflora (Swartz) DC. and

P. pubescens Bentham according to Gubb (1985)]

Ricinus communis L., castor-oil plant

Salix babylonica L., weeping willow

Schinus molle L., pepper tree

Sesbania punicea (Cav.) Benth. (Brown & Gubb 1986), red sesbania

Tamarix

ramosissima Ledeb. (Brown & Gubb 1986), pink tamarisk

? sp.

Trichocereus cf. spachianus (Lemaire) Riccobono

Bothalia 21,2: 191-213 (1991)

New taxa, new records and name changes for southern African plants

B. C. DE WET, R. ARCHER, L. FISH, G. GERMISHUIZEN, P.P. HERMAN, M. JORDAAN, S.M. PEROLD,

C. REID, J. VAN ROOY, W.G. WELMAN and H.F. GLEN*

ABSTRACT

Additions and alterations to the inventory of about 26 000 plant taxa in southern Africa are reported for the period from

February 1990 to February 1991. In this period a total of 1 080 alterations have been recorded. These changes result from

the continual surveying of taxonomic literature received by the library of the National Botanical Institute.

UITTREKSEL

Daar word vir die tydperk vanaf Februarie 1990 tot Februarie 1991 verslag gedoen oor byvoegings en veranderings aan

die lys van omtrent 26 000 planttaksons wat in suider-Afrika voorkom. Gedurende hierdie tydperk is ’n totaal van 1 080

veranderings aangeteken. Hierdie veranderings word deurlopend in die taksonomiese literatuur wat deur die biblioteek van

die Nasionale Botaniese Instituut ontvang word, opgespoor.

INTRODUCTION

This is the seventh annual publication in this series

reporting on the complete inventory of southern African

plant taxa. This inventory, maintained as the ‘Taxon’ com-

ponent of PRECIS (PREtoria Computerised Information

System), contains an up-to-date record of the taxonomic

and nomenclatural history of southern African plant taxa

over the latter half of the twentieth century.

In this report year, 1 080 name changes were recorded.

The greatest number of changes recorded in a single genus

was in Serruria, which underwent no less than 65 changes.

The format used here to report these changes continues

to follow that used in previous lists of this series (De Wet

et al. 1990 and earlier papers all listed in the references).

The number of changes recorded this year is the largest

noted since the start of this series in 1985; this statement

could be made of each year except 1986. The exact

numbers involved are listed in Table 1.

The ‘Taxon’ component of PRECIS currently holds the

names of about 26 000 taxa, of which slightly over 1 000

are naturalized aliens. This means that there has been an

increase of about 1 000 names since last year, and 2 000

names since the completion of the second edition of the

List of species of southern African plants (Gibbs Russell

et al., 1987). Numerous combinations of names have been

published, resulting in the placing of names into synonymy.

The continual addition of new taxa and re-assessment of

existing taxa emphasise the fact that the flora of southern

Africa is relatively unknown. Many of the taxonomic

revisions that are undertaken result in the description of

new taxa. As the Flora of southern Africa (FSA) project

is estimated to be only about 14% complete (with recent

accounts of about the same proportion of the flora

published elsewhere) it may be realistic to predict that over

1 000 unknown plant taxa in southern Africa await formal

description!

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1991-05-28.

TABLE 1. — Name changes recorded each year by Taxon-PRECIS

The National Botanical Institute is currently debating

whether the FSA should continue to be published in its

present form. It has been suggested that a smaller, simpler

and possibly machine-readable Prodromus to the Flora

should be published, based on the list of southern African

plant species in PRECIS.

Each contributor is acknowledged at the beginning of

the groups for which he/she is responsible. Although

staff of the National Botanical Institute, Pretoria, have

final responsibility for maintaining Taxon-PRECIS, we

acknowledge with gratitude the co-operation of other

botanists in reporting changes.

REFERENCES

DE WET, B.C. , GERMISHUIZEN, G., SCHRIRE, B.D., JORDAAN,

M., PIENAAR, B.J., WELMAN W.G., REID, C., VAN WYK,

C.M., FISH, L., IMMELMAN, K.L., VAN ROOY, J.,

PEROLD, S.M., TAUSSIG, J., BARKER, N.P. & GLEN, H.F.

1990. New taxa, new records and name changes for southern

African plants. Bothalia 20: 249—266.

DE WET, B.C. , GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E., GERMISHUIZEN, G.,

SCHRIRE, B.D., JORDAAN, M., PIENAAR, B.J., WELMAN,

W.G., REID, C., VAN WYK, C.M., FISH, L., IMMELMAN,

K.L., VAN ROOY, J., GLEN, H.F. & BARKER, N.P. 1989. New

taxa, new records and name changes for southern African plants.

Bothalia 19 : 275 -294.

GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E., REID, C., FISH, L., GERMISHUIZEN, G.,

VAN WYK, C.M., VAN ROOY, J. & STAFF 1987. New taxa,

new records and name changes for southern African plants. Botha-

lia 17: 269 -275.

GIBBS RUSSEEL, G.E., WELMAN, W.G., GERMISHUIZEN, G.,

RETIEF, E. , PIENAAR, B.J. , REID, C. , FISH, L. , VAN ROOY,

J., VAN WYK, C.M., KALAKE, E. & STAFF 1988. New taxa,

new records and name changes for southern African plants. Botha-

lia 18: 293-304.

192

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E., WELMAN, W.G., RETIEF, E., IMMEL-

MAN, K.L., GERMISHUIZEN, G., PIENAAR, B.J., VAN

WYK, C M., NICHOLAS, A., DE WET, B.C., MOGFORD,

J.C. & MULVENNA, J. 1987. List of species of southern African

plants, Edn 2, Part 2. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South

Africa No. 56.

STAFF OF THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 1985. New taxa, new

records and name changes for southern African plants. Bothalia

15 : 751-759.

STAFF OF THE "NATIONAL HERBARIUM 1986. New taxa, new

records and name changes for southern African plants. Bothalia

16: 109-118.

BRYOPHYTA Contributed by J. van Rooy

HEPATICAE 1000

R1CCIACEAE (H8) 1016

1016 -RICCIA L.

1. LEVIER. 1894. BULL. SOC. BOT. ITAL. 5:

114-115.

20. PEROLD. 1990. BOTHALIA 20,2: 197-206.

21. PEROLD. MS. FSA.

200 R. ALBOMARGINATA BISCH. EX KRAUSS

(Note change in author)

R. campbelliana Howe = R. MACROCARPA

LEVIER

1000 R. CONCAVA BISCH. EX KRAUSS

(Note change in author)

1500 R. CURTISII (AUST.) STEPH.

(Note change in author)

1675 R. GARSIDEI SIM

1800 R. LIMBATA BISCH. EX KRAUSS

(Note change in author)

1825 R. MACROCARPA LEVIER

(=R. campbelliana Howe) 1

3200 R. STRICTA (LINDENBERG) PEROLD

LEPIDOZIACEAE (H31) 1201

1204 -KURZIA VON MARTENS

2. POCS. 1984. UNIV. KARLOVA PRAHA

107-119.

50 K. CAPILLARIS (SW.) GROLLE

(=K. stephanii (Ren.) Grolle) 2

( = Microlepidozia tabularis (Steph.) S. Arnell) 2

K. stephanii (Ren.) Grolle = K. CAPILLARIS

K. succulenta (Sim) Grolle = TELARANEA

SUCCULENTA

1205 -LEPIDOZIA DUM.

2. POCS. 1984. UNIV. KARLOVA PRAHA

107-119.

L. carnosa Steph. = L. PEARSONII

150 L. CUPRESSINA (SW.) LINDENB.

( = L. natalensis Steph.) 2

(=L. truncatella Nees) 2

L. lacerata Steph. = L. PEARSONII

L. natalensis Steph. = L. CUPRESSINA

350 L. PEARSONII SPRUCE

(=L. carnosa Steph.) 2

(=L. lacerata Steph.) 2

L. truncatella Nees = L. CUPRESSINA

1206 -MICROLEPIDOZIA SPRUCE Southern African

species moved to KURZIA

M. tabularis (Steph.) S. Arnell = KURZIA

CAPILLARIS

1208 -TELARANEA SPRUCE

2. POCS. 1984. UNIV. KARLOVA PRAHA

107-119.

300 T. SUCCULENTA (SIM) GROLLE

(=Kurzia succulenta (Sim) Grolle) 2

DICRANACEAE (8) 1356

1359 -CAMPYLOPUS BRID.

3. CORLEY & FRAHM. 1982. J. BRYOL. 12: 190.

4. FRAHM. 1987. BRYOLOGISCHE BEITRAGE

7: 1-117.

75 C. AUREONITENS (C. MUELL.) JAEG.

(=C. lonchoclados C. Muell. in Geh.) 4

(=C. symonsii Sim) 4

C. basalticolus (C. Muell.) Par. =

SPHAEROTHECIUM

SUBCHLOROPHYLLOSUM

450 C. CATARRACTILIS (C. MUELL.) PAR.

(=C. pulvinatus (C. Muell.) Par.) 4

C. lonchoclados C. Muell. in Geh. = C.

AUREONITENS

C. pallidus Hook. f. & Wils. = C. PYRIFORMIS

C. pulvinatus (C. Muell.) Par. = C. CATARRACTILIS

1650 C. PYRIFORMIS (SCHULTZ) BRID.

(=C. pallidus Hook. f. & Wils.) 3

C. subchlorophyllosus C. Muell. ex Rabenh. =

SPHAEROTHECIUM

SUBCHLOROPHYLLOSUM

C. symonsii Sim = C. AUREONITENS

1374 -SPHAEROTHECIUM HAMPE

1. FRAHM. 1986. BRYOLOGIST 89,2: 152-154.

100 S. SUBCHLOROPHYLLOSUM (C. MUELL. EX

RABENH.) FRAHM

(=Campylopus basalticolus (C. Muell. Par.) 1

(=Campylopus subchlorophyllosus C. Muell. ex

Rabenh.) 1

BRYACEAE (24) 1506

1508 -BRYUM HEDW.

B. herpetineuron Ther. (Species does not occur in

southern Africa)

BARTRAMIACEAE (37) 1581

1582 -BARTRAMIDULA B.S.G. Southern African species

moved to PHILONOTIS

B. comosa Broth. = PHILONOTIS COMOSA

B. globosa (C. Muell.) Broth. = PHILONOTIS

GLOBOSA

B. globosa (C. Muell.) Broth, var. tenuicaulis (C. Muell.)

Sim = PHILONOTIS GLOBOSA

1584 -PHILONOTIS BRID.

2. GRIFFIN & BUCK. 1989. BRYOLOGIST 92,3:

376.

400 P. COMOSA (BROTH.) GRIFFIN & BUCK

(=Bartramidula comosa Broth.) 2

575 P. GLOBOSA (C. MUELL.) GRIFFIN & BUCK

(=Bartramidula globosa (C. Muell.) Broth.) 2

(=Bartramidula globosa (C. Muell.) Broth, var.

tenuicaulis (C. Muell.) Sim) 2

CRYPHAEACEAE (48) 1681

1682 — Forsstroemia Lindb. Genus moved to

LEPTODONTACEAE

LEPTODONTACEAE (48A) 1683

1683 -FORSSTROEMIA LINDB.

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

100 F. PRODUCTA (HORNSCH.) PAR.

1684 -LEPTODON MOHR

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

100 L. SMITHII (HEDW.) WEB. & MOHR.

PTEROBRYACEAE (57) 1731

1734 -ORTHOSTICHOPSIS BROTH.

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

200 O. SUBIMBRICATA (HAMPE) BROTH.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

193

NECKERACEAE (60)

1756

1758 — Pinnatella Fleisch. Genus moved to

THAMNOBRYACEAE

P. flagellacea (Mitt.) Broth, (species does not occur in

southern Africa)

THAMNOBRYACEAE (60A) 1760

1760 -PINNATELLA FLEISCH.

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

100 P. OBLONGIFRONDEA (BROTH.) BROTH.

1761 — POROTHAMNIUM FLEISCH.

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

P. capense (species insufficiently known)

P. comorense (C. Muell.) Sim = POROTRICHUM

ELONGATUM

P. hildebrandtii (C. Muell.) Fleisch. = P. STIPITATUM

P. natalense (C. Muell.) Fleisch. = POROTRICHUM

MOLLICULUM

P. pennaefrondeum (C. Muell.) Card. =

POROTRICHUM MADAGASSUM

100 P. STIPITATUM (MITT.) TOUW EX DE SLOOVER

(=P. hildebrandtii (C. Muell.) Fleisch.) 1

1762 -POROTRICHUM (BRID.) HAMPE

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

100 P. ELONGATUM (WELW. & DUB.) GEPP

(=Porothamnium comorense (C. Muell.) Sim) 1

200 P. MADAGASSUM KIAER EX BESCH.

(=Porothamnium pennaefrondeum (C. Muell.)

Card.) 1

300 P. MOLLICULUM BROTH.

(=Porothamnium natalense (C. Muell.) Fleisch.)

1

520 S. NIVEA ALSTON

S. njam-njamensis Hieron. (species does not occur in

southern Africa — specimens referable to

S. NIVEA ALSTON)

ISOETACEAE

40

HOOKERIACEAE (65)

1781

1781 -CALLICOSTELLA (C. MUELL.) MITT.

1. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

C. applanata Broth. & Bryhn = C. TRISTIS

100 C. TRISTIS (C. MUELL.) BROTH.

(=C. applanata Broth. & Bryhn) 1

(=Schizomitrium triste (C. Muell.) Ochyra) 1

1785 -DISTICHOPHYLLUM DOZ. & MOLK.

2. MAGILL. MS. FSA.

200 D. MNIIFOLIUM (HORNSCH.) SIM VAR.

MNIIFOLIUM

(=Leskeodon mniifolius (Hornsch.) Bizot.) 2

1789 — LESKEODON BROTH. Southern African species

moved to DISTICHOPHYLLUM

L. mniifolius (Hornsch.) Bizot. =

DISTICHOPHYLLUM MNIIFOLIUM

1792 -Schizomitrium B.S.G. = CALLICOSTELLA

S. triste (C. Muell.) Ochyra = CALLICOSTELLA

TRISTIS

PTERIDOPHYTA Contributed by C. Reid

PSILOTACEAE 10

10 -PSILOTUM SWARTZ

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

LYCOPODIACEAE 20

20 -LYCOPODIUM L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

SELAGINELLACEAE 30

30 -SELAGINELLA BEAUV.

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

250 S. GRISEA ALSTON

40 -ISOETES L.

7. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

300 I. GIESSII LAUNERT

I. perrieriana Iversen (species does not occur in

southern Africa — specimens referable to

I. GIESSII LAUNERT)

EQUISETACEAE 50

50 -EQUISETUM L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

OPHIOGLOSSACEAE 60

60 — OPHIOGLOSSUM L.

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

MARATTIACEAE 70

70 -MARATTIA SWARTZ

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

OSMUNDACEAE 80

80 -OSMUNDA L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

90 -TODEA WILLD.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

SCHIZAEACEAE 100

100 -ANEMIA SWARTZ

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

110 -LYGODIUM SWARTZ

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

150 L. IAPONICUM SWARTZ *

120 — MOHRIA SWARTZ

7. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

8. ROUX. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,2 : 266 -270.

9. ROUX. 1990. S. AFR. I. BOT. 56,3: 399-402.

#. PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING REID.

150 M. CAFFRORUM (L.) DESV. VAR. FERRUGINEA

J. E. & S.M. BURROWS

(=M. nudiuscula I.P. Roux) 8,#

300 M. nudiuscula I.P. Roux = M. CAFFRORUM VAR.

FERRUGINEA

400 M. RIGIDA I.P. ROUX

500 M. SAXATILIS J.P. ROUX

130 -SCHIZAEA I.E. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

GLEICHENIACEAE

140 -DICRANOPTERIS BERNH.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

150 -GLEICHENIA I.E. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

140

194

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

HYMENOPHYLLACEAE 160

160 -HYMENOPHYLLUM J.E. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

600 H. TUNBRIGENSE (L.) J.E. SM.

(Note spelling change)

170 -TRICHOMANES L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

240 T. INOPINATUM (PICHI SERM.) J.E. BURROWS

260 T. MELANOTRICHUM SCHLECHTD.

(=T. pyxidiferum L. var. melanotrichum

(Schlechtd.) Schelpe) 5

T. pyxidiferum L. var. melanotrichum (Schlechtd.)

Schelpe = T. MELANOTRICHUM

CYATHEACEAE

175

300 -ADIANTUM L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

A. phillipense L. (species does not occur in southern

Africa)

310 -ANOGRAMMA LINK

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

330 — CERATOPTERIS BRONGN.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

50 C. CORNUTA (BEAUV.) LE PRIEUR

(=C. thalictroides sensu Schelpe & Anthony) 5

C. thalictroides (L.) Brongn. (species does not occur in

southern Africa)

C. thalictroides sensu Schelpe & Anthony = C.

CORNUTA

180 -CYATHEA J.E. SM.

4. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

MARSILEACEAE 190

190 -MARSILEA L.

7. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

1050 M. NUBICA A. BR. VAR. NUBICA

AZOLLACEAE 200

200 -AZOLLA LAM.

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

SALVINIACEAE 210

210 -SALVINIA ADANS.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

DENNSTAEDTIACEAE 220

220 -BLOTIELLA A.F. TRYON

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

230 — HISTIOPTERIS (AGARDH) J. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

340 — CHEILANTHES SWARTZ

8. JACOBSEN & JACOBSEN. 1988. BOTHALIA

18,1: 57-77.

9. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

C. concolor (Langsd. & Fisch.) R. & A.F Tryon =

DORYOPTERIS CONCOLOR

770 C. HIRTA SWARTZ VAR. BREVIPILOSA W. & N.

JACOBSEN

800 C. HIRTA SWARTZ VAR. HIRTA

810 C. HIRTA SWARTZ VAR. HYALOGLANDULOSA

(W. & N. JACOBSEN) J.E. BURROWS

(=C. hyaloglandulosa W. & N. Jacobsen) 8,9

820 C. HIRTA SWARTZ VAR. INFERACAMPESTRIS

W. & N. JACOBSEN

830 C. HIRTA SWARTZ VAR. NEMOROSA W. & N.

JACOBSEN

C. hyaloglandulosa W. & N. Jacobsen = C. HIRTA

VAR. HYALOGLANDULOSA

1370 C. NIELSII JACOBSEN

350 -DORYOPTERIS J. SM.

1. SCHELPE & ANTHONY. 1986. FSA.

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

4. BURROWS & STRAUSS. 1990. BOTHALIA

20,2: 221-222.

100 D. CONCOLOR (LANGSD. & FISCH.) KUHN

(=Cheilanthes concolor (Langsd. & Fisch.) R. &

A.F. Tryon) 1,3

200 D. PILOSA (POIR.) KUHN VAR. GEMMIFERA J.E.

BURROWS & STRAUSS

240 -HYPOLEPIS BERNH.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

250 — MICROLEPIA PRESL

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

260 -PTERIDIUM SCOP.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

VITTARIACEAE 270

360 -PELLAEA LINK

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

200 P. CALOMELANOS (SWARTZ) LINK VAR.

CALOMELANOS

250 P. CALOMELANOS (SWARTZ) LINK VAR.

LEUCOMELAS (METT. EX KUHN)

J.E. BURROWS

(=P. leucomelas (Mett. ex Kuhn) Bak.) 5

P. leucomelas (Mett. ex Kuhn) Bak. = P.

CALOMELANOS VAR.

LEUCOMELAS

270 — VITTARIA J.E. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

370 -PITYROGRAMMA LINK

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

ADIANTACEAE 280

280 -ACROSTICHUM L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

380 -PTERIS L.

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

LINDSAEACEAE

390

290 — ACTINIOPTERIS LINK

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

390 -LINDSAEA DRYAND. APUD J.E. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

195

GRAMM1T1DACEAE 395

395 -GRAMMITIS SWARTZ

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

POLYPODIACEAE 410

410 — LOXOGRAMME PRESL

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

420 -MICROGRAMMA PRESL

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

430 — MICROSORIUM LINK

7. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

250 M. SCANDENS (FORST. F.) TINDALE *

435 -PHLEBODIUM J. SM.

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

450 — PLEOPELTIS H.B.K. EX WILLD.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

455 -X PLEOPODIUM SCHELPE & N.C. ANTHONY

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

460 -POLYPODIUM L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

537 — MACROTHELYPTERIS (H. ITO) CHING

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

ATHYRIACEAE 540

540 -ATHYRIUM ROTH

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

550 — CYSTOPTERIS BERNH.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

560 -DIPLAZIUM SWARTZ

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

565 — Dryoathyrium Ching

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

567 -LUNATHYRIUM KEIDSUMI

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

LOMARIOPSIDACEAE 570

570 — BOLBITIS SCHOTT

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

580 -ELAPHOGLOSSUM SCHOTT

4. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

470 — PYRROSIA MIRB.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

DAVALLIACEAE

480

ASPIDIACEAE

590 -ARACHNIODES BLUME

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

590

480 — ARTHROPTERIS J. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

600 — CTENITIS C. CHR. EX TARDIEU

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

490 -DAVALLIA J.E. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

605 -CYRTOMIUM PRESL

3. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

500 -NEPHROLEPIS SCHOTT

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

610 -DIDYMOCHLAENA DESV.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

510 -OLEANDRA CAV.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

620 -DRYOPTERIS ADANS.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

ASPLENIACEAE 520

520 -ASPLENIUM L.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

530 -CETERACH DC.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

THELYPTERIDACEAE 531

630 -HYPODEMATIUM KUNZE

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

650 -POLYSTICHUM ROTH

8. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

660 -RUMOHRA RADDI

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

532 — THELYPTERIS SCHMIDEL

10. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

670 — TECTARIA CAV.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

535 — AMPELOPTERIS KUNZE

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

680 — WOODSIA R. BR.

6. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

196

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

BLECHNACEAE 690

690 -BLECHNUM L.

7. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

50 B. ATTENUATUM (SWARTZ) METT. VAR.

ATTENUATUM

100 B. ATTENUATUM (SWARTZ) METT. VAR.

GIGANTEUM (KAULF.) BONAP.

(=B. giganteum (Kaulf.) Schlechtd.) 7

B. giganteum (Kaulf.) Schlechtd. = B. ATTENUATUM

VAR. GIGANTEUM

695 -DOODIA R. BR.

1. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

100 D. CAUDATA (CAV.) R. BR. *

700 -STENOCHLAENA J. SM.

5. BURROWS. 1990. S.A. FERNS & FERN

ALLIES.

GYMNOSPERMAE Contributed by C. Reid

ZAMIACEAE 3000

0005000 -ENCEPHALARTOS LEHM.

7. ROBBERTSE ET AL. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT. 55,1:

122-126.

8. LAVRANOS & GOODE. 1989. DURBAN MUS.

NOVIT. 14,8: 153-156.

9. VORSTER. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,2: 239-243.

50 E. AEMULANS PJ. VORSTER.

350 E. CERINUS LAVRANOS & GOODE

650 E. EUGENE-MARAISII VERDOORN SUBSP

MIDDELBURGENSIS LAVRANOS &

GOODE

(=E. middelburgensis P.J. Vorster et al.) 7,#

E. middelburgensis P.J. Vorster et al. = E.

EUGENE-MARAISII SUBSP.

MIDDELBURGENSIS

ANGIOSPERMAE

MONOCOTYLEDONAE Contributed by C. Reid

CYPERACEAE 452000

0452000 -LIPOCARPHA R. BR.

3. RAYNAL. 1976. ADANSONIA SER. 2, 16:

219-224.

4. RAYNAL. 1977. ADANSONIA SER. 2, 17:

49-57.

5. GOETGHEBEUR & V.D. BORREN. 1989.

AGRIC. UNIV. WAGENINGEN

PAPERS 89,1.

160 L. HEMISPHAERICA (ROTH) GOETGHEBEUR

(=Hemicarpha isolepis Nees) 3

(=L. isolepis (Nees) R. Haines) 5

L. isolepis (Nees) R. Haines = L. HEMISPHAERICA

165 L. MICRANTHA (VAHL) TUCKER

(=Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Pax) 3

250 L. REHMANNII (RIDLEY) GOETGHEBEUR

(=Rikliella rehmannii (Ridley) J. Raynal) 3

(=Scirpus hystrix Thunb., p.p.) 3,5

(=Scirpus hystricoides B. Nord.) 4,5

0453000 -Hemicarpha Nees & Arn. = LIPOCARPHA

H. isolepis Nees = LIPOCARPHA

HEMISPHAERICA

H. micrantha (Vahl) Pax = LIPOCARPHA

MICRANTHA

0454010 — Rikliella J. Raynal = LIPOCARPHA

R. rehmannii (Ridley) J. Raynal = LIPOCARPHA

REHMANNII

0459000 -CYPERUS L.

6280 C. ROTUNDUS L. SUBSP. ROTUNDUS VAR.

PLATYSTACHYS BOJ. EX C.B. CL.

0459030 — MARISCUS GAERTN. Revision: P.J. Vorster

(STE-U).

220 M. ARISTATUS (ROTTB.) CHERM. VAR.

ATRICEPS (KUEKENTH.) PODLECH

(Note change in species number)

0468000 -SCIRPUS L.

S. hystricoides B. Nord. = LIPOCARPHA

REHMANNII

S. hystrix Thunb., p.p. = LIPOCARPHA

REHMANNII

0469010 — ELEOCHARIS R. BR.

* #. PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING BRUHL.

1350 E. RETROFLEX A (POIR.) URB. SUBSP.

SUBTILISSIMA (NELMES) K. LYE

0525000 -CAREX L. Revision: C. Reid (PRE).

6. NELMES. 1954. MEM. N.Y. BOT. GARD. 9,1:

100.

* . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING REID.

2050 C. SPICATO-PANICULATA C.B. CL. X C.

ZULUENSIS C.B. CL.

2150 C. SYLVATICA HUDS.

LEMNACEAE 794000

0794000 -SPIRODELA SCHLEID.

3. LANDOLT. 1986. MONOGRAPH. VEROFF.

GEOBOT. INST. ETH. 71.

0795000 -LEMNA L.

3. LANDOLT. 1986. MONOGRAPH. VEROFF.

GEOBOT. INST. ETH. 71.

0796000 — WOLFFIA HORKEL EX SCHLEID.

3. LANDOLT. 1986. MONOGRAPH. VEROFF.

GEOBOT. INST. ETH. 71.

0796010 — WOLFFIELLA HEGELM.

3. LANDOLT. 1986. MONOGRAPH. VEROFF.

GEOBOT. INST. ETH. 71.

150 W. HYALINA (DEL.) MONOD

(Note change in species number)

RESTIONACEAE 804000

0804030 -ISCHYROLEPIS STEUD.

2. LINDER. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4: 450-457.

3650 I. SAXATILIS LINDER

0804100 -CALOPSIS BEAUV. EX. DESV.

2. LINDER. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4: 450-457.

2300 C. SPARSA ESTERHUYSEN

0804110 -THAMNOCHORTUS BERG.

6. LINDER. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4: 450-457.

150 T. AMOENA LINDER

1350 T. KAROOICA LINDER

0804140 -CANNOMOIS DESV.

3. LINDER. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4: 450-457.

550 C. TAYLORII LINDER

0804170 -ANTHOCHORTUS NEES

3. LINDER. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4: 450-457.

700 A. SINGULARS ESTERHUYSEN

LILIACEAE 942000

0964000 -LITTONIA HOOK.

2. BREDELL. 1936. KEW BULL. 495.

# . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING REID.

200 L. RIGIDIFOLIA BRED.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

197

0969000 -ANDROCYMBIUM WILLD. Revision: U. & D.

Muller-Doblies (Herb. M-D).

3. MULLER-DOBLIES &

MULLER-DOBLIES. 1990.

WILLDENOWIA 19 : 453 -470.

#. PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING OBERMEYER.

A. circinatum Bak. = A. VOLUTARE

A. decipiens N.E. Br. = A. LONGIPES

1200 A. EXIGUUM ROESSL. SUBSP. EXIGUUM

1220 A. EXIGUUM ROESSL. SUBSP. VOGELII (U. & D.

MULLER-DOBLIES) U. & D.

MULLER-DOBLIES

(=A. vogelii U. & D. Muller-Doblies) 3

1700 A. LONGIPES BAK.

(=A. decipiens N.E, Br.) #

(=A. natalense Bak.) #

A. natalense Bak. = A. LONGIPES

A. vogelii U. & D. Muller-Doblies = A. EXIGUUM

SUBSP. VOGELII

2500 A. VOLUTARE BURCH.

(=A. circinatum Bak.) #

0985010 -TRACHYANDRA KUNTH

4. PERRY. 1990. S. AFR. J BOT. 56,2: 257-260.

4450 T. PROLIFERA P.L. PERRY

0990000 -CHLOROPHYTUM KER-GAWL.

# . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING OBERMEYER.

C. pulchellum Kunth = C. RIGIDUM

1500 C. RIGIDUM KUNTH

(=C. pulchellum Kunth) #

1011000 — BOWIEA HARV. EX HOOK, F.

3. BRUYNS & VOSA. 1987. CARYOLOGIA 40,4:

287-297.

4. REID, MULLER-DOBLIES &

MULLER-DOBLIES. 1990. FLOWER.

PL. AFR. 51,1: T. 2007.

50 B. GARIEPENSIS V. JAARSVELD

(=B. volubilis Harv. ex Hook. f. subsp.

gariepensis (V. Jaarsveld) Bruyns) 3,4

B. volubilis Harv. ex Hook. f. subsp. gariepensis (V.

Jaarsveld) Bruyns = B. GARIEPENSIS

1012000 — ERIOSPERMUM JACQ. EX WILLD.

1350 E. CAPENSE (L.) THUNB.

(Note change in species number)

3620 E. MACRUM SCHLTR. EX V. POELLN.

(Note change in species number)

1026000 —ALOE L. Revision: H.F. Glen & D.S. Hardy (PRE).

12. SMITH. 1990. BOTHALIA 20,1: 80-82.

1400 A. BOWIEA SCHULT. & J.H. SCHULT.

(Note author correction)

10900 A. MYRIACANTHA (HAW.) SCHULT. & J.H.

SCHULT.

(Note author correction)

1027000 — GASTERIA DUVAL Revision: E. van Jaarsveld

(NBG).

3. VAN JAARSVELD. 1990. FLOWER. PL. AFR.

51,1: T. 2014.

4800 G. PILLANSII KENSIT

1047000 -TULBAGHIA L.

5. VOSA. 1982. JL S. AFR. BOT. 48: 241-244.

150 T. X ALICEAE VOSA

1520 T. LUEBBERTIANA ENGL. & KRAUSE

1089000 -ORNITHOGALUM L.

3. HILLIARD & BURTT. 1989. NOTES R. BOT.

GDN EDINB. 45,2: 195.

4. HILLIARD & BURTT. 1990. NOTES R. BOT.

GDN EDINB. 46,3: 343.

300 O. BAURII BAK.

(=0. hygrophilum Hilliard & Burtt) 3,4

O. hygrophilum Hilliard & Burtt = O. BAURII

1090000 — DRIMIOPS1S LINDL. Revision: U. & D.

Muller-Doblies (Herb. M-D).

2. JESSOP. 1972. JL S. AFR. BOT. 38: 151-162.

300 D. LACHENALIOIDES (BAK.) JESSOP

(=Resnova lachenalioides (Bak.) V.d. Merwe) 2

500 D. MAXIMA BAK.

(=Resnova maxima (Bak.) V.d. Merwe) 2

(=Resnova minor V.d. Merwe) 2

(=Resnova pilosa V.d. Merwe) 2

(=Resnova schlechteri (Bak.) V.d. Merwe) 2

(=Resnova transvaalensis V.d. Merwe) 2

1090005 -Resnova V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS

R. lachenalioides (Bak.) V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS

LACHENALIOIDES

R. maxima (Bak.) V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS

MAXIMA

R. minor V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS MAXIMA

R. pilosa V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS MAXIMA

R. schlechteri (Bak.) V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS

MAXIMA

R. transvaalensis V.d. Merwe = DRIMIOPSIS

MAXIMA

1093000 — Hyacinthus L. Southern African species moved to

POLYXENA

H. paucifolius W.F. Barker = POLYXENA

PAUCIFOLIA

1098000 — LACHENALIA JACQ. F. EX MURRAY

26. BARKER. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT. 55,6: 630-646.

#. PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING BARKER.

550 L. BOWKERI BAK.

(=L. subspicata Fourc.) #

3070 L. ORCHIOIDES (L.) AIT. VAR. GLAUCINA

(JACQ.) W.F. BARKER

(Note change in species number)

3500 L. PATULA JACQ.

(=L. succulenta Masson ex Bak.) 26

L. subspicata Fourc. = L. BOWKERI

L. succulenta Masson ex Bak. = L. PATULA

1099000 -POLYXENA KUNTH

#. PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING MULLER-DOBLIES.

200 P ENSIFOLIA (L. F.) SCHOENL.

(Note change of author)

300 P. MAUGHANII W.F. BARKER

450 P PAUCIFOLIA W.F BARKER

(=Hyacinthus paucifolius W.F Barker) #

500 P. PYGMAEA (JACQ.) KUNTH

AMARYLLIDACEAE 1166000

1167010 -SCADOXUS RAF.

150 S. MULTIFLORUS (MARTYN) RAF. SUBSP.

KATHARINAE (BAK.) FRIIS &

NORDAL

(Note change in species number)

1175000 -NERINE HERB.

100 N. ANGUSTIFOLIA (BAK.) BAK.

(Note author correction)

1189000 -CRINUM L.

1. VERDOORN. 1973. REVISION. BOTHALIA 11:

27-52.

200 C. BAUMII HARMS

(=Ammocharis baumii (Harms) Milne-Redh. &

Schweick.) 1

1190000 — AMMOCHARIS HERB.

A. baumii (Harms) Milne-Redh. & Schweick. =

CRINUM BAUMII

150 A. HERREI LEIGHTON

(Note change in species number)

1191000 -CYRTANTHUS L. F.

6. TRAUB. 1972. PLANT LIFE 28: 66.

9. HILLIARD & BURTT. 1986. NOTES R. BOT.

GARD. EDINB. 43: 189-191.

C. capensis Traub = C. SPECIOSUS

198

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

4100 C. SPECIOSUS R.A. DYER

(=C. capensis Traub) 6,9

HYPOXIDACEAE 1229010

1230000 -HYPOXIS L.

3000 H. MULTICEPS BUCHINGER EX BAK.

(Note author correction)

TECOPHILAEACEAE 1231000

1233000 — CYANELLA L. Revision: G. Scott (NBG).

3. SCOTT. 1991. S. AFR. J. BOT. 57,1: 34-54.

240 C. AQUATICA OBERM. EX G. SCOTT

260 C. CYGNEA G. SCOTT

300 C. HYACINTHOIDES L.

(=C. pentheri Zahlbr.) 3

C. krauseana Dinter & Schulze = C. RAMOSISSIMA

C. lutea L. f. var. angustifolia Schinz = C. LUTEA

500 C. LUTEA L. F.

(=C. lutea L. f. var. angustifolia Schinz) 3

(=C. lutea L. f. var. rosea Bak.) 3

C lutea L. f. var. rosea Bak. = C. LUTEA

C. racemosa Schinz = C. LUTEA

900 C. RAMOSISSIMA (ENGL. & KRAUSE) ENGL. &

KRAUSE

(=C. krauseana Dinter & Schulze) 3

VELLOZIACEAE 1246000

1247010 -XEROPHYTA JUSS.

650 X. SUAVEOLENS (GREVES) N. MENEZES

(Note change in species number)

IRIDACEAE 1259000

1272000 -FERRARIA BURM. EX MILL.

950 F. UNCINATA SWEET SUBSP. MACROCHLAMYS

(BAK.) DE VOS

(Note change in species number)

1295000 — ARISTEA AIT.

1000 A. COMPRESSA BUCHINGER EX BAK.

(Note author correction)

3700 A. SCHIZOLAENA HARV. EX BAK.

(Note author correction)

1303000 -DIERAMA K. KOCH Revision: O.M. Hilliard (E).

3. HILLIARD & BURTT. 1991. THE HAIRBELLS

OF AFRICA.

100 D. ARGYREUM L. BOL.

(=D. argyreum L. Bol. var. majus N.E. Br.) 3

D. argyreum L. Bol. var. majus N.E. Br. = D.

ARGYREUM

D. longiflorum G.J. Lewis = D. PULCHERRIMUM

1570 D. NIXONIANUM HILLIARD

1580 D. PALLIDUM HILLIARD

1900 D. PENDULUM (L. F.) BAK.

(Note author correction)

2100 D. PULCHERRIMUM (HOOK. F.) BAK.

(=D. longiflorum G.J. Lewis) 3

2550 D. SERTUM HILLIARD

1306030 -CHASMANTHE N.E. BR.

C. caffra (Bak.) N.E. Br. = TRITONIOPSIS CAFFRA

C. intermedia (Bak.) N.E. Br. = TRITONIOPSIS

INTERMEDIA

C. spectabilis (Schinz) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

MAGNIFICUS

1306070 -Petamenes Salisb. = CHASMANTHE, GLADIOLUS,

TRITONIOPSIS

P. abbreviatus (Andr.) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

ABBREVIATUS

P. caffra (Bak.) Phill. = TRITONIOPSIS CAFFRA

P. cunonia (L.) Phill. = GLADIOLUS CUNONIUS

P. intermedia (Bak.) Phill. = TRITONIOPSIS

INTERMEDIA

P. saccatus (Klatt) Phill. = GLADIOLUS SACCATUS

SUBSP. SACCATUS

P. spectabilis (Schinz) Phill. = GLADIOLUS

MAGNIFICUS

P. splendens (Sweet) Phill. = GLADIOLUS

SPLENDENS

P. steingroeveri (Pax) Phill. = GLADIOLUS

SACCATUS SUBSP. STEINGROEVERI

1306090 -DEVI A GOLDBL. & MANNING

1. GOLDBLATT & MANNING. 1990. ANN.

MISSOURI BOT. GARD. 77,2: 359-364.

100 D. XEROMORPHA GOLDBL. & MANNING

1310000 — BABIANA KER-GAWL.

5. GOLDBLATT. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,5:

577-582.

5050 B. RINGENS (L.) KER-GAWL., KONIG & SIMS

(=Antholyza ringens L.) 5

7150 B. THUNBERGII KER-GAWL., KONIG & SIMS

(=Anaclanthe namaquensis N.E. Br.) 5

(=Anaclanthe plicata (L. f.) N.E. Br.) 5

(=Antholyza plicata L. f.) 5

1311000 -GLADIOLUS L.

12. GOLDBLATT & DE VOS. 1989. BULL. MUS.

NATN. HIST. NAT., PARIS, 4E SER., 11,

SECT. B., ADANSONIA 11,4: 417-428.

# . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING REID.

50 G. ABBREVIATUS ANDR.

(=Homoglossum abbreviatum (Andr.) Goldbl.)

12

(=Petamenes abbreviatus (Andr.) N.E. Br.) #

1460 G. BONAESPEI GOLDBL. & DE VOS

(=Homoglossum merianellum (Thunb.) Bak. var.

aureum G.J. Lewis) #

(=Homoglossum merianellum (Thunb.) Bak. var.

merianellum) 12

3450 G. CUNONIUS (L.) GAERTN.

(=Anomalesia cunonia (L.) N.E. Br.) #

(=Petamenes cunonia (L.) Phill.) #

5350 G. FOURCADEI (L. BOL.) GOLDBL & DE VOS

(=Homoglossum fourcadei (L. Bol.) N.E. Br.) #

5850 G. HUTTONII (N.E. BR.) GOLDBL. & DE VOS

(=Homoglossum hollandii L.Bol.var.hollandii) #

(=Homoglossum hollandii L. Bol. var.

zitzikamense L. Bol.) #

(=Homoglossum huttonii N.E. Br.) 12

7650 G. MAGNIFICUS (HARMS.) GOLDBL.

(=Chasmanthe spectabilis (Schinz) N.E. Br.) #

(=Oenostachys zambesiacus (Bak.) Goldbl.) 12

(=Petamenes spectabilis (Schinz) Phill.) #

9350 G. OVERBERGENSIS GOLDBL. & DE VOS

(=Homoglossum guthriei (L. Bol.) L. Bol.) #

10250 G. PRIORII (N.E. BR.) GOLDBL. & DE VOS

(=Homoglossum priorii (N.E. Br.) N.E. Br.) #

10650 G. QUADRANGULARIS (BURM. F.) AIT.

(=Homoglossum quadrangulare (Burm. f.) N.E.

Br.) 12

11240 G. SACCATUS (KLATT) GOLDBL. & DE VOS

SUBSP. SACCATUS

(=Anomalesia saccata (Klatt) Goldbl.) 12

(=Kentrosiphon saccatus (Klatt) N.E. Br.) #

(=Petamenes saccatus (Klatt) Phill.) #

11260 G. SACCATUS (KLATT) GOLDBL. & DE VOS

SUBSP. STEINGROEVERI (PAX)

GOLDBL. & DE VOS

(=Anomalesia saccata (Klatt) Goldbl. subsp.

steingroeveri (Pax) Oberm. comb. nov.

ined.) #

(=Kentrosiphon saccatus (Klatt) N.E. Br. subsp.

steingroeveri (Pax) Oberm.) 12

(=Kentrosiphon steingroeveri (Pax) N.E. Br.) #

(=Petamenes steingroeveri (Pax) Phill.) #

11850 G. SPLENDENS (SWEET) HERB.

(=Anomalesia splendens (Sweet) N.E. Br.) 12

(=Petamenes splendens (Sweet) Phill.) #

12450 G. TERETIFOLIUS GOLDBL. & DE VOS

(=Homoglossum muirii (L. Bol.) L. Bol.) #

13150 G. VANDERMERWEI (L. BOL.) GOLDBL. & DE

VOS

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

199

(=Homoglossum vandermerwei (L. Bol.) L.

Bol.) #

14070 G. WATSONIUS THUNB. VAR. MACULOSUS DE

VOS & GOLDBL.

14090 G. WATSONIUS THUNB. VAR. WATSONIUS

(=Homoglossum watsonium (Thunb.) N.E. Br.)

12

1311010 -Homoglossum Salisb. = GLADIOLUS

H. abbreviatum (Andr.) Goldbl. = GLADIOLUS

ABBREVIATUS

H. fourcadei (L. Bol.) N.E. Br. = GALDIOLUS

FOURCADEI

H. guthriei (L. Bol.) L. Bol. = GLADIOLUS

OVERBERGENSIS

H. hollandii L. Bol. var. hollandii = GLADIOLUS

HUTTONII

H. hollandii L. Bol. var. zitzikamense L. Bol. =

GLADIOLUS HUTTONII

H. huttonii N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS HUTTONII

H. merianellum (Thunb.) Bak. var. aureum G.J. Lewis

= GLADIOLUS BONAESPEI

H. merianellum (Thunb.) Bak. var. merianellum =

GLADIOLUS BONAESPEI

H. muirii (L. Bol.) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

TERETIFOLIUS

H. priorii (N.E. Br.) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

PRIORII

H. quadrangulare (Burm. f.) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

QUADRANGULARIS

H. vandermerwei (L. Bol.) L. Bol. = GLADIOLUS

VANDERMERWEI

H. watsonium (Thunb.) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

WATSONIUS VAR. WATSONIUS

1311020 -Anomalesia N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

A. cunonia (L.) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS CUNONIUS

A. saccata (Klatt) Goldbl. = GLADIOLUS

SACCATUS SUBSP. SACCATUS

A. saccata (Klatt) Goldbl. subsp. steingroeveri (Pax)

Oberm. comb. ined. = GLADIOLUS

SACCATUS SUBSP. STEINGROEVERI

A. splendens (Sweet) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

SPLENDENS

1311030 — Oenostachys Bullock = GLADIOLUS

O. zambesiacus (Bak.) Goldbl. = GLADIOLUS

MAGNIFICUS

1311050 -Kentrosiphon N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

K. saccatus (Klatt) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

SACCATUS SUBSP. SACCATUS

K. saccatus (Klatt) N.E. Br. subsp. steingroeveri (Pax)

Oberm. = GLADIOLUS SACCATUS

SUBSP. STEINGROEVERI

K. steingroeveri (Pax) N.E. Br. = GLADIOLUS

SACCATUS SUBSP. STEINGROEVERI

1312000 -Antholyza L. = BABIANA, CHASMANTHE,

TRITONIOPSIS

A. lucidor Bak. = TRITONIOPSIS TRITICEA

A. plicata L. f. = BABIANA THUNBERGII

A. ringens L. = BABIANA RINGENS

1312010 -TRITONIOPSIS L. BOL.

2. GOLDBLATT. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,5:

577-582.

# . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING REID.

240 T. BURCHELLII (N.E. BR.) GOLDBL.

(=Anapalina burchellii (N.E. Br.) N.E. Br.) #

260 T. CAFFRA (KER-GAWL. EX BAK.) GOLDBL.

(=Anapalina caffra (Ker-Gawl. ex Bak.) G.J.

Lewis) #

(=Chasmanthe caffra (Bak.) N.E. Br.) #

(=Petamenes caffra (Bak.) Phill.) #

650 T. INTERMEDIA (BAK.) GOLDBL.

(=Anapalina intermedia (Bak.) G.J. Lewis) it

(=Chasmanthe intermedia (Bak.) N.E. Br.) #

(=Petamenes intermedia (Bak.) Phill.) #

1050 T. LONGITUBA (FOURC.) GOLDBL.

(=Anapalina longituba Fourc.) 2

1200 T. NERVOSA (BAK.) G.J. LEWIS

(Note: T. nervosa (Thunb.) Goldbl. is an

invalid combination.)

1650 T. PULCHRA (BAK.) GOLDBL.

(=Anapalina pulchra (Bak.) N.E. Br.) #

1950 T. TRITICEA (BURM. F.) GOLDBL.

(=Anapalina triticea (Burm. f.) N.E. Br.) #

(=Antholyza lucidor Bak.) #

2100 T. WILLIAMSIANA GOLDBL.

1312020 — Anapalina N.E. Br. = TRITONIOPSIS

(All species to be transferred to TRITONIOPSIS,

but not all combinations validly published.)

A. burchellii (N.E. Br.) N.E. Br. = TRITONIOPSIS

BURCHELLII

A. caffra (Ker-Gawl. ex Bak.) G.J. Lewis =

TRITONIOPSIS CAFFRA

A. intermedia (Bak.) G.J. Lewis = TRITONIOPSIS

INTERMEDIA

A. longituba Fourc. = TRITONIOPSIS LONGITUBA

500 A. NERVOSA (THUNB.) G.J. LEWIS

A. pulchra (Bak.) N.E. Br. = TRITONIOPSIS

PULCHRA

A. triticea (Burm. f.) N.E. Br. = TRITONIOPSIS

TRITICEA

1312030 — Anaclanthe N.E. Br. = BABIANA

A. namaquensis N.E. Br. = BABIANA THUNBERGII

A. plicata (L. f.) N.E. Br. = BABIANA THUNBERGII

1313010 — THEREIANTHUS G.J. LEWIS

2. GOLDBLATT. 1989. ANN. KIRSTENB. BOT.

GARD. 19: 143.

# . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING REID.

T. lapeyrousioides (Bak.) G.J. Lewis var. elatior G.J.

Lewis = T. MINUTUS

T. lapeyrousioides (Bak.) G.J. Lewis var.

lapeyrousioides = T. MINUTUS

550 T. MINUTUS (KLATT) G.J. LEWIS

(=T. lapeyrousioides (Bak.) G.J. Lewis var.

elatior G.J. Lewis) #

(=T. lapeyrousioides (Bak.) G.J. Lewis var.

lapeyrousioides) 2

1314000 — LAPEIROUSIA POURRET

4. GOLDBLATT. 1990. ANN. MISSOURI BOT.

GARD. 77: 430-484.

L. caudata Schinz subsp. burchellii (Bak.) Marais &

Goldbl. = L. LITTORALIS SUBSP.

LITTORALIS

L. caudata Schinz subsp. caudata = L. LITTORALIS

SUBSP. CAUDATA

L. cyanescens Bak. = L. SCHIMPERI

2020 L. LITTORALIS BAK. SUBSP. CAUDATA

(SCHINZ) GOLDBLATT

(=L. caudata Schinz subsp. caudata) 4

2040 L. LITTORALIS BAK. SUBSP. LITTORALIS

(=L. caudata Schinz subsp. burchellii (Bak.)

Marais & Goldblatt) 4

(=L. ramosissima Dinter) 4

2060 L. MASUKUENSIS VAUPEL & SCHLTR.

L. ramosissima Dinter = L. LITTORALIS SUBSP.

LITTORALIS

3000 L. SCHIMPERI (ASCHERS. & KLATT)

MILNE-REDH.

(=L. cyanescens Bak.) 4

ZINGIBERACEAE 1324000

1346000 -KAEMPFERIA L. Revision: R.M. Smith (E).

K. montagui Leighton = SIPHONOCHILUS KIRKII

K. rosea Schweinf. ex Bak. = SIPHONOCHILUS

KIRKII

1346010 -SIPHONOCHILUS WOOD & FRANKS Revision:

R.M. Smith (E).

4. LOCK. 1985. FTEA.

it . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING OBERMEYER.

200

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

150 S. KIRKII (HOOK. F.) BAK. 1705000 -BULBOPHYLLUM THOUARS

(=Kaempferia montagui Leighton) # 50 B. MALAWIENSE MORRIS

(=Kaempferia rosea Schweinf. ex Bak.) 4 (Note change in species number)

ORCHIDACEAE

1389000

POACEAE Contributed by L. Fish

9900010

1408000 -HOLOTHRIX L.C. RICH. EX HOOK. Revision: K.

Immelman (PRE).

2550 H. VILLOSA LINDL. VAR. CONDENSATA

(SOND.) IMMELMAN

(Note change in species number)

1434000 -DISA BERG.

10. LINDER. 1986. BOTHALIA 16: 56-57.

750 D. CEPHALOTES REICHB. F. SUBSP. FRIGIDA

(SCHLTR.) LINDER

(Note change in species number)

2270 D. GLANDULOSA BURCH. EX LINDL.

(Note change in species number)

2700 D. LONGICORNU L. F.

(Note new spelling)

6450 D. TRIPETALOIDES (L. F.) N.E. BR. SUBSP.

AURATA (H. BOL.) LINDER

(Note change in species number)

7000 D. VASSELOTII H. BOL. EX SCHLTR.

(Note author correction)

1436000 -MONADENIA LINDL.

2050 M. RUFESCENS (THUNB.) LINDL.

(Note author correction)

9900881 -MEGALOPROTACHNE C.E. HUBB.

3. CLAYTON. 1989. FZ 10,3: 130-133.

100 M. ALBESCENS C.E. HUBB.

(=M. glabrescens C.E. Hubb.) 3

M. glabrescens Roiv. = M. ALBESCENS

9900890 -DIGITARIA HALLER Revision: PD F. Kok (PRU).

5. GOETGHEBEUR & V.D. VEKEN. 1989. FZ

10,3: 133-178.

D. abyssinica (A. Rich.) Stapf (species not recorded in

southern Africa; regarded as distinct from

D. scalarum)

3400 D. SCALARUM (SCHWEINF.) CHIOV.

(=D. vestita Fig. & De Not. var. scalarum

(Schweinf.) Henr.) 5

D. vestita Fig. & De Not. var. scalarum (Schweinf.)

Henr. = D. SCALARUM

9901040 -BRACHIARIA (TRIN.) GRISEB.

5. CLAYTON. 1989. FZ 10,3.

350 B. CHUSQUEOIDES (HACK.) CLAYTON

(=Panicum obumbratum Stapf) 5

1437000 -DISPERIS SWARTZ

2. MANNING. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4:

493-496.

1648020 -OECEOCLADES LINDL.

50 O. LONCHOPHYLLA (REICHB. F.) GARAY &

TAYLOR

(Note change in species number)

9901070 -PASPALUM L.

5. CLAYTON. 1989. FZ 10,3.

P. auriculatum Presl = P. SCROBICULATUM

550 P. SCROBICULATUM L.

(=P. auriculatum Presl) 5

9901160 -PANICUM L.

P. obumbratum Stapf = BRACHIARIA

CHUSQUEOIDES

9901240 — SACCIOLEPIS NASH

3. CLAYTON. 1989. FZ 10,3.

S. huillensis (Rendle) Stapf = S. SPICIFORMIS

755 S. SPICIFORMIS (A. RICH.) STAPF

(=S. huillensis (Rendle) Stapf) 3

9901380 -ANTHEPHORA SCHREB.

2. CLAYTON. 1989. FZ 10,3.

A. angustifolia Goossens = A. ARGENTEA

200 A. ARGENTEA GOOSSENS

(=A. angustifolia Goossens) 2

9901752 — LOUDETIOPSIS CONERT

L. glabrata (K. Schum.) Conert (species does not occur

in southern Africa)

9902630 -STIPA L.

4. BARKWORTH. 1990. TAXON 39,4: 597-614.

S. neesiana Trin. & Rupr. = NASSELLA

NEESIANA

S. tenuissima Trin. = NASSELLA TENUISSIMA

9902650 -NASSELLA DESV.

3. BARKWORTH. 1990. TAXON 39,4 : 597-614.

25 N. NEESIANA (TRIN. & RUPR.) BARKWORTH

(=Stipa neesiana Trin. & Rupr.) 3

50 N. TENUISSIMA (TRIN.) BARKWORTH

(=Stipa tenuissima Trin.) 3

9902830 -SPOROBOLUS R. BR.

5. VELDKAMP. 1990. KEW BULL. 45,3: 581.

S. artus Stent = S. SUBULATUS

S. mauritianus (Steud.) Dur. & Schinz (species does not

occur in southern Africa)

S. mauritianus auct. non (Steud.) Dur. & Schinz = S.

SUBULATUS

3450 S. SUBULATUS HACK.

(=S. artus Stent) 2,5

(=S. mauritianus auct. non (Steud.) Dur. &

Schinz) 5

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

201

9902860 — ERAGROSTIS WOLF

11. DE WINTER. 1990. BOTHALIA 20,2: 208-209.

2050 E. COMPTONII DE WINTER (Described from

Swaziland 2631 (MBABANE): hill NE of

Mbabane, Compton 26766)

4000 E. LAPPULA NEES

(=E. lappula Nees var. divaricate Stapf) 9

E. lappula Nees var. divaricate Stapf = E. LAPPULA

DICOTYLEDONAE

MORACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 1908000

1913000 -MORUS L.

1. COATES PALGRAVE. 1977. TREES SN APR.

100

M. lactea (Sim) Mildbr. = M. MESOZYGIA

300 M. MESOZYGIA STAPF

(=M. lactea (Sim) Mildbr.) 1

1960000 -Bosquiea Thouars ex Baill. = TRILEPIS1UM

B. phoberos Baill. = TRILEPISIUM

MADAGASCARIENSE

1960010 -TRILEPISIUM THOUARS

1. BERG ET AL. 1984. FL. DU GABON 26:

104-108.

100 T. MADAGASCARIENSE DC.

(=Bosquiea phoberos Baill.) 1

1961000 -FICUS L.

7. VAN GREUNING. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,6:

599-630.

1900 F. SANSIBARICA WARB. SUBSP. SANSIBAR1CA

2500 F. TREMULA WARB. SUBSP. TREMULA

URTICACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 1974000

1974000 -URTICA L.

200 U. LOBULATA E. MEY. EX BLUME

(Note author correction)

PROTEACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2016000

2030000 — SERRURIA SALISB.

2. ROURKE. 1982. JL S. AFR. BOT. 48,2: 285-293.

3. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13 : 375 -377.

4. ROURKE. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4 : 497- 505.

200 S. ADSCENDENS (LAM.) R. BR.

S. adscendens (Lam.) R. Br. var. decipiens (R. Br.)

Hutch. = S. DECIPIENS

300 S. AEMULA SALISB. EX KNIGHT

(=S. ciliata R. Br. var. ciliata) 3

S. aemula Salisb. ex Knight var. heterophylla (Meisn.)

Hutch. = S. HETEROPHYLLA

500 S. AITONII R. BR.

(=S. argentifolia Phill. & Hutch.) 3

S. anethifolia Knight = S. TRITERNATA

S. argentifolia Phill. & Hutch. = S. AITONII

S. artemisiifolia Knight = S. PEDUNCULATA

S. barbigera Knight = S. PHYLICOIDES

S. biglandulosa Schltr. = S. FASCIFLORA

S. bolusii Phill. & Hutch. = S. NERVOSA

1450 S. BROWNII MEISN.

S. burmannii R. Br. = S. FASCIFLORA

S. ciliata R. Br. var. ciliata = S. AEMULA

S. ciliata R. Br. var. congesta (R. Br. ) Hutch. = S.

FOENICULACEA

2000 S. COLLINA SALISB. EX KNIGHT

(=S. flagellaris R. Br.) 3

2450 S. DECIPIENS R. BR.

(=S. adscendens (Lam.) R. Br. var. decipiens (R.

Br.) Hutch.) 3

2475 S. DECUMBENS (THUNB.) R. BR.

(=S. hyemalis Knight) 3

2550 S. DELUVIALIS ROURKE

2750 S. EFFUSA ROURKE

2800 S. ELONGATA (BERG.) R. BR.

3100 S. FASCIFLORA SALISB. EX KNIGHT

(=S. biglandulosa Schltr.) 3

(=S. burmannii R. Br.) 3

(=S. knightii Hutch.) 3

(=S. pauciflora Phill. & Hutch.) 3

(=S. subsericea Hutch.) 3

S. flagellaris R. Br. = S. COLLINA

3400 S. FLAVA MEISN.

3500 S. FLORIDA (THUNB.) SALISB. EX KNIGHT

3600 S. FOENICULACEA R. BR.

(=S. ciliata R. Br. var. congesta (R. Br.) Hutch.) 3

4250 S. HETEROPHYLLA MEISN.

(=S. aemula Salisb. ex Knight var. heterophylla

(Meisn.) Hutch.) 3

S. hyemalis Knight = S. DECUMBENS

4600 S. INCRASSATA MEISN.

S. knightii Hutch. = S. FASCIFLORA

5000 S. LINEARIS SALISB. EX KNIGHT

(=S. simplicifolia R. Br.) 3

S. longipes Phill. & Hutch. = S. PEDUNCULATA

5300 S. MILLEFOLIA SALISB. EX KNIGHT

5600 S. NERVOSA MEISN.

(=S. bolusii Phill. & Hutch.) 3

S. pauciflora Phill. & Hutch. = S. FASCIFLORA

5800 S. PEDUNCULATA (LAM.) R. BR.

(=S. artemisiifolia Knight) 3

(=S. longipes Phill. & Hutch.) 3

5850 S. PHYLICOIDES (BERG.) R. BR.

(=S. barbigera Knight) 3

5950 S. PLUMOSA MEISN.

6250 S. REFLEXA ROURKE

6275 S. ROSEA PHILL.

6300 S. ROSTELLARIS SALISB. EX KNIGHT

(Note author correction)

S. simplicifolia R. Br. = S. LINEARIS

S. subsericea Hutch. = S. FASCIFLORA

6800 S. TRILOPHA SALISB. EX KNIGHT

6850 S. TRITERNATA (THUNB.) R. BR.

(=S. anethifolia Knight) 3

S. vallaris Knight = S. VILLOSA

7020 S. VILLOSA (LAM.) R. BR.

(=S. vallaris Knight) 3

7030 S. VIRIDIFOLIA ROURKE

The following names in FI. Cap. have not been accounted

for:

S. aitonii R. Br. var. multifida Meisn.

S. anemonefolia Knight

S. bergii R. Br.

S. chlamidiflora Knight

S. colorata Buek

S. concinna Knight

S. delphiniifolia Knight

S. elumbis Knight

S. fallax Knight

S. foliosa Knight

S. frondosa Knight

S. gremiiflora Knight

S. montana Knight

S. pulchella Knight

S. quinquemestris Knight

S. rangiferina Knight

S. zanthophylla Knight

2031000 -MIMETES SALISB.

M. purpureus (L.) R. Br. = DIASTELLA

PROTEOIDES

2031020 -DIASTELLA SALISB.

1. ROURKE. 1976. JL S. AFR. BOT. 42,1: 185-210.

850 D. PROTEOIDES (L.) DRUCE

(=Mimetes purpureus (L.) R. Br.) 1

2034000 -FAUREA HARV.

2. COATES PALGRAVE. 1977. TREES SN AFR.

125-127.

(=F. natalensis Phill.) 2

F. natalensis Phill. = F. MACNAUGHTONII

202

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

2037000 -LEUCADENDRON R. BR.

2. VAN WYK. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4:

458-466.

6050 L. PONDOENSE VAN WYK

SANTALACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2096000

2104000 -COLPOON BERG.

2. BEAN. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,6: 665-669.

200 C. SPECIOSUM (A.W. HILL) BEAN

2117000 -THESIDIUM SOND.

2. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 405-406.

100 T. FRAGILE (THUNB.) SOND.

(Note author correction)

350 T. LEPTOSTACHYUM (A. DC.) SOND.

500 T. MICROCARPUM (A. DC.) A. DC.

(Note author correction)

650 T. PODOCARPUM (A. DC.) A. DC.

(=T. thunbergii Sond.) 2

T. thunbergii Sond. = T. PODOCARPUM

GRUBBIACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2121000

2121000 — GRUBBIA BERG. Revision: S. Carlquist (POM).

425 G. ROSMARINIFOLIA BERG. SUBSP. HIRSUTA

(E. MEY. EX DC.) S. CARLQUIST

(Note change in species number)

520 G. ROURKEI S. CARLQUIST

(Note change in species number)

OLACACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2129000

2136000 -XIMENIA L.

2. GARCIA & VIDIGAL. 1979. FL. MOZAM. 44:

1-5.

150 X. AMERICANA L. VAR. AMERICANA

175 X. AMERICANA L. VAR. MICROPHYLLA WELW.

EX OLIV.

(=X. rogersii Burtt Davy) 1

X. rogersii Burtt Davy = X. AMERICANA VAR.

MICROPHYLLA

ARISTOLOCHIACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2169000

2174000 -ARISTO LOCHIA L.

3. VERDCOURT. 1986. FTEA,

ARISTOLOCHIACEAE 4-11.

25 A. ALBIDA DUCH.

(=A. bainesii Burtt Davy) 3

A. bainesii Burtt Davy = A. ALBIDA

POLYGONACEAE Contributed by G. Germishuizen 2184000

2194000 -EMEX NECK. (Note author correction)

2201000 -POLYGONUM L. Revision: G. Germishuizen (PRE).

P. alatum Buch.-Ham. ex Spreng. = PERSICARIA

NEPALENSIS

P. amphibium L. = PERSICARIA AMPHIBIA *

P. capitatum Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don = PERSICARIA

CAPITATA *

P. convolvulus L. = FALLOPIA CONVOLVULUS

P. glutinosum Meisn. var. capensis Meisn. =

PERSICARIA SENEGALENSIS

FORMA ALBOIOMENTOSA

P. hydropiper L. = PERSICARIA HYDROPIPER *

P. lanigerum R. Br. var. africanum Meisn. =

PERSICARIA SENEGALENSIS

FORMA ALBOTOMENTOSA

P. lapathifolium L. subsp. maculatum (S.F. Gray)

T.-Dyer & Trim. = PERSICARIA

LAPATHIFOLIA *

P. lapathifolium L. var. maculatum T.-Dyer & Trim. =

PERSICARIA LAPATHIFOLIA *

P. limbatum Meisn. = PERSICARIA LIMBATA *

P. nepalense Meisn. = PERSICARIA NEPALENSIS *

P. piliferum Tikovsky = PERSICARIA LIMBATA *

P. pulchrum Blume (species does not occur in southern

Africa)

P. pulchrum auct. non Blume = PERSICARIA

ATTENUATA SUBSP. AFRICANA

P. salicifolium Willd. = PERSICARIA SERRULATA

P. sambesiacum Schuster = PERSICARIA

SENEGALENSIS FORMA

SENEGALENSIS

P. schinzii C.H. Wr. = PERSICARIA LIMBATA *

P. senegalense Meisn. subsp. albotomentosum (R.A.

Grah.) Germishuizen = PERSICARIA

SENEGALENSIS FORMA

ALBOTOMENTOSA

P. senegalense Meisn. subsp. senegalense =

PERSICARIA SENEGALENSIS

FORMA SENEGALENSIS

P. senegalense Meisn. forma albotomentosum R.A.

Grah. = PERSICARIA

SENEGALENSIS FORMA

ALBOTOMENTOSA

P. serrulatum Lag. = PERSICARIA SERRULATA

P. tomentosum Willd. (species does not occur in

southern Africa)

2201010 — Bilderdykia Dumort. = FALLOPIA

B. convolvulus (L.) Dumort. = FALLOPIA

CONVOLVULUS

2201030 -PERSICARIA MILL.

1. WILSON. 1988. TELOPEA 3,2: 177-182.

2. WILSON. 1990. KEW BULL. 45,4: 621-636.

#. PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING GERMISHUIZEN.

100 P. AMPHIBIA (L.) S.F. GRAY *

(=Polygonum amphibium L.) #

200 P. ATTENUATA (R. BR.) SOJAK SUBSP.

AFRICANA K.L. WILSON

(=Polygonum pulchrum auct. non Blume) #

300 P. CAPITATA (BUCH.-HAM. EX D. DON) H.

GROSS *

(=P0lygonum capitatum Buch.-Ham.ex D.Don) #

400 P. HYDROPIPER (L.) SPACH. *

(=Polygonum hydropiper L ) #

600 P. LAPATHIFOLIA (L.) S.F. GRAY *

(=Polygonum lapathifolium L. subsp. maculatum

(S.F. Gray) T.-Dyer & Trim.) #

(=Polygonum lapathifolium L. var. maculatum

T.-Dyer & Trim.) #

700 P. LIMBATA (MEISN.) HARA *

(=Polygonum limbatum Meisn.) #

(=Polygonum piliferum Tikovsky) #

(=Polygonum schinzii C.H. Wr.) #

900 P. NEPALENSIS (MEISN.) H. GROSS *

(=Polygonum alatum Buch.-Ham. ex Spreng.) #

(=Polygonum nepalense Meisn.) #

1000 P. SENEGALENSIS (MEISN.) SOJAK FORMA

ALBOTOMENTOSA (R.A. GRAH.)

K.L. WILSON

(=Polygonum glutinosum Meisn. var. capensis

Meisn.) #

(=Polygonum lanigerum R. Br. var. africanum

Meisn.) #

(=Polygonum senegalense Meisn. subsp.

albotomentosum R.A. Grah.) #

(=Polygonum senegalense Meisn. forma

albotomentosum R.A. Grah.) #

1100 P. SENEGALENSIS (MEISN.) SOJAK FORMA

SENEGALENSIS

(=Polygonum sambesiacum Schuster) #

(=Polygonum senegalense Meisn. subsp.

senegalense) #

1200 P. SERRULATA (LAG.) WEBB & MOQ.

(=Polygonum salicifolium Willd.) #

(=Polygonum serrulatum Lag.) #

2201040 -FALLOPIA ADANS.

1. HOLUB. 1971. FOLIA GEOBOTANICA ET

PHYTOTAXONOMICA

BOHEMOS-LAVAKA PRAHA 6: 176.

100 F. CONVOLVULUS (L.) HOLUB

(=Bilderdykia convolvulus (L.) Dumort.) #

(=Polygonum convolvulus L.) #

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

203

2204000 -OXYGONUM BURCH. EX CAMPD.

(Note author correction)

CHENOPODIACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 221400

2255000 -Arthrocnemum Moq. = HALOSARCIA,

SARCOCORNIA

A. indicum (Willd.) Moq. = HALOCORNIA INDICA

2255020 -HALOSARCIA P.G. WILSON

1. WILSON. 1980. NUYTSIA 3: 63.

2. BRENAN. 1988. FZ 9,1: 147-149.

100 H. INDICA (WILLD.) P.G. WILSON

(=Arthrocnemum indicum (Willd.) Moq.) 2

2257000 — SALICORNIA L.

2. BRENAN. 1988. FZ 9,1: 153-154.

200 S. PACHYSTACHYA BUNGE EX UNG.-STERNB.

(Note author correction)

250 S. PERRIERI CHEV.

2287000 — LOPHIOCARPUS TURCZ.

3. NOWICKE. 1969. ANN. MISS. BOT. GARD. 56:

288.

4. STANNARD. 1988. FZ 9,1: 169-173.

150 L. LATIFOLIUS NOWICKE

AMARANTHACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2289000

2293000 -HERMBSTAEDTIA REICHB.

3. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 39-45.

25 H. ANGOLENSIS C.B. CL.

225 H. EXELLII (SUESSENG.) C.C. TOWNSEND

360 H. ODORATA (BURCH.) T. COOKE VAR.

ALBI-ROSEA SUESSENG.

2312000 -CYATHULA BLUME

4. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 79 - 87.

C. albida Lopr. = C. CYLINDRICA

C. crispa Schinz = C. LANCEOLATA

300 C. CYLINDRICA MOQ.

(=C. albida Lopr.) 4

C. hereroensis Schinz = C. LANCEOLATA

600 C. LANCEOLATA SCHINZ

(=C. crispa Schinz) 4

(=C. hereroensis Schinz) 4

2314000 — PUPALIA JUSS.

3. TOWNSEND. 1979. KEW BULL. 34: 131-142.

4. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 88-93.

P. atropurpurea (Lam.) Moq. = P. LAPPACEA VAR.

LAPPACEA

200 P. LAPPACEA (L.) JUSS. VAR. LAPPACEA *

(=Achyranthes atropurpurea Lam.) 4

(=Achyranthes lappacea L.) 2,4

(=Desmochaeta atropurpurea DC.) 4

(=P. atropurpurea (Lam.) Moq.) 4

300 P. LAPPACEA (L.) JUSS. VAR. VELUTINA (MOQ.)

HOOK. F. *

400 P. MICRANTHA HAUMAN *

2314010 -Desmochaeta DC. = CYATHULA, PUPALIA

D. atropurpurea DC. = PUPALIA LAPPACEAE

VAR. LAPPACEA

2317000 -AERVA FORSSK.

3. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 93 -97.

50 A. JAVANICA (BURM. F.) JUSS. EX J.A.

SCHULTES

(=A. persica (Burm. f.) Merr.) 3

(=A. tomentosa Forssk.) 3

100 A. LANATA (L.) JUSS. EX J.A. SCHULTES

(Note author correction)

A. persica (Burm. f.) Merr. = A. JAVANICA

A. tomentosa Forssk. = A. JAVANICA

2318000 -NOTHOSAERVA WIGHT

1. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 97- 99.

100 N. BRACHIATA (L.) WIGHT

2324000 -PSILOTRICHUM BLUME

1. BAKER & CLARKE. 1909. FL. TROP. AFR. 6:

58.

2. VERDCOURT. 1964. KEW BULL. 17: 492.

3. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 104.

P. africanum Oliv. = P. SCLERANTHUM

200 P. SCLERANTHUM THW.

(=P. africanum Oliv.) 2

2328000 -ACHYRANTHES L.

2. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 105-109.

A. aquatica R. Br. = CENTROSTACHYS AQUATICA

A. argentea Lam. = A. ASPERA VAR. SICULA *

100 A. ASPERA L. VAR. ASPERA *

150 A. ASPERA L. VAR. PUBESCENS (MOQ.)

TOWNSEND *

175 A. ASPERA L. VAR. SICULA L. *

(=A. argentea Lam.) 2

(=A. sicula (L.) All.) 2

A. atropurpurea Lam. = PUPALIA LAPPACEAE

VAR. LAPPACEA

A. lappacea L. = PUPALIA LAPPACEA VAR.

LAPPACEA

A. sicula (L.) All. = A. ASPERA VAR. SICULA *

2328010 — PANDIAKA (MOQ.) HOOK. F.

2. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 121.

100 P. CARSONII (BAK.) C.B. CL. VAR. CARSONII

2328020 -ACHYROPSIS (MOQ.) HOOK. F.

2. TOWNSEND. 1980. KEW BULL. 34: 431-433.

3. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 112.

100 A. AVICULARIS (E. MEY. EX MOQ.) COOKE &

WRIGHT

(Note author correction)

200 A. LEPTOSTACHYA (E. MEY. EX MEISN.) BAK. &

C.B. CL.

(Note author correction)

2328030 -CENTROSTACHYS WALL.

1. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 109-110.

100 C. AQUATICA (R. BR.) WALL. EX MOQ.

(=Achyranthes aquatica R. Br.) 1

2330000 -Brayulinea Small = GUILLEMINEA KUNTH

B. densa (Willd.) Small = GUILLEMINEA DENSA

2330010 -GUILLEMINEA KUNTH

1. TOWNSEND. 1988. FZ 9,1: 122-124.

100 G. DENSA (WILLD.) MOQ.

(=Brayulinea densa (Willd.) Small) 1

(=Mecebrumdensum Willd. ex Roem.& Schult.) 1

2335010 — ILLECEBRUM L. Southern African species moved

to GUILLEMINEA

I. densum Willd. ex Roem. & Schult. =

GUILLEMINEA DENSA

NYCTAGINACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2343000

2347010 -COMMICARPUS STANDLEY

3. MEIKLE. 1978. NOTES R. BOT. GDN EDINB.

36,2: 235-249.

4. STANNARD. 1988. FZ 9,1: 15-20.

C. africanus (Lour.) Dandy (name excluded)

C. africanus auct. non (Lour.) Dandy = C.

PLUMBAGINEUS

150 C. CHINENSIS (L.) HEIMERL SUBSP

NATALENSIS MEIKLE

175 C. DECIPIENS MEIKLE

250 C. FRUTICOSUS POHNERT

275 C. HELENAE (SCHULTES) MEIKLE

350 C. PILOSUS (HEIMERL) MEIKLE

375 C. PLUMBAGINEUS (CAV.) STANDLEY

(=C. africanus auct. non (Lour.) Dandy) 4

2349000 — BOERHAVIA L. Revision: L.E. Codd (PRE).

4. STANNARD. 1988. FZ 9,1: 20-25.

B. bracteata T. Cooke = B. COCCINEA

204

25 B. COCCINEA MILL.

(=B. bracteata T. Cooke) 4

(=B. diffusa L. var. hirsuta Heimerl) 4

(=B. diffusa L. var. viscosa (Lag. & Rodr.)

Heimerl) 4

(=B. marlothii Heimerl) 4

200 B. DIFFUSA L. *

B. diffusa L. var. hirsuta Heimerl = B. COCCINEA

B. diffusa L. var. viscosa (Lag. & Rodr.) Heimerl = B.

COCCINEA

B. marlothii Heimerl = B. COCCINEA

AIZOACEAE CONTINUED Contributed by M. Jordaan

2382000 — GISEKIA L.

3. GONCALVES. 1978. FZ 4: 522-525.

300 G. PHARNACIOIDES L. VAR. PHARNACIOIDES

2388000 -GLINUS L.

3. GONCALVES. 1978. FZ 4: 537-541.

400 G. OPPOSITIFOLIUS (L.) DC. VAR.

OPPOSITIFOLIUS

2389000 -PHARNACEUM L.

4. GONCALVES. 1978. FZ 4: 544-546.

P. scleranthoides Sond. = SUESSENGUTHIELLA

SCLERANTHOIDES

2389010 -SUESSENGUTHIELLA FRIEDR.

1. FRIEDRICH. 1955. MITT. BOT. STAATSSL.

MUNCHEN 2: 60.

2. FRIEDRICH. 1960. MITT. BOT. STAATSSL.

MUNCHEN 3: 616.

3. FRIEDRICH. 1966. FSWA 26: 21.

4. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 136.

100 S. CAESPITOSA FRIEDR.

200 S. SCLERANTHOIDES (SOND.) FRIEDR.

(=Pharnaceum scleranthoides Sond.) 4

2390000 — HYPERTELIS E. MEY. EX FENZL

1. ADAMSON. 1958. JL S. AFR. BOT. 24,1: 51-59.

3. SMITH. 1966. COMMON NAMES OF S.A.

PLANTS.

4. GONCALVES. 1978. FZ 4: 546-548.

50 H. ACIDA (HOOK. F.) K. MULLER

500 H. SALSOLOIDES (BURCH.) ADAMSON VAR.

SALSOLOIDES

2394000 -SESUVIUM L.

1. ADAMSON. 1962. JL S. AFR. BOT. 28:

244-245.

2. GONCALVES. 1970. CONSP. FLOR.

ANGOLENSIS 4 : 322 - 327.

3. GONCALVES. 1978. FZ 4: 514-516.

S. nyasicum (Bak.) Goncalves (does not occur in

southern Africa)

175 S. SESUVIOIDES (FENZL) VERDC. VAR.

ANGUSTIFOLIUM (SCHINZ)

GONCALVES

200 S. SESUVIOIDES (FENZL) VERDC. VAR.

SESUVIOIDES

2395000 -TRIANTHEMA L.

3. GONCALVES. 1978. FZ 4: 517.

150 T. PARVIFOLIA E. MEY. EX SOND. VAR.

PARVIFOLIA

(=T. triquetra Rottl. ex Willd. subsp. parvifolia

(Sond.) Jeffrey) 3

175 T. PARVIFOLIA E. MEY. EX SOND. VAR. RUBENS

(SOND.) ADAMSON

T. triquetra Rottl. ex Willd. subsp. parvifolia (Sond.)

Jeffrey = T. PARVIFOLIA VAR.

PARVIFOLIA

400 T. TRIQUETRA ROTTL. EX WILLD.

2399000 -GALENIA L.

I ADAMSON. 1956. JL S. AFR. BOT. 22,3: 88-123.

4. BITTRICH. 1990. BOTHALIA 20,2: 217-219.

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

450 G. AFRICANA L. VAR. SECUNDATA ADAMSON

1650 G. GLANDULIFERA BITTRICH

2403000 -TETRAGONIA L.

1. ADAMSON. 1955. JLS. AFR. BOT. 21,3: 110-153.

3. FRIEDRICH. 1966. FSWA 28: 4.

4. GONCALVES. 1970. CONSP. FLOR.

ANGOLENSIS 4: 333.

500 T. CALYCINA FENZL

(=T. karasmontana Dinter ex Adamson) 3

(=T. macroptera Pax) 3

T. karasmontana Dinter ex Adamson = T. CALYCINA

T. macroptera Pax = T. CALYCINA

MESEMBRYANTHEMACEAE 2405001

Contributed by G. Germishuizen

2405010 -ARENIFERA HERRE

50 A. KUNTZEI (SCHINZ) DINTER & SCHWANT.

(Note change in species number)

2405030 -CONOPHYTUM N.E. BR.

19250 C. MEYERI N.E. BR. VAR. RAMOSUM (LAVIS)

RAWE

(Note change in species number)

2405066 -LAMPRANTHUS N.E. BR.

19150 L. SPECTABILIS (HAW.) N.E. BR. SUBSP.

FUGITANS (L. BOL.) GLEN

(Note change in species number)

2405079 — MONILARIA SCHWANT.

1080 M. SCUTATA (L. BOL.) SCHWANT. SUBSP.

SCUTATA

(Note change in species number)

2405116 -SPHALMANTHUS N.E. BR.

7450 S. QUARZITICUS (L. BOL.) L. BOL.

(Note change in species number)

PORTULACACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2406000

2412000 -ANACAMPSEROS L. Revision: C.

Gussefeld- Schneider (HEID).

2. WILD. 1961. FZ 1,2: 367.

4. BLECK. 1984. CACTUS & SUCC. JL, US 56:

266.

A. bremekampii V. Poelln. = A. RHODESICA

1610 A. LUBBERSII M.B. BLECK

2100 A. RHODESICA N.E. BR.

(=A. bremekampii Poelln.) 2

2375 A. STARKIANA V. POELLN.

(Note change in species number)

BASELLACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2424000

2427000 — Boussingaultia H.B.K. (genus does not occur in southern

Africa)

2428000 -ANREDERA JUSS.

1. BAILEY & BAILEY. 1977. HORTUS THIRD 81.

2. STANNARD. 1988. FZ 9,1: 161.

A. baselloides (H.B.K.) Bail] . (misapplied name -

specimens referable to A. cordifolia)

200 A. CORDIFOLIA (TEN.) STEENIS

CARYOPHYLLACEAE (PART A) 2429000

Contributed by M. Jordaan

2429000 -STELLARIA L.

3. DANIN. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,3: 413.

150 S. PALLIDA (DUMORT.) PIRE

2433000 -SAGINA L.

1. DANIN. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,3: 413.

25 S. APETALA ARD.

50 S. MARITIMA G. DON

S. sabuletorum (Gay) Lange (species does not occur in

southern Africa — specimens referable to

S. APETALA)

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

205

ILLECEBRACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2467000

2476000 — HERNIARIA L.

1. CHAUDHRI. 1968. MED. BOT. LAB. HERB.

UTRECHT 2 85 : 3 54 - 377.

650 H. PEARSONII CHAUDHRI

CARYOPHYLLACEAE (PART B) 2488000

Contributed by M. Jordaan

2490000 — SILENE L. Revision: G. Bocquet (G).

1. SONDER. 1894. FC 1: 125-129.

4. BOCQUET. 1977. BOTHALIA 12,2: 309.

5. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 322.

200 S BURCHELLII OTTH VAR. PILOSELLAEFOLIA

SOND.

500 S. DEWINTERI BOCQUET

(Note corrections to author and spelling)

550 S. ECKLONIANA SOND.

650 S. MUNDIANA ECKL. & ZEYH.

700 S. ORNATA AIT.

RANUNCULACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2521000

2546000 -RANUNCULUS L.

600 R. PLEBEIUS R. BR. EX DC.

ANNONACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2665000

2716000 -HEXALOBUS A. DC.

2. VERDCOURT. 1971. FTEA, ANNONACEAE

44-48.

100 H. MONOPETALUS (A. RICH.) ENGL. & DIELS

VAR. MONOPETALUS

2729000 -ANNONA L.

2. LE THOMAS. 1969. FL. GABON 16: 1-8.

3. VERDCOURT. 1971. FTEA, ANNONACEAE

112-116.

100 A. SENEGALENSIS PERS. SUBSP.

SENEGA LENSIS

PAPAVERACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2833000

2848000 — GLAUCIUM MILLER

2. BAILEY & BAILEY. 1977. HORTUS THIRD

512.

100 G. CORNICULATUM (L.) J.H. RUDOLPH *

(Note author correction)

2852000 -ARGEMONE L.

2. SORARU. 1976. DARWINIANA 20,3-4:

446-451.

3. EXELL & GONCALVES. 1973. FL. MOZAM.

9: 1-3.

200 A. OCHROLEUCA SWEET SUBSP. OCHROLEUCA *

(=A. subfusiformis G.B. Ownbey) 2,3

A. subfusiformis G.B. Ownbey = A. OCHROLEUCA

SUBSP. OCHROLEUCA

FUMARIACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2858000

2858000 -Corydalis Vent. Southern African species moved to

CYSTICAPNOS

C. cracca Schl. = CYSTICAPNOS CRACCA

2858010 — Phacocapnos Bernh. = CYSTICAPNOS

P. burmannii (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Hutch. =

CYSTICAPNOS GRANDIFLORA

P. cracca (Cham. & Schlechtd.) Bernh. =

CYSTICAPNOS CRACCA

P. pruinosus (E. Mey.) Bernh. = CYSTICAPNOS

PRUINOSA

2858020 -CYSTICAPNOS MILL.

2. LIDEN. 1986. OPERA BOTANICA 88: 105-108.

100 C. CRACCA (CHAM. & SCHLECHTD.) LIDEN

(-Corydalis cracca Schl.) 2

(=Phacocapnos cracca ^ham. & Schlechtd.)

Bernh.) 2

200 C. GRANDIFLORA BERNH.

(=Phacocapnos burmannii (Eckl. & Zeyh.)

Hutch.) 2

300 C. PARVIFLORA LIDEN

400 C. PRUINOSA (BERNH.) LIDEN

(=Phacocapnos pruinosus (E. Mey.) Bernh.) 2

500 C. VESICARIA (L.) FEDDE

(Note new species number)

2861000 — FUMARIA L.

2. SELL. 1964. FL. EUROP. 1: 255-258.

4. LIDEN. 1986. OPERA BOTANICA 88: 78-88.

100 F. MURALIS SOND. EX KOCH SUBSP. MURALIS *

300 F. PARVIFLORA LAM.

2861010 -DISCOCAPNOS CHAM. & SCHLECHTD.

2. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 301.

3. LIDEN. 1986. OPERA BOTANICA 88: 104.

50 D. MUNDTII CHAM. & SCHLECHTD.

(=D. dregei Hutch.) 3

D. dregei Hutch. = D. MUNDTII

2862000 -TRIGONOCAPNOS SCHLTR.

1. LIDEN. 1986. OPERA BOTANICA 88: 105.

T. curvipes Schltr. = T. LICHTENSTEINII

200 T. LICHTENSTEINII (CHAM. & SCHLECHTD.)

LIDEN

(=T. curvipes Schltr.) 1

BRASSICACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 2863000

2875000 -HELIOPHILA L.

5. BEAN. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,6: 670-674.

3350 H. EPHEMERA PA. BEAN

2949000 -BRASSICA L.

1. HEYWOOD. 1964. FL. EUROP. 1: 336.

50 B. ELONGATA EHRH. SUBSP ELONGATA

2966000 — CARDAMINE L.

2. HILLIARD & BURTT. 1982. NOTES R. BOT.

GDN EDINB. 40,2 : 275 - 277.

400 C. TRICHOCARPA HOCHST. EX A. RICH.

(Note author correction)

2985000 -HYMENOLOBUS NUTT. EX TORREY & GRAY

1. HEYWOOD. 1964. FL. EUROP. 1: 317.

100 H. PROCUMBENS (L.) NUTT. EX TORREY &

GRAY *

(Note author correction)

CAPPARACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3082000

3106000 -BOSCIA LAM.

2. WILD & GONCALVES. 1973. FL. MOZAM. 12:

44-52.

250 B. FILIPES GILG

3112000 -MAERUA FORSSK.

1000 M. RACEMULOSA (A. DC.) GILG & BEN.

(Note author correction)

DROSERACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3133000

3136000 -DROSERA L.

5. DEBBERT. 1987. MITT. BOT. STAATSSAMML.

MUNCHEN 23: 431-436.

6. BENNETT & CHEEK. 1990. KEW BULL. 45,2:

375 - 381.

150 D. ADMIRABILIS DEBBERT

PODOSTEMACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3139000

3140000 -TRISTICHA THOUARS

4. CUSSET & CUSSET. 1988. BULL. MUS.

NATN. HIST. NAT. PARIS 4,10:

149-177.

100 T. TRIFARIA (BORY EX WILLD.) SPRENG.

SUBSP. TRIFARIA

206

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

3151000 -Dicraeia Thou, = LEDERMANNIELLA,

LEIOTHYLAX

D. tenax C.H. Wr. = LEDERMANNIELLA TENAX

3151010 -Inversodicraea Engl. = LEDERMANNIELLA

I. tenax (C.H. Wr. ) Engl, ex R.E. Fries =

LEDERMANNIELLA TENAX

I. warmingiana (Gilg) Engl. = LEDERMANNIELLA

WARMINGIANA

3151020 -LEDERMANNIELLA ENGL.

1. OBERMEYER. 1970. FSA 13: 208.

2. CUSSET. 1974. ADANSONIA 3,14 : 271-275.

50 L. TENAX (C.H. WR.) C. CUSSET

(=Dicraeia tenax C.H. Wr.) 1

(=Inversodicraea tenax (C.H. Wr.) Engl, ex R.E.

Fries) 2

100 L. WARMINGIANA (GILG) C. CUSSET

(=Inversodicraea warmingiana (Gilg) Engl.) 1,2

(=Sphaerothylax warmingiana Gilg ) 1

3159000 -SPHAEROTHYLAX BISCH.

S. warmingiana Gilg ex Warm. =

LEDERMANNIELLA WARMINGIANA

CRASSULACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3161000

3164000 -COTYLEDON L.

4000 C. TOMENTOSA HARV. SUBSP.

LADISMITHIENSIS (V. POELLN.)

TOELKEN

(Note spelling correction)

PITTOSPORACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3252000

3252000 -PITTOSPORUM BANKS EX GAERTN.

(Note author correction)

4. HILLIER. 1981. HILLIER'S MANUAL OF

TREES & SHRUBS, 5TH EDN 223.

5. FRIIS. 1987. KEW BULL. 42,2: 319-333.

100 P. CRASSIFOLIUM A. CUNN.

(Note author correction)

MYROTHAMNACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3282000

3282000 -MYROTHAMNUS WELW.

4. MENDES. 1978. FZ 4: 68-71.

100 M. FLABELLIFOLIUS WELW.

(Note corrections to author and spelling)

BRUNIACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3283000

3286000 -LONCHOSTOMA WIKSTR.

2. STRID. 1968. BOT. NOTISER 121: 312-315.

3. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 208-209.

50 L. ESTERHUYSENIAE STRID

300 L. PENTANDRUM (THUNB.) DRUCE

(Note author correction)

3289000 — NEBELIA NECK. EX SWEET

600 N. TULBAGHENSIS SCHLTR. EX DUEMMER

(Note author correction)

3290000 — STAAVIA DAHL

2. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 210.

200 S. CAPITELLA (THUNB.) SOND.

(=S. globosa Sond.) 1,2

(=S. lateriflora Colozza) 1,2

(=S. trichotoma (Thunb.) Pillans) 2

S. globosa Sond. = S. CAPITELLA

600 S. GLUTINOSA (L.) DAHL

(Note author correction)

S. lateriflora Colozza = S. CAPITELLA

S. trichotoma (Thunb.) Pillans = S. CAPITELLA

3293000 — MNIOTHAMNEA NIEDENZU

50 M. BULLATA SCHLTR.

(Note new species number)

3294000 — BERZELIA BRONGN.

2. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13 : 207-208.

B. arachnoidea (Wendl.) Eckl. & Zeyh. = B.

SQUARROSA

1300 B. SQUARROSA (THUNB.) SOND.

(=B. arachnoidea (Wendl.) Eckl. & Zeyh.) 2

HAMAMELIDACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3295000

3311000 -TRICHOCLADUS PERS.

3. VERDCOURT. 1970. KEW BULL. 24,2:

345-346.

200 T. ELLIPTICUS ECKL. & ZEYH. SUBSP.

ELLIPTICUS

ROSACEAE Contributed by M. Jordaan 3316000

3353000 -RUBUS L. Revision: C. Stirton (K).

6. STIRTON. 1984. BOTHALIA 15,1-2: 101-106.

7. SPIES & DU PLESSIS. 1985. BOTHALIA

15,3-4: 591-596.

400 R. CUNEIFOLIUS PURSH *

1050 R. PASCUUS BAILEY

3376000 -AGRIMONIA L.

3. MENDES. 1978. FZ 4: 27-29.

4. BOND & GOLDBLATT. 1984. JL S. AFR. BOT.

SUPPL. 13: 386.

* . PRE HERBARIUM PRACTICE,

FOLLOWING ARNOLD.

25 A. BRACTEATA E. MEY. EX C.A. MEY.

(=A. eupatoria L.) 3

(=A. nepalensis Don) #

A. eupatoria L. = A. BRACTEATA

A. nepalensis Don = A. BRACTEATA

A. odorata Mill. = A. PROCERA

100 A. PROCERA WALLR.

(=A. odorata Mill.) 4

3388000 -CLIFFORTIA L.

4390 C. GRANDIFOLIA ECKL. & ZEYH. VAR.

DENTICULATA WEIM.

(Note spelling correction)

4450 C. GRANDIFOLIA ECKL. & ZEYH. VAR.

RECURVATA WEIM.

(Note spelling correction)

FABACEAE Contributed by G. Germishuizen 3436000

3446000 -ACACIA MILL.

1. ROSS. 1975. FSA 16,1: 24.

3. VON BREITENBACH. 1989. J. DENDROL. 12:

1-10.

93150 A. NATALITIA E. MEY.

93750 A. PYCNANTHA BENTH. *

3657000 — LOTONONIS (DC.) ECKL. & ZEYH.

13. VAN WYK. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT. 55,5:

528-532.

3070 L. DIFFORMIS B-E. VAN WYK

3669000 — CROTALARIA L. Revision: R.M. Polhill (K).

2. POLHILL. 1982. CROTALARIA IN AFRICA

AND MADAGASCAR.

900 C. BREVIDENS BENTH. VAR. INTERMEDIA

(KOTSCHY) POLHILL *

1700 C. DURA WOOD & EVANS SUBSP. DURA

2000 C. EREMICOLA BAK. F. SUBSP. EREMICOLA

2100 C. EXCISA (THUNB.) BAK. F. SUBSP. EXCISA

2150 C. EXCISA (THUNB.) BAK. F. SUBSP.

NAMAQUENSIS POLHILL

2300 C. GAZENSIS BAK. F. SUBSP. HERBACEA

POLHILL

2950 C. KURTII SCHINZ

3100 C. LANCEOLATA E. MEY. SUBSP. LANCEOLATA

3800 C. MACROCARPA E. MEY. SUBSP.

MACROCARPA

3950 C. MOLLII POLHILL

4400 C. NATALITIA MEISN. VAR. NATALITIA

C. sericea Retz. = C. SPECTABILIS ROTH *

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

207

6750 C. SPECTABILIS ROTH *

(=C. sericea Retz.) 2

6800 C. SPHAEROCARPA PERR. EX DC. SUBSP.

SPHAEROCARPA

3672000 -LUPINUS L.

1. STIRTON. 1988. BOTHALIA 18,1: 25-29.

100 L. ANGUSTIFOLIUS L.

200 L. CONSENTINII GUSS.

300 L. LUTEUS L.

400 L. P1LOSUS MURRAY

3673000 — ARGYROLOBIUM ECKL. & ZEYH.

1. HARVEY. 1862. FC 2: 67.

1430 A. LONGIFOLIUM (MEISN.) WALP.

3690000 -TRIFOLIUM L.

3. ZACHARY & HELLER. 1984. THE GENUS

TRIFOLIUM.

400 T. ALEXANDRINUM L. VAR. ALEXANDRINUM *

600 T. ARVENSE L. VAR. ARVENSE *

900 T. CAMPESTRE SCHREB. VAR. CAMPESTRE *

1300 T. HYBRIDUM L. VAR. HYBRIDUM *

1400 T. INCARNATUM L. VAR. INCARNATUM *

1500 T. MEDIUM L. VAR. MEDIUM *

1600 T. PRATENSE L. VAR. PRATENSE *

1700 T. REPENS L. VAR. REPENS *

1800 T. RESUPINATUM L. VAR. RESUPINATUM *

2000 T. SUBTERRANEUM L. VAR. SUBTERRANEUM *

2200 T. TOMENTOSUM L._VAR. TOMENTOSUM *

3703040 — OTHOLOBIUM C.H. STIRTON Revision: C.H.

Stirton (K).

5. STIRTON. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,3: 336-338.

1450 O. FUMEUM C.H. STIRTON

1950 O. NIGRICANS C.H. STIRTON

GERANIACEAE Contributed by G. Germishuizen 3924000

3924000 -GERANIUM L. Revision: O.M. Hilliard (E).

G. botrys Cav. = ERODIUM BOTRYS

G. chium L. = ERODIUM CHIUM

G. cicutarium L. = ERODIUM CICUTARIUM

G. malacoides L. = ERODIUM MALACOIDES

G. moschatum L. = ERODIUM MOSCHATUM

3927000 -ERODIUM L’HERIT.

2. VENTER & VERHOEVEN. 1990. S. AFR. J.

BOT. 56,1: 79 -92.

E. arborescens Willd. (species does not occur in

southern Africa)

100 E. BOTRYS (CAV.) BERTOL.

(=Geranium botrys Cav.) 1

E. botrys (Cav.) Bertol. var. brachycarpum Godr. = E.

BRACHYCARPUM

150 E. BRACHYCARPUM (GODR.) THELL.

(=E. botrys (Cav.) Bertol. var. brachycarpum

Godr.) 1

170 E. CHIUM (L.) WILLD.

(=Geranium chium L.) 1

200 E. CICUTARIUM (L.) L’HERIT. *

(=Geranium cicutarium L.) 1

E. incarnatum L’Herit. = PELARGONIUM

INCARNATUM

400 E. MALACOIDES (L.) L'HERIT.

(=Geranium malacoides L.) 1

E. maritimum (Burm. f.) L’Herit. ex Ait. (species does

not occur in southern Africa)

600 E. MOSCHATUM (L.) L’HERIT. *

(=Geranium moschatum L.) 1

3928000 -PELARGONIUM L’HERIT.

23. DREYER & VAN DER WALT. 1990. S. AFR.

J. BOT. 56,1: 65-67.

24. SCHELTEMA & VAN DER WALT. 1990. S.

AFR. J. BOT. 56,3: 285-302.

25. VAN DER WALT, MCDONALD & VAN

WYK. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,4: 467.

26. VAN DER WALT ET AL. 1990. S. AFR. J.

BOT. 56,5: 561.

27. MARAIS. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,5: 565.

350 P. ALBUM J.J.A. VAN DER WALT

1200 P. ANTIDYSENTERICUM (ECKL. & ZEYH.)

KOSTEL. SUBSP.

ANTIDYSENTERICUM

1250 P. ANTIDYSENTERICUM (ECKL. & ZEYH.)

KOSTEL. SUBSP. INERME

SCHELTEMA

1270 P. ANTIDYSENTERICUM (ECKL. & ZEYH.)

KOSTEL. SUBSP. ZONALE

SCHELTEMA

8450 P. INCARNATUM (L’HERIT.) MOENCH

(=Erodium incarnatum L’Herit.) 25

P. mossambicense Engl, (species does not occur in

southern Africa)

11030 P. OCELLATUM J.J.A. VAN DER WALT

12950 P. PRAEMORSUM (ANDR.) F. DIETR. SUBSP.

PRAEMORSUM

12970 P. PRAEMORSUM (ANDR.) F. DIETR. SUBSP.

SPECIOSUM SCHELTEMA

17052 P. TORULOSUM E.M. MARAIS

TILIACEAE Contributed by R. Archer 4937000

4975000 -TRIUMFETTA L.

1. WILD. 1963. FZ 2,1: 63 -78.

200 T. DEKINDTIANA ENGL. (Tropical African species

collected in Venda. 2230 (MESSINA):

Tshamavhudzi (-DA), R.H. Archer 432

PRU; Thengwe (-DA), A.E. van Wyk

3949 PRE, PRU.)

CONVOLVULACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 6968000

6972000 — FALCKIA THUNB. (Note author correction)

2. WIJNANDS & MEEUSE. 1990. BOTHALIA

20,2: 208.

6993000 —CONVOLVULUS L. (Note changes to species numbers)

1650 C. SAGITTATUS THUNB. SUBSP.

GRANDIFLORUS (HALLIER F.) A.

MEEUSE VAR. GRAMINIFOLIUS

(HALLIER F.) BAKER & WRIGHT

1660 C. SAGITTATUS THUNB. SUBSP.

GRANDIFLORUS (HALLIER F.) A.

MEEUSE VAR. GRANDIFLORUS

1670 C. SAGITTATUS THUNB. SUBSP.

GRANDIFLORUS (HALLIER F.) A.

MEEUSE VAR. LINEARIFOLIUS

(HALLIER F.) BAKER & WRIGHT

2050 C. SAGITTATUS THUNB. SUBSP. SAGITTATUS

VAR. SAGITTATUS

BORAGINACEAE 7038000

Contributed by W.G. Welman & P. Herman

7038000 -CORDIA L.

4. VERDCOURT. 1989. KEW BULL. 44,1: 166.

5. MARTINS. 1990. FZ 7,4: 60-72.

400 C. MONOICA ROXB.

(=C. ovalis R. Br. ex DC.) 4

C. ovalis R. Br. ex DC. = C. MONOICA

700 C. SINENSIS LAM.

7051000 — Tournefortia L. Southern African species moved to

HELIOTROPIUM

T. subulata Hochst. ex A. DC. = HELIOTROPIUM

ZEYLANICUM

7052000 -HELIOTROPIUM L.

5. VERDCOURT. 1989. KEW BULL. 44.1: 166.

H. inconspicuum Dinter ex Vaupel = H.

ZEYLANICUM

H. subulatum (Hochst. ex A. DC.) Vatke = H.

ZEYLANICUM

2100 H. ZEYLANICUM (BURM. F.) LAM.

(=H. inconspicuum Dinter ex Vaupel) 2,5

(=H. subulatum (Hochst. ex A. DC.) Vatke) 5

(=Tournefortia subulata Hochst. ex A. DC.) 5

208

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

7056000 -TRICHODESMA R. BR.

2. MARTINS. 1990. FZ 7,4: 94-99.

150 T. AMBACENSE WELW. SUBSP. HOCKII (DE

WILD.) BRUMMIT

(=T. hockii De Wild.) 2

T. hockii De Wild. = T. AMBACENSE SUBSP.

HOCKII

7109000 -LITHOSPERMUM L.

3. MARTINS. 1990. FZ 7,4: 108-110.

200 L. AFROMONTANUM WEIM.

(=L. officinale auct. non L.) 3

L. officinale L. (Species does not occur in southern

Africa)

L. officinale auct. non L. = L. AFROMONTANUM

7117000 -LOBOSTEMON LEHM.

2550 L. PANICULIFORMIS DC.

(Note change in species number)

VERBENACEAE Contributed by P. Herman 7138000

7151000 -STACHYTARPHETA VAHL

2. HERMAN. 1991. BOTHALIA 21,1: 57.

S. indica Vahl (Species does not occur in southern

Africa)

150 S. MUTABILIS (JACQ.) VAHL *

(Note author correction)

200 S. URTICIFOLIA (SALISB.) SIMS *

7191000 -CLERODENDRUM L.

1480 C. SUFFRUTICOSUM GUERKE VAR.

SUFFRUTICOSUM

(Note change in species number)

7192010 -KAROMIA P. DOP

1. FERNANDES. 1985. GARCIA DE ORTA 7,1-2:

33-46.

100 K. SPECIOSA (HUTCH. & CORBISHLEY) R.

FERNANDES FORMA SPECIOSA

200 K. SPECIOSA (HUTCH. & CORBISHLEY) R.

FERNANDES FORMA FLAVA

(MOLDENKE) R. FERNANDES

LAMIACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 7210000

7328000 —MENTHA L. (Note author correction to M. longifolia)

1. TUCKER, HARLEY & FAIRBROTHERS. 1980.

TAXON 29: 234.

M. longifolia (L.) L. subsp. bouvieri (Briq.) Briq. = M.

LONGIFOLIA SUBSP. CAPENSIS

200 M. LONGIFOLIA (L.) L. SUBSP. CAPENSIS

(THUNB.) BRIQ.

M. longifolia (L.) L. subsp. capensis (Thunb.) Briq. var.

cooperi Briq. ex Cooke = M.

LONGIFOLIA SUBSP. CAPENSIS

M. longifolia (L.) L. subsp. capensis (Thunb.) Briq. var.

doratophylla Briq. = M. LONGIFOLIA

SUBSP. CAPENSIS

M. longifolia (L.) L. subsp. capensis (Thunb.) Briq. var.

obscuriceps Briq. = M. LONGIFOLIA

SUBSP. CAPENSIS

M. longifolia (L.) L. subsp. capensis (Thunb.) Briq. var.

salicina (Burch, ex Benth.) Briq. = M.

LONGIFOLIA SUBSP. CAPENSIS

400 M. LONGIFOLIA (L.) L. SUBSP. POLYADENA

(BRIQ.) BRIQ.

450 M. LONGIFOLIA (L.) L. SUBSP. WISSII

(LAUNERT) CODD

7350000 -PLECTRANTHUS L’HERIT.

(Note changes to species numbers)

1880 P. MADAGASCARIENSIS (PERS.) BENTH. VAR.

ALICIAE CODD

2950 P. SACCATUS BENTH. VAR. LONGITUBUS CODD

7365000 -HEMIZYGIA (BENTH.) BRIQ.

1950 H. PRETORIAE (GUERKE) ASHBY SUBSP.

HETEROTRICHA CODD

(Note change in species number)

7366000 -OCIMUM L.

O. galpinii Guerke = BECIUM GRANDIFLORUM

VAR. GALPINII

O. obovatum E. Mey. ex Benth. = BECIUM

GRANDIFLORUM VAR. OBOVATUM

7366010 -BECIUM LINDL.

3. SEBALD. 1989. STUTTGARTER BEITR.

NATURK. SER. A 437: 1-63.

270 B. GRANDIFLORUM (LAM.) PICHI-SERM. VAR.

CAPITATUM (AGNEW) SEBALD

280 B. GRANDIFLORUM (LAM.) PICHI-SERM. VAR.

GALPINII (GUERKE) SEBALD

(=B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var.

galpinii (Guerke) N.E. Br.) 3

(=Ocimum galpinii Guerke) 1,3

290 B. GRANDIFLORUM (LAM.) PICHI-SERM. VAR.

OBOVATUM (E. MEY. EX BENTH.)

SEBALD

(=B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var.

glabrius (Benth.) Cufod.) 1,3

(=B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var.

hians (Benth.) N.E. Br.) 1,3

(=B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var.

obovatum) 3

(=Ocimum obovatum E. Mey. ex Benth.) 1,3

B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var. galpinii

(Guerke) N.E. Br. = B.

GRANDIFLORUM VAR. GALPINII

B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var. glabrius

(Benth.) Cufod. = B. GRANDIFLORUM

VAR. OBOVATUM

B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var. hians

(Benth.) N.E. Br. = B.

GRANDIFLORUM VAR. OBOVATUM

B. obovatum (E. Mey. ex Benth.) N.E. Br. var. obovatum

= B. GRANDIFLORUM VAR.

OBOVATUM

SOLANACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 7377000

7379000 — LYCIUM L.Revision: H.J.T. Venter (BLFU)

I. IOUBERT & VENTER. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT.

55,5: 516.

750 L. GRANDICALYX JOUBERT & VENTER

7407000 — SOLANUM L. Revision: P. laeger (E)

II. SYMON. 1981. J. ADELAIDE BOT. GARD. 4:

1-367.

14. PHILLIPSON. 1990. S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,6:

645-647.

1250 S. CHENOPODIOIDES LAM.

(=S. gracile Dun) 11

2650 S. GIFTBERGENSE DUN.

(Note change in species number)

S. gracile Dun. = S. CHENOPODIOIDES

5800 S. SARRACHOIDES SENDTNER

SCROPHULARIACEAE (PART A) 7460000

Contributed by W.G. Welman

7467000 -APTOSIMUM BURCH. Revision: S. Brown (WIND)

1240 A. PROCUMBENS (LEHM.) STEUD. VAR.

ELONGATUM (HIERN) CODD

(Note change in species number)

7471000 -DIASCIA LINK & OTTO Revision: O.M. Hilliard &

B.L. Burtt (E); K. Steiner (NBG)

7. STEINER. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT. 55,2: 250.

350 D. AUSTROMONTANA K.E. STEINER

7359000 -SYNCOLOSTEMON E. MEY. EX BENTH. 7476000 -NEMESIA VENT. Revision: O.M. Hilliard & B.L.

780 S. PARVIFLORUS E. MEY. EX BENTH. VAR. Burtt (E)

LANCEOLATUS (GUERKE) CODD 10. STEINER. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT. 55,4: 405.

(Note change in species number) 25 N. ACORNIS K.E. STEINER

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

209

7517000 -MANULEA L. Revision: O.M. Hilliard & B.L. Burtt

(E)

6. HILLIARD. 1989. NOTES R. BOT. GDN

EDINB. 46,1: 49-52.

7. HILLIARD. 1990. NOTES R. BOT. GDN

EDINB. 46,3: 337-341.

50 M. ACUTILOBA HILLIARD

70 M. ADENOCALYX HILLIARD

80 M. ADENODES HILLIARD

100 M. ALTISSIMA L. F. SUBSP. ALTISSIMA

130 M. ALTISSIMA L. F. SUBSP. GLABRICAULIS

(HIERN) HILLIARD

(=M. altissima L. f. var. glabricaulis Hiern) 6

M. altissima L. f. var. glabricaulis Hiern = M.

ALTISSIMA SUBSP. GLABRICAULIS

150 M. ALTISSIMA L. F. SUBSP. LONGIFOLIA

(BENTH.) HILLIARD

(=M. altissima L. f. var. longifolia (Benth.)

Hiern) 6

M. altissima L. f. var. longifolia (Benth.) Hiern = M.

ALTISSIMA SUBSP. LONGIFOLIA

250 M. ANNUA (HIERN) HILLIARD

(=Sutera annua Hiern var. annua) 6

320 M. ARIDICOLA HILLIARD

330 M. AUGEI (HIERN) HILLIARD

(=Phyllopodium augei Hiern) 6

750 M. CALCIPHILA HILLIARD

770 M. CALEDONICA HILLIARD

M. capillaris L. f. = PHYLLOPODIUM

CAPILLARIS

930 M. CHRYSANTHA HILLIARD

950 M. CINEREA HILLIARD

1200 M. CRASSIFOLIA BENTH. SUBSP. CRASSIFOLIA

1230 M. CRASSIFOLIA BENTH. SUBSP. THODEANA

(DIELS) HILLIARD

(=M. thodeana Diels) 6

1250 M. DECIPIENS HILLIARD

1320 M. DESERTICOLA HILLIARD

1330 M. DIANDRA HILLIARD

1520 M. EXIGUA HILLIARD

1540 M. FLANAGANII HILLIARD

M. gariepina Benth. subsp. namibensis Roessl. = M.

NAMIBENSIS

1950 M. GARIESIANA HILLIARD

M. gracillima Dinter ex Range = M. NAMIBENSIS

2230 M. KARROOICA HILLIARD

2250 M. LATILOBA HILLIARD

2430 M. LINEARIFOLIA HILLIARD

M. limonioides Conrath = M. PARVIFLORA VAR.

LIMONIOIDES

2520 M. MINUSCULA HILLIARD

2530 M. MONTANA HILLIARD

2540 M. MULTISPICATA HILLIARD

2550 M. NAMIBENSIS (ROESSL.) HILLIARD

(=M. gariepina Benth. subsp. namibensis Roessl.) 7

(=M. gracillima Dinter ex Range) 7

2770 M. OVATIFOLIA HILLIARD

2850 M. PARVIFLORA BENTH. VAR. LIMONIOIDES

(CONRATH) HILLIARD

(=M. limonioides Conrath) 6

2900 M. PARVIFLORA BENTH. VAR. PARVIFLORA

2920 M. PAUCIBARBATA HILLIARD

(=Sutera annua Hiern var. laxa Hiern) 6

2930 M. PILLANSII HILLIARD

M. plantaginis L. f. = CROMIDON PLANTAGINIS

2970 M. PLURIROSULATA HILLIARD

2980 M. PRAETERITA HILLIARD

2990 M. PSILOSTOMA HILLIARD

3050 M. RAMULOSA HILLIARD

3070 M. RHODANTHA HILLIARD SUBSP

AURANTIACA HILLIARD

3080 M. RHODANTHA HILLIARD SUBSP.

RHODANTHA

3800 M. TENELLA HILLIARD

M. thodeana Diels = M. CRASSIFOLIA SUBSP.

THODEANA

7519000 -SUTERA ROTH

S. annua Hiern var. annua = MANULEA ANNUA

S. annua Hiern var. laxa Hiern = MANULEA

PAUCIBARBATA

4950 S. GRACILIS (DIELS) HIERN

(Note change in species number)

7521000 -PHYLLOPODIUM BENTH.

5. HILLIARD. 1990. NOTES R. BOT. GDN

EDINB. 46,3: 341.

P. augei Hiern = MANULEA AUGEI

P. baurii Hiern = SELAGO BAURII

84 P. CAPILLARE (L. F.) HILLIARD

(=Manulea capillaris L. f.) 5

(=Polycarena capillaris (L. f.) Benth.) 5

(=Polycarena parvula Schltr.) 5

89 P. CORDATUM (THUNB.) HILLIARD

(=Selago cordata Thunb.) 5

P. minimum Hiern = ZALUZIANSKYA MINIMA

7522000 -POLYCARENA BENTH.

P. capillaris (L. f.) Benth. = PHYLLOPODIUM

CAPILLARE

1940 P. LILACINA HILLIARD VAR. LILACINA

(Note change in species number)

P. minima (Hiern) Levyns = ZALUZIANSKYA

MINIMA

P. parvula Schltr. = PHYLLOPODIUM CAPILLARE

P. plantaginea (L. f.) Benth. = CROMIDON

PLANTAGINIS

7523000 -ZALUZIANSKYA F.W. SCHMIDT Revision: O.M.

Hilliard & B.L. Burtt (E)

4. HILLIARD. 1990. EDINB. J. BOT. 47,3:

345-350.

25 Z. ACROBAREIA HILLIARD

50 Z. ACUTILOBA HILLIARD

75 Z. AFFINIS HILLIARD

350 Z. BELLA HILLIARD

575 Z. COHABITANS HILLIARD

1550 Z. GLANDULOSA HILLIARD

1650 Z. GRACILIS HILLIARD

1725 Z. ISANTHERA HILLIARD

1750 Z. KAREEBERGENSIS HILLIARD

1775 Z. KARROOICA HILLIARD

1850 Z. LANIGERA HILLIARD

2150 Z. MARLOTHII HILLIARD

2250 Z. MINIMA (HIERN) HILLIARD

(=Phyllopodium minimum Hiern) 4

(=Polycarena minima (Hiern) Levyns) 4

2275 Z. MIRABILIS HILLIARD

2570 Z. PARVIFLORA HILLIARD

2630 Z. PILOSISSIMA HILLIARD

2872 Z. SANORUM HILLIARD

2877 Z. SUTHERLANDICA HILLIARD

2878 Z. SYNAPTICA HILLIARD

2890 Z. VALLISPISCES HILLIARD

2895 Z. VENUSTA HILLIARD

SELAGINACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 7566000

7568000 -SELAGO L.

16. HILLIARD. 1990. NOTES R. BOT. GDN

EDINB. 46,3: 341.

750 S. BAURII (HIERN) HILLIARD

(=Phyllopodium baurii Hiern) 16

S. chenopodioides Diels = CHENOPODIOPSIS

CHENOPODIOIDES

S. cordata E. Mey. = CROMIDON DECUMBENS

S. cordata Thunb. = PHYLLOPODIUM CORDATUM

S. decumbens Thunb. = CROMIDON DECUMBENS

S. hamulosa E. Mey. = CROMIDON HAMULOSUM

S. hirta L. f. = CHENOPODIOPSIS HIRTA

7568010 -WALAFRIDA E. MEY.

W. minuta Rolfe = CROMIDON MINUTUM

W. pusilla Roessl. = CROMIDON PUSILLUM

7568020 -CROMIDON COMPTON

2. HILLIARD. 1990. EDINB. J. BOT. 47,3 : 315 - 337.

50 C. AUSTERUM HILLIARD

75 C. CONFUSUM HILLIARD

210

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

100 C. CORRIGIOLOIDES (ROLFE) COMPTON

(=Selago corrigioloides Rolfe) 2

200 C. DECUMBENS (THUNB.) HILLIARD

(=Selago cordata E. Mey.) 2

(=Selago decumbens Thunb.) 2

300 C. DREGEI HILLIARD

400 C. GRACILE HILLIARD

500 C. HAMULOSUM (E. MEY.) HILLIARD

(=Selago hamulosa E. Mey.) 2

600 C. MICROECHINOS HILLIARD

700 C. MINUTUM (ROLFE) HILLIARD

(=Walafrida minuta Rolfe) 2

800 C. PLANTAGINIS (L. F.) HILLIARD

(=Manulea plantaginis L. f.) 2

(=Polycarena plantaginea (L. f.) Benth.) 2

900 C. PUSILLUM (ROESSL.) HILLIARD

(=Walafrida pusilla Roessl.) 2

1000 C. VARICALYX HILLIARD

7568030 — GLOBULARIOPSIS COMPTON

2. HARTLEY & BALKWILL. 1990. S. AFR. J.

BOT. 56,4: 471-481.

7568050 — CHENOPODIOPSIS HILLIARD

1. HILLIARD. 1990. EDINB. J. BOT. 47,3: 337-343.

100 C. CHENOPODIOIDES (DIELS) HILLIARD

(=Selago chenopodioides Diels) 1

200 C. HIRTA (L. F.) HILLIARD

(=Selago hirta L. f.) 1

300 C. RETRORSA HILLIARD

7777000 -SESAMUM L.

4. IHLENFELDT. 1988. FZ 8,3 : 97-106.

300 S. ANGUSTIFOLIUM (OLIV.) ENGL.

(=S. calycinum Welw. var. angustifolium (Oliv.)

Ihlenf. & Seidenst.) 4

S. baumii Stapf = S. CALYCINUM SUBSP. BAUMII

400 S. CALYCINUM WELW. SUBSP. BAUMII (STAPF)

SEIDENST.

(=S. baumii Stapf) 4

S. calycinum Welw. subsp. calycinum (Species does not

occur in southern Africa)

S. calycinum Welw. var. angustifolium (Oliv.) Ihlenf. &

Seidenst. = S. ANGUSTIFOLIUM

S. repens Engl. & Gilg (Species does not occur in

southern Africa)

GESNERIACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 7800000

7823000 -STREPTOCARPUS LINDL. (Note changes in species

numbers)

2750 S. MOLWENIENSIS HILLIARD SUBSP.

ESHOWICUS HILLIARD & BURTT

3850 S. PRIMULIFOLIUS GAND. SUBSP. FORMOSUS

HILLIARD & BURTT

LENTIBULARIACEAE Contributed by P. Herman 7898000

7899000 -GENLISEA A. ST. HIL.

2. TAYLOR. 1988. FZ 8,3: 40-42.

100 G. HISPIDULA STAPF

7570000 -GOSELA CHOISY

2. HARTLEY & BALKWILL. 1990. S. AFR. J.

BOT. 56,4: 471-481.

7571000 -AGATHELPIS CHOISY

3. HARTLEY & BALKWILL. 1990. S. AFR. J.

BOT. 56,4: 471-481.

100 A. DUBIA (L.) HUTCH.

(=A. parvifolia (L.) Choisy) 3

A. parvifolia (L.) Choisy = A. DUBIA

SCROPHULARIACEAE (PART B) 7572000

Contributed by W.G. Welman

7597010 -ALECTRA THUNB.

580 A. HUNDTII MELCH.

(Note change in species number)

BIGNONIACEAE Contributed by P. Herman 7662000

7713000 — TECOMARIA SPACH

2. DINIZ. 1988. FZ 8,3: 64-67.

100 T. CAPENSIS (THUNB.) SPACH SUBSP. CAPENSIS

7742000 — SPATHODEA BEAUV. Southern African species

moved to MARKHAMIA

S. acuminata Klotzsch = MARKHAMIA

ZANZIBARICA

7744000 -MARKHAMIA SEEM. EX BAILL.

2. DINIZ. 1988. FZ 8,3 : 72 -77.

M. acuminata (Klotzsch) K. Schum. = M.

ZANZIBARICA

300 M. ZANZIBARICA (BOJER EX DC.) K. SCHUM.

(=M. acuminata (Klotsch) K. Schum.) 2

(=Spathodea acuminata Klotzsch) 2

PEDALIACEAE Contributed by P. Herman 7768000

7769000 — PTERODISCUS HOOK.

3. IHLENFELDT. 1988. FZ 8,3: 89-94.

300 P. NGAMICUS N.E. BR. EX STAPF

(Note author correction)

7774000 -SESAMOTHAMNUS WELW.

3. IHLENFELDT. 1988. FZ 8,3: 87-89.

300 S. LUGARDII N.E. BR. EX STAPF

(Note author correction)

7901000 — UTRICULARIA L.

5. TAYLOR. 1988. FZ 8,3: 9-38.

U. exoleta R. Br. = U. GIBBA

U. gibba L. subsp. exoleta (R. Br.) P. Tayl. = U. GIBBA

750 U. GIBBA L.

(=U. exoleta R. Br.) 5

(=U. gibba L. subsp. exoleta (R. Br.) P. Tayl.) 5

1200 U. REFLEXA OLIV.

1400 U. SCANDENS BENJ.

U. spiralis J.E. Sm. var. tortilis (Oliv.) P. Tayl. = U.

TORTILIS

1700 U. TORTILIS OLIV.

(=U.spiralis J.E.Sm.var.tortilis (Oliv.) P. Tayl.) 5

ACANTHACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 7906000

7972000 — CRABBEA HARV. Revision: S. Buys (PUC)

250 C. GALPINII C.B. CL.

(Note change in species number)

7973000 — BARLERIA L.

7. BALKWILL, BALKWILL & VINCENT. 1990.

S. AFR. J. BOT. 56,5: 571.

1450 B. GREENII M-J. & K. BALKWILL

4850 B. SPLENDENS E.A. BRUCE

(Note change in species number)

7978000 -SCLEROCHITON HARV.

3. VOLLESEN. 1991. KEW BULL. 46,1: 1-50.

50 S. APICULATUS VOLLESEN

(=S. coeruleus auct. non (Lindau) S. Moore) 3

S. coeruleus (Lindau) S. Moore (Species does not occur

in southern Africa)

S. coeruleus auct. non (Lindau) S. Moore = S.

APICULATUS

450 S. SPECIES A

7983000 -Pseudoblepharis Baill. (Genus does not occur in

southern Africa)

7985000 -CROSSANDRA SALISB.

3. VOLLESEN. 1990. KEW BULL. 45,3: 503-534.

200 C. GREENSTOCKII S. MOORE

(=C. pungens auct. non Lindau) 3

C. pungens Lindau (Species does not occur in southern

Africa)

C. pungens auct. non Lindau = C. GREENSTOCKII

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

211

8026000 — PERISTROPHE NEES Revision: K. Balkwill (NU)

7. BALKWILL & GETLIFFE NORRIS. 1989. S.

AFR. J. BOT. 55,2: 254.

260 P. DECORTICANS BALKWILL

8048000 — ECBOLIUM KURZ

4. VOLLESEN. 1989. KEW BULL. 44,4: 638-680.

8091000 -Schwabea Endl. = MEGALOCHLAMYS

S. revoluta Lindau = MEGALOCHLAMYS

REVOLUTA SUBSP. COGNATA

RUBIACEAE Contr. by W.G. Welman & P. Herman 8119000

8136060 -KOHAUTIA CHAM. & SCHLECHTD. Revision: D.

Mantell (WU)

2. MANTELL. 1989. FZ 5,1: 85-101.

K. brachyloba (Sond.) Brem. = K. CAESPITOSA

SUBSP. BRACHYLOBA

575 K. CAESPITOSA SCHNIZL. SUBSP. BRACHYLOBA

(SOND.) D. MANTELL

(=Hedyotis brachyloba Sond.) 2

(=K. brachyloba (Sond.) Brem.) 2

(=K. caespitosa Schnizl. var. delagoensis

(Schinz) Brem.) 1,2

(=01denlandia brachyloba (Sond.) Kuntze) 2

(=01denlandia delagoensis Schinz) 2

K. caespitosa Schnizl. var. delagoensis (Schinz) Brem.

= K. CAESPITOSA SUBSP

BRACHYLOBA

800 K. CYNANCHICA DC.

(=K. gracilifolia Brem.) 2

(=K. omahekensis (Krause) Brem.) 2

(=K. raphidophylla Brem.) 2

(=01denlandia omahekensis Krause) 2

K. gracilifolia Brem. = K. CYNANCHICA

1250 K. MICROFLORA D. MANTELL

K. omahekensis (Krause) Brem. = K. CYNANCHICA

1400 K. RAMOSISSIMA DINTER EX BREM.

(=01denlandia filifolia Krause) 2

K. raphidophylla Brem. = K. CYNANCHICA

K. setifera DC. = K. VIRGATA

1550 K. SUBVERTICILLATA (K. SCHUM.) D.

MANTELL SUBSP.

SUBVERTICILLATA

(=01denlandia sordida Krause) 2

(=?01denlandia trothae Krause) 2

1600 K. VIRGATA (WILLD.) BREM.

(=K. setifera DC.) 2

8136140 -AGATHISANTHEMUM KLOTZSCH

3. MANTELL. 1989. FZ 5,1: 107-111.

100 A. BOJERI KLOTZSCH SUBSP. BOJERI

(Note change in rank)

8136200 -OLDENLANDIA L. Revision: D. Mantell (WU)

3. MANTELL. 1989. FZ 5,1: 120-142.

O. brachyloba (Sond.) Kuntze = KOHAUTIA

CAESPITOSA SUBSP. BRACHYLOBA

615 O. CORYMBOSA L. VAR. LINEARIS (DC.) VERDC.

O. delagoensis Schinz = KOHAUTIA CAESPITOSA

SUBSP. BRACHYLOBA

O. filifolia Krause = KOHAUTIA RAMOSISSIMA

O. omahekensis Krause = KOHAUTIA

CYNANCHICA

O. sordida Krause = KOHAUTIA

SUBVERTICILLATA SUBSP.

SUBVERTICILLATA

O. trothae Krause = 7KOHAUTIA

SUBVERTICILLATA SUBSP.

SUBVERTICILLATA

8136210 -Hedyotis L. = AGATHISANTHEMUM,

CONOSTOMIUM, KOHAUTIA,

OLDENLANDIA, PENTODON

H. brachyloba Sond. = KOHAUTIA CAESPITOSA

SUBSP. BRACHYLOBA

8285000 -GARDENIA ELLIS

4. GLEN. 1982. FLOWER PL. AFR. 47: PL. 1863.

900 G. THUNBERGIA THUNB.

(Note author correction)

8359000 -PACHYSTIGMA HOCHST. Revision: PDF. Kok

(PRU)

3. KOK, BOSHOFF & VAN WYK. 1989. S. AFR. J.

BOT. 55,6: 560.

50 P. BOWKERI ROBYNS

8438000 -ANTHOSPERMUM L.

2. PUFF. 1989. FZ 5,1: 150-159.

A. ericoideum Krause = A. RIGIDUM SUBSP.

PUMILUM

A. humile N.E. Br. = A. RIGIDUM SUBSP.

PUMILUM

A. pumilum Sond. subsp. pumilum = A. RIGIDUM

SUBSP. PUMILUM

A. pumilum Sond. subsp. rigidum (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Puff

= A. RIGIDUM SUBSP. RIGIDUM

A. pumilum Sond. var. pilosum Phill. = A. RIGIDUM

SUBSP. PUMILUM

1770 A. RIGIDUM ECKL. & ZEYH. SUBSP. PUMILUM

(SOND. ) PUFF

(=A. ericoideum Krause) 2

(=A. humile N.E. Br.) 2

(=A. pumilum Sond.) 2

(=A. pumilum Sond. var. pilosum Phill.) 2

1800 A. RIGIDUM ECKL. & ZEYH. SUBSP. RIGIDUM

(=A. pumilum Sond. subsp. rigidum (Eckl. &

Zeyh.) Puff) 2

8443000 -CARPACOCE SOND.

150 C. SCABRA (THUNB.) SOND. SUBSP. RUPESTRIS

PUFF

(Note change in species number)

8475000 -SPERMACOCE GAERTN.

2. VERDCOURT. 1989. FZ 5,1: 165-188.

50 S. DESERTI N.E. BR.

400 S. SUBVULGATA (K. SCHUM.) GARCIA VAR.

SUBVULGATA

CUCURBITACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 8548000

8598000 -CITRULLUS ECKL. & ZEYH.

3. DE WINTER. 1990. BOTHALIA 20,2: 209-211.

300 C. REHMII DE WINTER

8599000 -CUCUMIS L.

850 C. MELO L. (Note change in species number)

212

Bothalia 21,2 (1991)

CAMPANULACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 8644000

8668000 — WAHLENBERGIA SCHRAD. EX ROTH

(Note changes in species numbers)

9250 W. POLYTRICHIFOLIA SCHLTR. SUBSP,

DRACOMONTANA HILLIARD &

BURTT

10625 W. ROELLIFLORA SCHLTR. & V. BREHM.

12850 W. TRANSVAALENSIS V. BREHM.

8670000 -LIGHTFOOTIA L’HERIT.

(Note changes in species numbers)

1675 L. DINTERI ENGL. EX DINTER

1850 L. DIVARICATA BUEK VAR. DIVARICATA

2450 L. LONGIFOLIA A. DC. VAR. CORYMBOSA

ADAMSON

3950 L. RUBENS BUEK VAR. BRACHYPHYLLA

ADAMSON

LOBELIACEAE Contributed by W.G. Welman 8681000

8681000 — CYPHIA BERG. (Note change in species number)

3875 C. SYLVATICA ECKL. VAR. SALICIFOLIA

(PRESL) E. WIMM.

8694000 -LOBELIA L. (Note changes in species numbers)

1350 L. CHAMAEPITYS LAM. VAR. CERATOPHYLLA

(PRESL) E. WIMM.

8220 L. STENOSIPHON (ADAMSON) E. WIMM.

8450 L. TOMENTOSA L. F.

ASTERACEAE Contr. by W.G. Welman & P. Herman 8729000

8764000 — CORYMBIUM L.

4. WEITZ. 1989. S. AFR. J. BOT. 55,6: 598-629.

700 C. VILLOSUM L. F. (Note author correction)

8862000 -PTERONIA L.

8. BRUSSE. 1990. BULL. JARD. BOT. NAT.

BELG. 60: 151-154.

1850 P. DIOSMIFOLIA BRUSSE

8901000 -ERIGERON L.

E. floribundus (Kunth) Sch. Bip. = CONYZA ALBIDA

E. sumatrensis Retz. = CONYZA ALBIDA